SLBT 20-F 2026 - Equibles

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

**☐**ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended _____________

**☐**TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☒ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report:June 12, 2026

Commission File Number: 001-43346

SL Science Holding Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not applicable	Cayman Islands
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)	(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

11^th^ Floor,No. 479 Chongyang Road,Nangang District, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. 115010

(Address of principal executive offices)

William Wang Ching-Dong Telephone: +886-2-26516826

Email: [email protected]

At the address of the Company set forth above

(Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuantto Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of exchange on which registered
Ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share	SLBT	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered or to be registered pursuantto Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligationpursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the shell company report: 560,759,757 ordinary shares as of June 18, 2026.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐	Non-accelerated filer	☒
				Emerging growth company	☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

†	The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting over Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ☒	International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☐	Other ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☐

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes ☐ No ☐

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page

EXPLANATORY NOTE	ii

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS	iii

PART I	1

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS,<br> SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS	1

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS<br> AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE	1

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION	1

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE<br> COMPANY	2

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF<br> COMMENTS	19

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL<br> REVIEW AND PROSPECTS	19

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR<br> MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES	26

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS<br> AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS	27

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION	30

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING	30

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	31

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND<br> QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	32

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES<br> OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES	32

PART II	33

PART III	34

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	34

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	34

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS	35

SIGNATURE	36

EXPLANATORYNOTE

On June 12, 2026 (the “Closing Date”), SL Science Holding Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“SLBT,” “SL Science” or the “Company”), consummated the previously announced business combination (the “Business Combination”) pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, dated May 9, 2025 (as may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among SLBT, Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares (“HSPT”), CW Mega Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares and a wholly-owned subsidiary of SLBT (“Merger Sub I”), WW Century Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares and a wholly-owned subsidiary of SLBT (“Merger Sub II”), and SL BIO Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares (“SL Bio”).

As a result of the Business Combination, (i) Merger Sub I merged with and into HSPT, with HSPT as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of SLBT (the “First Merger”), and (ii) following the First Merger, Merger Sub II merged with and into SL Bio, with SL Bio as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of SLBT (the “Second Merger”). Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, each of HSPT and SL Bio became a subsidiary of SLBT, and HSPT’s shareholders and SL Bio’s shareholders received ordinary shares of par value of $0.00001 each of SLBT (“PubCo Ordinary Shares” or “Ordinary Shares”).

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, (i) immediately prior to the First Merger Effective Time (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), (a) each Acquiror Unit (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Merger Effective Time were automatically detached and the holder thereof were deemed to hold one Acquiror Ordinary Share (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and one Acquiror Right (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) in accordance with the terms of the applicable Acquiror Unit (the “Unit Separation”); (b) each Acquiror Right issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Merger Effective Time were automatically converted into one-tenth of an Acquiror Ordinary Share (the “Acquiror Right Conversion”); and (c) immediately following the Unit Separation and Acquiror Right Conversion, each Acquiror Ordinary Share (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Acquiror Ordinary Shares held as a result of the Unit Separation and the Acquiror Right Conversion) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Merger Effective Time were automatically cancelled and cease to exist in exchange for the right to receive one newly issued PubCo Ordinary Share; and (ii) at the Second Merger Effective Time (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), each Company Exchanging Share (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) were automatically cancelled and converted into the right of each holder of the Company Exchanging Shares to receive, such number of newly issued PubCo Ordinary Shares, as determined in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, based on an exchange ratio equal to the quotient of (a) $5.568 billion divided by $10.00 per share, divided by (b) the number of Company Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Second Merger Effective Time.

In connection with the Business Combination, SLBT entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements” and the transactions contemplated under the Subscription Agreements, the “PIPE Financing”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors committed to purchase an aggregate of 780,000 units of SLBT (the “PubCo Units”), in a private placement for a purchase price of $10.00 per PubCo Unit. Each PubCo Unit consists of (i) one PubCo Ordinary Share and (ii) one series A preferred share of SLBT, par value $0.00001 per share (the “PubCo Preferred Shares” or “Preferred Shares”). Each PubCo Preferred Share will be converted into one-third (1/3) of one PubCo Ordinary Share (such converted PubCo Ordinary Shares, the “Conversion Shares”) on the six-month anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination. The PIPE Financing closed in conjunction with the closing of the Business Combination.

The Business Combination was approved at the extraordinary general meeting of HSPT’s shareholders held on February 12, 2026 (the “Extraordinary General Meeting”). HSPT’s shareholders also voted to approve all other proposals presented at the Extraordinary General Meeting. The Business Combination was consummated on June 12, 2026. As a result of the Business Combination, On June 15, 2026, PubCo Ordinary Shares commenced trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “SLBT.”

ii

CAUTIONARYNOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This shell company report on Form 20-F (including information incorporated herein by reference, this “Report”) contains or may contain forward-looking statements as defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that involve significant risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical statements of fact and statements regarding, but not limited to, the respective expectations, hopes, beliefs, intention or strategies of the Company, SL Bio or HSPT regarding the future. You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “expect,” “predict,” “potential,” “anticipate,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intends,” “will,” “would” and “continue” or similar words. The risk factors and cautionary language referred to or incorporated by reference in this Report provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations described in our forward-looking statements, including among other things, the matters identified in the section titled “Risk Factors” of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Registration No. 333-292214 ) under the Securities Act (as amended, the “Form F-4”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on January 7, 2026, which are incorporated by reference into this Report.

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Report. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, there can be no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. These statements involve known and unknown risks and are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this Report, or the documents to which we refer readers in this Report, to reflect any change in our expectations with respect to such statements or any change in events, conditions or circumstances upon which any statement is based.

iii

PARTI

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

A.	Directors and Senior Management

The directors and executive officers of the Company upon the consummation of the Business Combination are set forth in the Form F-4, in the section titled “Management of PubCo Following the Business Combination,” and the proxy statement supplement filed with SEC on February 6, 2026, which is incorporated herein by reference. The business address for each of the Company’s directors and executive officers is 11th Floor, No. 479 Chongyang Road, Nangang District, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. 115010.

B.	Adviser

Robinson & Cole LLP will act as counsel to the Company upon and following the consummation of the Business Combination.

C.	Auditors

ARK Pro CPA & Co acted as the independent auditor of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and for the period from March 18, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025 and will continue to act as the independent auditor of the Company upon and following the consummation of the Business Combination.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A.	[Reserved]

B.	Capitalization and Indebtedness

The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company on an unaudited pro forma combined basis as of December 31, 2025, after giving effect to the Business Combination and the PIPE Financing.

As of December 31, 2025 (pro forma)	( in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents		9,005
Total equity		8,887
Debt:
Non-current debt		65
Current debt		704
Total indebtedness		769
Total capitalization		9,656

All values are in US Dollars.

C.	Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D.	Risk Factors

The risk factors associated with the Company are described in the Form F-4 in the section titled “Risk Factors,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A.	History and Development of the Company

The legal name of the Company is SL Science Holding Limited. The Company was incorporated as an exempted company in the Cayman Islands with limited liability on March 18, 2025. The Company has been the consolidating entity for purposes of SL Bio’s financial statements since the consummation of the Business Combination on June 12, 2026. The history and development of the Company and the material terms of the Business Combination are set forth in the Form F-4 in the sections entitled “Summary of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus,” “Proposal 1 – The Business Combination Proposals,” and “Information related to SL Bio,” which are incorporated herein by reference. See “Explanatory Note” in this Report for additional information regarding the Company and the Business Combination. Certain information about the Company is set forth in “Item 4.B — Business Overview” and is incorporated herein by reference. The material terms of the Business Combination are set forth in Item 10 of this Report.

The Company’s registered office is situated at the office of Ogier Global (Cayman) Limited, 89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman, KY1-9009, Cayman Islands, and its principal executive office is 11th Floor, No. 479 Chongyang Road, Nangang District, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. 115010. The Company’s principal website is www.slbtgroup.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, the Company’s websites into this Report, and you should not consider it a part of this Report. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website is www.sec.gov.

B.	Business Overview

SL Science Holding Limited is a holding company with no substantive business operations of its own, and conducts its business activitiesthrough its subsidiary, SL Bio. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to the “Company,” “SLBT,”“we,” “us,” “our” or “SL Science” refer collectively to SL Science Holding Limited andits subsidiaries.

SL Science is a biomedical company specialized in developing innovative cellular and gene therapies. Established with a commitment to advancing regenerative medicine and cancer treatment, SL Science hopes to utilize immune stem cells to target cancer and bovine-derived milk exosomes to regenerate damaged tissues, thus potentially offering expansive medical applications for its products. With proprietary technologies such as Armed-T and Gamma Delta T cells, as well as exosome applications in skincare and cancer recovery, SL Science aims to create cellular therapies that we believe have the potential to revolutionize the cell therapy and immuno-oncology sector within the broader biopharmaceutical industry.

For its proprietary Armed-T Therapy, SL Science is engaged in active product design, in-vitro functional testing, and manufacturing process optimization. Armed-T is intended to enhance anti-cancer cytotoxicity by conjugating bispecific antibodies or other effector molecules to immune cells. As of the date of this Report, we have not initiated any formal good laboratory practice (GLP)-compliant in-vivo toxicity studies for Armed-T, and therefore no animal data are yet available.

For our Gamma Delta T (GDT) Cell Culture Technology, we have developed a proprietary ex-vivo expansion and activation process for γδ T cells derived from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs). Development work to date has included optimization of cytokine stimulation protocols, culture conditions, and scalability assessments. We have conducted early-stage in-vitro cytotoxicity assays and in-vivo efficacy studies demonstrating the ability of expanded GDT cells to kill selected cancer cell lines. However, no formal GLP-compliant in-vivo toxicity studies have been completed to date for this platform.

Our business model is centered on developing partnerships with biopharmaceutical companies to transform innovative technologies into commercially viable drugs and cancer treatments. Our management team is driving accelerated research and pre-clinical trials by leveraging proprietary cell expansion and engineering platforms, strategic licensing of complementary technologies, and collaborations with academic and clinical partners. We completed in-vitro validation of our GDT Cell platform within 12 months of initiating process development and have advanced Armed-T constructs for solid tumor targets in parallel with manufacturing scale-up. SL Science has not yet obtained FDA clearance or approval for any of our product candidates, nor has it completed Phase I, II, or III clinical trials, or submitted an Investigational New Drug (IND) application to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Therefore, the efficacy and capacities of our product candidates have not yet been demonstrated in a clinical trial setting. All three product candidates — CD-19 Armed-T Therapy and GDT Cells therapies products for both pancreatic and brain cancer treatments — are currently in pre-clinical trials. Our preclinical research activities for each program include in-vitro cytotoxicity assays, binding affinity and stability evaluations for our Armed-T platform, and tumor-killing activity assessments of GDT cells in pancreatic and brain cancer models.

We intend to position SL Science as a potential leader in the next-generation allogeneic cell therapy industry, with a particular focus on GDT cell-based oncology treatments and engineered immune effector cell platforms under the leadership of our Chairman, Mr. William Wang, an expert in business management and marketing development with the assistance of our Chief Technology Officer, Dr. Ethan Shen, a seasoned biomedical expert with over 30 years of experience. Our key license partners also bring a wealth of experience. We expect that as our cell therapies for cancer treatment mature, we will gradually phase out our legacy exosome cosmetic and plant supplement businesses. That said, our exosome cosmetic and plant supplement businesses continue to be an important part of the Company’s business.

Advancing Innovative Armed-T Therapy that EnhancesBlood Cancer Treatment

Our business is dedicated to the research and development of bispecific antibodies — engineered molecules that simultaneously recognize two distinct antigens, typically one on a cancer cell and another on an immune cell — to bring them together. We have licensed this technology from CytoArm Co., Ltd (“CytoArm”), a company registered in Taiwan.

At SL Science, we have applied bispecific antibody technology to develop a CD-19 Armed-T therapy. CD-19 is a protein expressed on the surface of B cells and is a well-established target in the treatment of blood cancers such as leukemia and lymphoma. CD-19 Armed-T cells are engineered T cells that bind bispecific antibodies (“BsAbs”), and our Armed-T therapy equips T cells with additional antibody molecules. The main challenges in cell therapy can be categorized into BsAb binding affinity, autologous cell manufacturing, and product stability, particularly with regard to BsAb dropout after thawing. Our strengths included the high binding affinity and high product stability of over 95% of BsAb binding after cryopreservation (long-term storage of biological materials at ultra-low temperatures).

Unlike conventional CAR-T (Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-cell) therapies — which involve genetically modifying a patient’s T cells to target cancer cells but can also inadvertently damage healthy cells and lead to severe side effects — our approach utilizes bispecific antibodies without genetic modification.

On March 9, 2023, SL Link Co., Ltd. (“SL Link”) entered into a global exclusive license agreement with CytoArm (the “CytoArm License Agreement”) to license patent applications, and know-how of CD-19 Armed-T products (the “CD-19 Armed-T Licensed Patent”). As of the date of this Report, all licensed patent rights are in the application stage and have not yet been granted, consistent with the disclosure in our Intellectual Property Portfolio section. On June 20, 2024, the license was transferred to us from SL Link in accordance with the patent transfer agreement (the “Patent Transfer Agreement”). Upon entering into the Patent Transfer Agreement, SL Link transferred the CD-19 Armed-T Licensed Patent, including the cooperation rights with CytoArm and the results generated from the CD-19 Armed-T products, to SL Bio, for $949,771, which is equivalent to the cost that SL Link incurred for research and development prior to the transfer. SL Bio bears the research and development costs of the CD-19 Armed-T products thereafter. CytoArm consented to the transfer of the CD-19 Licensed Patent to SL Bio and agreed to continue cooperating with SL Bio for the research and development of the CD-19 Armed-T products.

On November 20, 2024, CytoArm, SL Bio, and SL Link entered into a supplementary agreement to confirm the transfer of the CD-19 Armed-T Licensed Patent from SL Link to SL Bio and clarified the transfer of the rights, obligations, and financial arrangements between the parties. Under the CytoArm License Agreement and the supplementary agreement, SL Bio continues to hold a perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-bearing, exclusive license to manufacture, use, import, offer to sell, and sell the CD-19 Armed-T products.

The CD-19 Armed-T Licensed Patent will terminate on the expiration date of CytoArm’s last-to-expire patent, unless terminated by either party with thirty days’ written notice if there is a mutual recognition of significant delays or, a material breach not corrected within thirty days. The last-to-expire licensed patent is scheduled to expire on March 2041. Under the agreement, we have agreed to jointly develop CytoArm’s products using CytoArm’s CD-19 Armed-T patent and technology in various regions, including the United States and Taiwan. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Wang, currently owns an indirect interest of approximately 12.6% in CytoArm.

For more information on the patented and proprietary technology Producing Armed Immune Cells” licensed from CytoArm, please see the section entitled “—Intellectual Property Portfolio” below. We may use the technologies for product development, manufacturing, offering for sale, selling, using, or importing products.

The total consideration of the CD-19 Armed-T Licensed Patent is NTD142,000,000 including VAT (or $4,373,600). As of the date of this Report, $277,200 was paid to CytoArm in accordance with the agreements. SL Bio will pay the remaining consideration of NTD133,000,000 ($4,096,400) to CytoArm for further research and development of this technology and for the application to a variety blood cancer drugs and products when certain conditions and milestones are satisfied and completed by CytoArm. The aggregate potential milestone payments to CytoArm are as follows:

Milestone Payments for CD-19 Armed-T Product

Milestone	Milestone <br> Authorization <br> Payment<br> (NTD)
Submission to and acceptance of IND to the FDA		600,000
FDA Approval of IND		2,400,000
Completion of enrollment of all subjects in a Phase II Clinical Study		10,000,000
Submission to and acceptance of NDA by TFDA		4,000,000
NDA or BLA approval by TFDA		16,000,000
Submission to and acceptance by FDA for a NDA or BLA		20,000,000
FDA Approval of NDA or BLA		80,000,000
Total		133,000,000

SL Bio is also obligated to pay a royalty of 15% of the sales of the CD-19 Armed-T products generated from CD-19 Armed-T Licensed Patent to CytoArm on a quarterly basis, and patent application fees (if any), patent maintenance fees, and project development fees, as well as expenses, costs, taxes, and fees incurred during the term of the agreement. As of the date of this Report, there have been no patent application fees, patent maintenance fees, or project development fees payable or reimbursable by SL Bio under the CytoArm license agreement.

Timeline for Bringing IND submission and ClinicalTrial Pipelines for CD-19 Armed-T Products

The timeline for obtaining FDA approval begins with preclinical studies, including in vitro and animal tests, to evaluate safety and efficacy. Following successful preclinical results, an IND application is submitted to the FDA, detailing study plans, manufacturing processes, and preliminary data. The FDA typically reviews the IND within 30 days; if cleared, clinical trials proceed through Phase I (initial safety and dosing), Phase II (efficacy and expanded safety assessment), and Phase III (confirmation of effectiveness against standard treatments). After successful completion of clinical studies, an NDA or BLA is submitted. Whether to take the NDA or BLA pathway will be decided after the pre-IND meeting with the FDA, during which we may obtain feedback on our product development program, including the design of our preclinical studies, the design of our initial IND study, and the product manufacturing and quality controls that will be needed to initiate human studies. FDA then performs a comprehensive regulatory review, typically lasting between 6 to 10 months. Upon approval, the therapeutic product enters the market, subject to ongoing post-marketing surveillance to ensure sustained safety and efficacy.

SL Science’s clinical trials will be conducted by SL Bio with the assistance of CytoArm, the owner of the Armed-T technology. CytoArm possesses extensive expertise and proprietary knowledge regarding the Armed-T therapeutic platform, making it uniquely qualified to manage clinical development and ensure rigorous adherence to regulatory standards. By entrusting CytoArm with trial execution, SL Science leverages CytoArm’s specialized capabilities, ensuring efficient clinical progress and effective utilization of resources while maintaining compliance with FDA regulatory requirements. At this time, SL Science has not yet obtained FDA clearance or approval for any of our product candidates, nor has it completed Phase I, II, or III clinical trials, or submitted an IND application to FDA.

For the Company’s blood cancer program, as of the date of this Report no IND has been filed. SL Bio submitted an INTERACT meeting request to the FDA in October 2025 and received the FDA’s written responses on January 6, 2026. The FDA advised that the program’s nonclinical, manufacturing, and release-testing packages were not yet sufficient to support an IND. The Company is addressing the FDA’s comments, including by conducting additional nonclinical studies and further developing its manufacturing and release-testing methods, and intends to request a pre-IND meeting before filing the IND, which it currently anticipates during the first quarter of 2027. The IND submission to the FDA is projected to be filed in Q1 2027. If SL Science is able to obtain an IND, the Company intends to proceed with a Phase I clinical trial. If the Phase I clinical trial is successfully completed, SL Science intends to proceed with a Phase II clinical trial. If the Phase II clinical trial is successfully completed, SL Science intends to proceed with a Phase III clinical trial, which may take several years to complete. If the Phase III trial is successfully completed, SL Science intends to submit a New Drug Application (NDA) to the FDA. SL Science has not received any FDA approval for its products to date, and there is no guarantee that we will ever obtain FDA approval for our products.

SL Science’s clinical development strategy is intended not only to obtain FDA regulatory approval but also to commercialize our CD-19 Armed-T products, if supported by favorable clinical trial results. If Phase II clinical trials are successfully completed, SL Science intends to actively pursue strategic partnerships, licensing agreements, or potential acquisition opportunities with leading pharmaceutical companies. These partnerships are critical for facilitating large-scale Phase III trials, accelerating regulatory approval, and maximizing the commercial potential of our therapeutic products. We have initiated preliminary discussions and established initial relationships with potential pharmaceutical partners who have expressed interest in innovative oncology therapies such as our Armed-T platform. We anticipate formalizing these partnerships or licensing arrangements if the data from Phase II clinical trials provide evidence of safety and efficacy sufficient to warrant further development. Our strategy focuses on aligning with pharmaceutical companies possessing robust commercialization networks, established manufacturing infrastructure, and extensive market access capabilities to ensure rapid and broad distribution upon FDA approval. This strategic approach is intended to support the goal of achieving a licensing deal or acquisition by a major pharmaceutical entity by the completion of Phase III trials, thereby potentially bringing our Armed-T therapeutic products to market and expanding patient accessibility.

Under the CytoArm License Agreement and the supplementary agreement, SL Bio holds a perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-bearing, exclusive license to manufacture, use, import, offer to sell, and sell the CD-19 Armed-T products. The CD-19 Armed-T Licensed Patent will terminate on the expiration date of CytoArm’s last-to-expire patent, unless terminated by either party with thirty days’ written notice if there is a mutual recognition of significant delays or, a material breach not corrected within thirty days. The last-to-expire licensed patent is scheduled to expire in March 2041. Under the agreement, SL Bio and CytoArm have agreed to jointly develop CytoArm’s products using CytoArm’s CD-19 Armed-T patent and technology in various regions, including the United States and Taiwan.

Advancing Gamma Delta T cell culture technologythat enhances Pancreatic and Brain Cancer Treatment

Our business also focuses on research and development for cancer treatment expanded to pancreatic and brain cancer by using the pioneering allogeneic, off-the-shelf cell therapies with Gamma delta T (“GDT” or “γδT”) cell culture technology.

Ji Yan BioMedical Co., Ltd. (“JY BioMed”) successfully completed the discovery and pre-clinical phases for the GDT cell therapy products in 2024. One preclinical non-animal study was designed to evaluate the cytotoxic effect of modified GDT cells against three human pancreatic carcinoma cell lines. The GDT cells used in this study were engineered T lymphocytes derived from peripheral blood, which were then expanded using a proprietary cytokine cocktail and armed with bispecific antibodies targeting specific tumor antigen, designed specifically for pancreatic cancer cell recognition and T cell activation. The findings of this study indicated that all three of the tested human pancreatic carcinoma cell lines were susceptible to modified GDT cell-toxicity. A second preclinical animal study was designed to evaluate the efficacy of unmodified GDT cells in the human glioblastoma U-87 MG xenograft model with female severe combined immunodeficient mice. The GDT cells used in this study were T lymphocytes derived from peripheral blood, expanded ex vivo using cytokine with no genetic modification or artificial receptor engineering. This study observed significant reductions in mean tumor volumes for all three groups of mice that were treated with unmodified GDT cells. Nonetheless, the results of these preclinical studies in no way guarantee that the same or similar results will be observed in clinical trials. SL Science has not yet obtained FDA clearance or approval for any of our product candidates, nor has it completed Phase I, II, or III clinical trials, or submitted an IND application to FDA.

GDT Cells may represent an advanced allogeneic cell therapy engineered for immunotherapeutic applications. Preclinical studies have shown that GDT Cells exhibit low residual αβ T cell contamination and high expression of key markers including CD3, Vδ2 and NKG2D, as measured in in-vitro flow cytometry marker expression assays.

Preclinical studies have validated GDT Cells for their effective targeting and elimination of various cancer cell lines. Our GDT Cells are manufactured through JY BioMed’s partnership with a U.S. FDA-compliant contract development and manufacturing organization (CDMO) facility, and JY BioMed supplies the GDT Cells to us as a qualified raw material for our next-generation immunotherapies. This provides us with a ready-to-use cell therapy product — further expediting our clinical translation of cell-based immunotherapies to bring cutting-edge cancer treatments to patients worldwide.

GDT Cells can be sourced from healthy donors and expanded in large quantities, making them an accessible “off-the-shelf” therapy. They have broader anti-tumor activity and a lower risk of graft-versus-host disease (GvHD) compared to conventional T cells, as they do not rely heavily on MHC for tumor recognition and have more innate-like immune functions.

We license the GDT cell culture technology from JY BioMed, a company registered in Taiwan. Dr. Ethan Shen, our Chief Technology Officer, has served as JY BioMed’s CEO until August 1, 2025, and has served as the Chairman of JY BioMed since December 1, 2025 and holds a 76.0% equity stake as of the date of this Report. This technology significantly enhances our ability to expand GDT cells for the treatment of pancreatic and brain cancers.

GDT cells are naturally non-MHC restricted — that is, they do not rely on major histocompatibility complex (MHC) proteins which are essential for presenting antigens to T cells and triggering immune responses for recognition.

Since JY BioMed possesses “Human-Derived Immune Cell γδT Cell Pharmaceutical — Clinical-Grade Manufacturing Technology” and the related proprietary expertise and technical data, with the capability for clinical application development, we entered into two global non-exclusive license agreements for GDT Immune Cells (γδT Cells) with JY BioMed on December 27, 2024, for pancreatic and brain cancers. On April 28, 2025, SL Bio amended and restated its agreements with JY BioMed to, among other things, combine the two prior agreements into a single agreement (the “GDT Cells License Agreement”), which grants SL Bio exclusive licenses for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment and adjusts the total consideration. With the licenses and the technical support by JY BioMed, we intend to utilize the aforementioned technology for the research and development of clinical-grade cellular products related to GDT cell pharmaceuticals for the pancreatic and brain cancer treatment, and to apply these products in regenerative medicine and clinical research in future.

According to the GDT Cells License Agreement, we have a global exclusive right to use, implement, reproduce, and modify JY BioMed’s proprietary technology and technical data for the development, manufacturing, offering for sale, selling, and use of the products derived and developed from JY BioMed’s GDT cells technology for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment (“GDT cell therapy products”). The term of licensed period of the GDT Cells Licenses is 20 years after the GDT cell therapy products are launched, unless terminated by either party with 30 days’ written notice if there is a mutual recognition of significant delays or impossibility of completion, a material breach not corrected within thirty days, or if the other party undergoes reorganization, dissolution, or bankruptcy.

The total consideration of the GDT Cells License Agreement is $38 million and SL Bio is obligated to pay a royalty of 7% and 10% of the sales of the GDT cells therapy products for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment generated from JY BioMed Licenses, respectively. As of the date of this Report, the $1 million payment noted above was paid to JY BioMed, according to the GDT Cells License Agreement. SL Bio will pay the remaining consideration of $37 million to JY BioMed for further research and development of this technology and for the application to pancreatic and brain cancer drugs and products when certain conditions and milestones are satisfied and completed by JY BioMed. The aggregate potential milestone payments to JY BioMed are as follows:

Milestone Payments for GDT cell therapy product for Pancreatic Cancer

No.	Milestone Condition
1	Completion of the validation of GDT Cell Cytotoxicity	2,000,000
2	Completion of the non-clinical animal efficacy and safety assessments for the pancreatic cancer	600,000
3	Submission and acceptance of IND application to the FDA	600,000
4	FDA approval of IND	800,000
5	Successful completion of the Phase I clinical trials confirming that safety and preliminary efficacy meet predetermined targets	3,000,000
6	Completion of enrollment of all subjects in a Phase II clinical trial	2,000,000
7	Completion of interim data collection and preliminary statistical analysis during Phase II Clinical trial period and submission of interim report that meets FDA requirements.	3,000,000
8	Completion of final data collection and statistical analysis of efficacy and safety data from all Phase II Clinical trial subjects and submission of complete final report that meets FDA requirements.	5,000,000
	Total	17,000,000

All values are in US Dollars.

Milestone Payments for GDT cell therapy product for Brain Cancer

No.	Milestone Condition
1	Completion of the validation of GDT Cells Cytotoxicity	2,500,000
2	Completion of the non-clinical animal efficacy and safety assessments for the brain cancer	750,000
3	Submission and acceptance of IND application to the FDA	750,000
4	FDA approval of IND	1,000,000
5	Successful completion of the Phase I clinical trials confirming that safety and preliminary efficacy meet predetermined targets	5,000,000
6	Completion of enrollment of all subjects in a Phase II clinical trial	2,000,000
7	Completion of interim data collection and preliminary statistical analysis during Phase II Clinical trial period and submission of interim report that meets FDA requirements.	3,000,000
8	Completion of final data collection and statistical analysis of efficacy and safety data from all Phase II Clinical trial subjects and submission of complete final report that meets FDA requirements.	5,000,000
	Total	20,000,000

All values are in US Dollars.

SL Bio is also obligated to pay the patent application fees (if any), patent maintenance fees, and project development fees, as well as expenses, costs, taxes, and fees incurred during the term of the agreement. As of the date of this Report, there have been no patent application fees, patent maintenance fees, or project development fees payable or reimbursable by SL Bio under the GDT Cells License Agreement.

According to the National Cancer Institute (https://www.cancer.gov/about-cancer/understanding/statistics,updated May 2025), approximately 40% of people in the U.S. will be diagnosed with cancer during their lifetime. The costs of cancer treatment in the U.S. are estimated to exceed $245 billion by 2030, which is a projection by the American Association for Cancer Research (https://www.aacr.org/about-the-aacr/newsroom/news-releases/cancer-care-costs-in-the-united-states-are-projected-to-exceed-245-billion-by-2030/,published June 2020). This figure reflects the growing financial burden associated with cancer care, which includes various treatment modalities such as chemotherapy, radiation, and surgical interventions. The rising costs are attributed to factors such as an aging population and advancements in expensive treatment options. Our two primary target indications are pancreatic cancer and brain cancer, specifically glioblastoma multiforme (GBM). Both conditions present substantial clinical challenges due to aggressive tumor biology, limited effective treatment options, and poor patient prognosis. Pancreatic cancer is characterized by rapid progression, late-stage diagnosis, and resistance to conventional therapies, resulting in one of the lowest survival rates among cancers. The current therapeutic landscape primarily involves surgery, chemotherapy, and radiation; however, these modalities often provide limited improvement in survival. The introduction of GDT cell therapy presents a promising therapeutic alternative. GDT cells, derived from healthy donors and expanded ex vivo, provide a scalable, “off-the-shelf” solution. Brain cancer, particularly GBM, is similarly challenging, with median survival times often less than two years despite aggressive standard treatments. The blood-brain barrier limits the effectiveness of conventional therapies, necessitating novel therapeutic approaches. GDT cells, administered intracranially, offer an innovative strategy for targeting GBM directly within the tumor microenvironment. The unique properties of GDT cells position them as a promising therapeutic avenue for GBM. By focusing on these two critical indications, we hope to address significant unmet medical needs and provide effective, accessible treatments to improve patient outcomes. However, we note that, at this time, SL Science has not yet obtained FDA clearance or approval for any of our product candidates, nor has it completed Phase I, II, or III clinical trials, or submitted an IND application to FDA.

According to a report published by the Business Research Company (https://www.thebusinessresearchcompany.com/report/solid-tumor-cancer-treatment-global-market-report,published January 2025), the global solid tumor cancer therapeutics and market size was $232 billion in 2024 and estimated to $266 billion in 2025. It is further expected to grow to $443 billion in 2029 with a CAGR of 13.6%. Within this growing market, GDT cell therapies for pancreatic cancer and brain cancer are poised for significant expansion.

According to a report published by The Business Research Company (published January 2026), the global solid tumor cancer treatment market reached $265.41 billion in 2025 (https://www.thebusinessresearchcompany.com/report/solid-tumor-cancer-treatment-global-market-report#market-overview). It is projected to grow to $301.06 billion in 2026 and further expand to $501.28 billion by 2030 at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 13.6%(https://www.thebusinessresearchcompany.com/report/solid-tumor-cancer-treatment-global-market-report#market-growth-forecast). Within this growing market, the report notes that major companies are focusing on developing advanced cell-based treatments for solid tumors (https://www.thebusinessresearchcompany.com/report/solid-tumor-cancer-treatment-global-market-report#market-trends-and-insights).

According to Fortune Business Insights (https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/pancreatic-cancer-treatment -market-101989, updated May 2026), the global pancreatic cancer treatment market, was valued at approximately $3.82 billion in 2025, and is expected to grow from $4.42 billion in 2026 to $14.43 billion by 2034, driven by advanced therapeutic approaches like GDT cell therapies, increased disease prevalence, and improvements in early diagnosis. In the U.S., this market alone is projected to reach about $5.25 billion by 2032 due to sophisticated healthcare infrastructure and rapid adoption of innovative treatments. Similarly, the global brain tumor treatment market, valued at around $2.29 billion in 2025, is estimated to rise to approximately $5.2 billion by 2032, reflecting increased investments in new therapeutic developments and growing patient populations, according to a report published by Fortune Business Insights (https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/brain-tumor-drugs-market-105025,updated May 2026). The U.S. market for brain tumor treatments is also expected to experience robust growth, reaching about $1.47 billion by 2030, fueled by significant ongoing research, drug development, and favorable regulatory frameworks supporting novel therapies such as GDT cell therapeutics.

Further, according to the Fortune Business Insights report on pancreatic cancer, the growth of the pancreatic cancer therapeutics and diagnostics market is propelled by technological innovations and new treatment extensions. This includes immunotherapy and other targeted therapies, along with advances in surgery that are changing the way we treat these malignancies for the better. Furthermore, the growth of the market is also related to increasing awareness, rising patient population and several U.S. governmental programs aimed at improving health care facilities and therapies. Their commitment has resulted in new high-value investments in research and therapies, as well as the expansion of clinical trial markets. Therefore, the market structure creates favorable conditions for further growth in treatment development and innovation.

Timeline for IND submission and Clinical TrialPipelines for GDT cell therapy products

In December 2024, JY BioMed obtained an active U.S. FDA Drug Master File (DMF) number (DMF Number: 041080) for its Unmodified Vδ2+ Gamma Delta T Cells technology. This DMF provides the U.S. FDA with confidential, detailed information regarding the manufacturing, processing, and quality controls of the technology, making it available for reference by authorized parties during regulatory submissions. DMF holders can authorize one or more applicants or sponsors to incorporate by reference information contained in the DMF without having to disclose that information to the applicants or sponsors. DMFs are submitted solely at the discretion of their holders and are not required by statute or regulation. Ordinarily, the FDA neither independently reviews nor approves DMF submissions. Instead, the FDA customarily reviews the technical contents of DMFs only in connection with the review of applications that reference them.

Our estimated timeline for bringing our GDT cell therapy products to US market is as follows:

●	JY BioMed has passed through the discovery and preclinical<br>stage in December 2024.
●	Technology transfer of the manufacturing process to an FDA-compliant CDMO was completed in July 2025, and the closed-system cell-processing equipment required for the alpha-beta T-cell depletion step was installed at the CDMO in February 2026.
---	---
●	The clinical-grade reagent used in the alpha-beta T-cell depletion step is subject to import review by the TFDA; the import application was filed in May 2026, and delivery is currently expected in the fourth quarter of 2026. IND-enabling GLP toxicology studies require clinical-grade material and have not commenced.
---	---
●	As of the<br> date of this Report, no IND has been filed with the FDA. SL Bio is the intended sponsor of the IND and currently expects to file it<br> following completion of the IND-enabling GLP toxicology studies and a planned pre-IND meeting, anticipated during Q1 2027, subject<br> to the risks described herein. The IND submission to the FDA is projected to be filed in Q3 2027.
---	---

●	Phase I clinical trial is projected to be initiated if SL<br>Science is able to obtain an IND.
●	Phase II clinical trial is projected to be initiated following<br>completion of the Phase I clinical trial.
---	---
●	Phase III clinical trial is projected to be initiated following<br>completion of the Phase II clinical trial.
---	---

SL Science has not received any FDA approval for its products to date, and there is no guarantee that we will ever obtain FDA approval for our products.

On March 30, 2026, SL Bio submitted a request for orphan-drug designation of its Vδ2+ γδT cell product for the treatment of GBM (DRU-2026-11528). By letter dated May 22, 2026, the FDA’s Office of Orphan Products Development declined to grant the request at that time and requested additional nonclinical data, including efficacy data in which the product is administered after tumor establishment, and confirmation of the identity of the product used in the animal studies. The request has been held in abeyance, and SL Bio may submit an amendment within one year. SL Bio has engaged a Contract Research Organization (“CRO”) to generate the requested data and intends to seek orphan-drug designation for the pancreatic cancer indication. Orphan-drug designation, if granted, provides development incentives but does not constitute marketing approval, does not accelerate or replace the IND process, and is not assured.

Our strategy for bringing GDT cell therapy products to the U.S. market includes a clearly defined pathway that emphasizes both independent clinical development and strategic partnerships. JY BioMed successfully completed the discovery and pre-clinical phases in 2024. One preclinical non-animal study was designed to evaluate the cytotoxic effect of modified GDT cells against three human pancreatic carcinoma cell lines. The GDT cells used in this study were engineered T lymphocytes derived from peripheral blood, which were then expanded using a proprietary cytokine cocktail and armed with bispecific antibodies targeting specific tumor antigen, designed specifically for pancreatic cancer cell recognition and T cell activation. The findings of this study indicated that all three of the tested human pancreatic carcinoma cell lines were susceptible to modified GDT cell-toxicity. A second preclinical animal study was designed to evaluate the efficacy of unmodified GDT cells in the human glioblastoma U-87 MG xenograft model with female severe combined immunodeficient mice. The GDT cells used in this study were T lymphocytes derived from peripheral blood, expanded ex vivo using cytokine with no genetic modification or artificial receptor engineering. This study observed significant reductions in mean tumor volumes for all three groups of mice that were treated with unmodified GDT cells. Nonetheless, the results of these preclinical studies in no way guarantee that the same or similar results will be observed in later clinical trials.

The successful completion of the discovery and preclinical phases in 2024 has positioned SL Bio to file an IND application with the FDA, which SL Bio currently expects to occur during Q3 2027. If the IND is successfully obtained, SL Science intends to proceed with a Phase I trial. If the Phase I clinical trial is successfully completed, SL Science intends to proceed with a Phase II clinical trial. If the Phase II clinical trial is successfully completed, the Company intends to proceed with a Phase III clinical trial, which may take several years to complete. Key trial endpoints will include safety profiles, tumor response rates, survival metrics, progression-free survival, and patient quality of life indicators. JY BioMed holds the IP of the GDT Cell therapy product expansion and will manage these clinical trials due to its specialized experience in cell therapy development and regulatory affairs, while SL Bio will pay for the costs of clinical development and be primarily engaged in technology development and licensing activities. SL Science has not received any FDA approval for its products to date, and there is no guarantee that we will ever obtain FDA approval for our products.

Simultaneously, we plan to actively pursue licensing agreements or potential acquisitions with major pharmaceutical companies beginning in the late Phase I or early Phase II stages. This strategic partnership approach aims to leverage the resources, expertise, and commercial channels of established industry leaders to ensure swift market entry upon successful completion of clinical trials. Through early engagement with potential pharmaceutical partners, JY BioMed aims to maximize the commercial potential of our GDT cell therapy products and expedite their availability to patients.

Upon the entering of the original license agreements in December 2024, SL Bio paid $1 million to JY BioMed for the initial research and development costs and material costs of the GDT cell therapy products for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment. SL Bio will also bear the future research and development costs of GDT cell therapy products thereafter. According to the GDT Cells License Agreement, SL Bio has a global exclusive right to use, implement, reproduce, and modify JY BioMed’s proprietary technology and technical data for the development, manufacturing, offering for sale, selling, and use of the products derived and developed from JY BioMed’s GDT cells technology for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment (the GDT cell therapy products). The term of licensed period of the GDT Cells Licenses is 20 years after the GDT cell therapy products are launched, unless terminated by either party with 30 days’ written notice if there is a mutual recognition of significant delays or impossibility of completion, a material breach not corrected within thirty days, or if the other party undergoes reorganization, dissolution, or bankruptcy.

Our Exosome Business

Since 2022, we have developed and sold milk-derived exosome cosmetics and plant extract hair care solutions for consumers in Taiwan. We expect that as our cell therapies for cancer treatment mature, we will gradually phase out our legacy exosome cosmetic and plant supplement businesses. That said, our exosome cosmetic and plant supplement businesses continue to be an important part of our overall business.

Milk-Derived Exosome Skin Care

Milk-derived exosomes are nano-sized extracellular vesicles naturally secreted by mammary epithelial cells and found abundantly in the milk of mammals such as cows and humans. These vesicles are rich in bioactive molecules, including proteins, lipids, and nucleic acids (such as microRNAs), and play a key role in intercellular communication. Due to their biocompatibility, stability in the gastrointestinal tract, and natural origin, milk-derived exosomes are gaining attention as a promising therapeutic delivery system.

Their therapeutic benefits include the ability to deliver drugs, RNA molecules, or other therapeutic agents across biological barriers with low immunogenicity. Studies have shown they can modulate immune responses, support gut health, and exhibit anti-inflammatory and regenerative properties. Furthermore, their scalable extraction from milk makes them an accessible and cost-effective platform for drug delivery and nutraceutical applications.

Since 2022, we have developed and supplied cow milk exosome-based cosmetic formulations in Taiwan, launching commercially available skincare products in 2023.

Our skincare products are certified according to International Organization for Standardization (ISO) standards, dermatologically tested, and rigorously quality-controlled, our exosome-based concentrates represent a cell-free alternative to traditional stem cell therapies.

While there is no present intention to market our exosome-containing products in the U.S., we may later determine to do so. Such products are subject to regulation in the U.S. under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq. (FDCA). There are currently no FDA-approved exosome products in the U.S. Nonetheless, based on FDA’s regulatory scheme, and based on their intended use, we believe that such products will be regulated as drugs needing FDA approval, medical devices potentially needing FDA clearance or approval, or cosmetics. If only cosmetic-type claims are made for these products, we believe it is arguable that such products should be regulated as cosmetics, rather than drugs or medical devices. In Taiwan, our exosome-containing products are classified as non-medical cosmetics under Taiwan’s Cosmetic Hygiene and Safety Act. In accordance with Taiwan’s cosmetic regulations, such products are permitted for sale without premarket approval, provided that they do not contain restricted ingredients.

As noted previously, any statements regarding the intended use of these products contained in this Report pertain to marketing these products outside the U.S., and in no way indicate how SL Science may eventually intend to label and market such products in the U.S. Notably, statements that may be considered by the FDA to be drug claims, such as those referring to the modulation of immune responses and regenerative properties, are applicable to these products solely as they are marketed outside the U.S. Such claims or claims that are similar in kind will not be utilized to market these products in the U.S. if we decide to market such products in the U.S. as cosmetics.

Should SL Science choose to market our exosome products in the U.S. as cosmetics, we will carefully revise any labeling, product claims, marketing statements, and all other applicable materials to ensure compliance with U.S. regulatory requirements applicable to cosmetics. Any claims referenced in this Report that may be interpreted as drug or medical device claims with respect to these products will be carefully reviewed and modified as appropriate at that time.

The table below lists our current skincare products available in Taiwan:

Item	Illustration	Supplier/Manufacturer	Exosome Type	Market
Exosome Concentrate		YC Biotech CO., LTD	Bovine Milk-derived Exosomes	Taiwan
Skin care product (Exosomes)		YC Biotech CO., LTD	Bovine Milk-derived Exosomes	Taiwan

Our Plant Extract Business

Citrus Reticulata (Tangerine) Extract Hair Care

Citrus reticulata (tangerine) extract is derived from the peel and pulp of the tangerine fruit, a botanical source rich in natural antioxidants, vitamins, flavonoids, and essential oils.

Since 2022, we have focused on the research and development of tangerine extract-based cosmetic formulations in Taiwan, combining traditional botanical knowledge with modern cosmetic science. In 2023, we successfully launched our tangerine extract hair care products commercially in Taiwan. Our hair care products include high-purity tangerine extract and scalp treatment tonics. All formulations are ISO-certified, dermatologically tested, and manufactured under strict quality control protocols. These products provide a safe, natural alternative to synthetic scalp treatments and are suitable for long-term use across a variety of hair types and conditions.

While there is no present intention to market our products containing plant-based extracts in the U.S., we may later determine to do so. Such products are subject to regulation in the U.S. under the FDCA, however it is uncertain whether plant-based exosome products would be regulated by FDA as drugs or cosmetics. If only cosmetic-type claims are made for these products, we believe it is arguable that such products should be regulated as cosmetics, rather than drugs. In Taiwan, our exosome-containing products are classified as non-medical cosmetics under Taiwan’s Cosmetic Hygiene and Safety Act. In accordance with Taiwan’s cosmetic regulations, such products are permitted for sale without premarket approval, provided that they do not contain restricted ingredients or make unsubstantiated therapeutic claims.

As noted previously, any statements regarding the intended use of these products contained in this Report pertain to marketing these products outside the U.S., and in no way indicate how SL Science may eventually intend to label and market such products in the U.S. Notably, statements that may be considered by the FDA to be drug claims, such as those referring to hair growth, dandruff reduction, and hair follicle regeneration, are applicable to these products solely as they are marketed outside the U.S. Such claims or claims that are similar in kind will not be utilized to market these products in the U.S. if we decide to market such products in the U.S. as cosmetics.

Should SL Science choose to market our products containing plant-based extracts in the U.S. as cosmetics, we will carefully revise any labeling, product claims, marketing statements, and all other applicable materials to ensure compliance with U.S. regulatory requirements applicable to cosmetics. Any claims referenced in this Report that may be interpreted as drug claims with respect to these products will be carefully reviewed and modified as appropriate at that time.

Item	Illustration	Supplier/Manufacturer	Extract Type	Market
Hair care product<br><br>(Plant Extract)		YC Biotech CO., LTD	Plant-derived<br><br>Extract<br><br>(Tangerine)	Taiwan

Starting in the third quarter of 2024, SL Bio commenced the sales of exosomes to corporate customers in Taiwan, including a distribution arrangement with one of our corporate customers, Yu Ru Health Management Consulting Co., Ltd. Under this distribution agreement, SL Bio grants Yu Ru Health Management Consulting Co., Ltd. exclusive rights to market products in Asia and commits to providing marketing strategies, product training, technical support, and promotional materials. The agreement is effective from July 1, 2024, until June 30, 2025.

We believes that the extension of sales channels from retail to corporate customers will enable the expansion of sales in the near future. The global market for exosome-based skincare and haircare products is rapidly expanding, driven by increasing consumer demand for advanced anti-aging and regenerative treatments. This distribution agreement is for promoting and distributing SL Science’s branded products across Asia.

According to Valuates Reports (https://reports.valuates.com/market-reports/QYRE-Auto-2N13078/global-exosomes-skincare,updated April 2026), the global exosome skincare market was valued at approximately US$423 million in 2024 and is projected to reach US$809.5 million by 2032, growing at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 9.9%. In the United States alone, the exosome market was estimated at US$73.58 million in 2023, with a projected CAGR of 34.2% from 2024 to 2030, according to a report by Grand View Research (https://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-analysis/us-exosomes-market-report, published April 2024). This robust growth, according to the report, is attributed to technological advancements in exosome extraction and application, rising consumer awareness about regenerative medicine benefits, and increased investment in biotechnology research. These factors collectively underscore the significant potential and sustained growth prospects for exosome products in both skincare and haircare sectors globally.

Intellectual Property Portfolio

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain rights in patented and other proprietary and commercially important technologies, inventions, know-how, and trade secrets related to our business, and operate without infringing on the valid and enforceable intellectual property rights of others.

The patent positions for biotechnology companies like us are generally uncertain and can involve complex legal, scientific, and factual issues. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before a patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted and even challenged after issuance. As a result, we cannot guarantee that any of our product candidates will be protectable or remain protected by enforceable patents. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently licensing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient proprietary protection from competitors. Any patents that we license may be challenged, circumvented, or invalidated by third parties.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on know-how and trade secrets for proprietary information that is not amenable to, or that is not appropriate for, patent protection, to develop and maintain our proprietary position. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information, including restricting access to our premises and our confidential information and entering into agreements with our employees, consultants, advisors, and potential collaborators, third parties may independently develop the same or similar proprietary information or may otherwise gain access to our proprietary information. As a result, we may be unable to meaningfully protect know-how, trade secrets, and other proprietary information that we own or license from third parties.

As of the date of this Report, SL Science does not own any patents; however, we have licensed one issued patent in the United States; and nine pending patents, including one pending patent in United States in addition to know-how related to or which may otherwise be used to practice the inventions and technologies in the licensed patents and/or patent applications.

The table below summarizes SL Science’s portfolio of patents, all of which are licensed by CytoArm:

CD-19 LICENSED PATENTS

Invention Name	ApplicationRegion	ApplicationDate	ApplicationNumber	Status	Potential ExpirationDate
BI-SPECIFIC ANTIBODIES FOR USE IN PRODUCING ARMED IMMUNE CELLS	Taiwan	2021/03/23	TW202202522A	Pending	March 2041
	United States	2021/03/23	US2024209084A1	Pending	March 2041
	Japan	2021/03/23	2023-519851A	Pending	March 2041
	Australia	2021/03/23	2021244375A1	Pending	March 2041
	Europe	2021/03/23	EP4126954A4	Pending	March 2041
	China	2021/03/23	202180029464.3	Pending	March 2041
	World	2021/03/23	WO2021195067A1	Pending	March 2041
	Singapore		11202253320D	Pending	March 2041
	Israel		296566	Pending	March 2041

JY BioMed also in the application of the following patent in relation to the production of the GDT Cells:

JY BIOMED PATENT

Invention Name	Application country	Application Date	Application No.	Certificate No.	Status	Expiration Date
METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF GAMMA DELTA T CELLS FOR IMMUNOTHERAPY APPLICATIONS	US	2025/01/07	63/742,633		Provisional Application

Competition

SL Science is focused on advancing its core cell therapy pipeline, with an emphasis on novel T cell platforms addressing unmet medical needs in oncology. Key strategic plans for the near future include:

1.	Armed-T IND Submission and Phase I Initiation (2025 – 2026): Armed-T, has conducted preclinical studies and, following an INTERACT meeting with the FDA (written responses dated January 6, 2026), is addressing the FDA’s comments and completing additional nonclinical and manufacturing activities. The Company intends to request a pre-IND meeting and currently anticipates filing the IND during Q1 2027.
2.	Advancement of Gamma Delta T Cell (GDT) Platform: The Company is optimizing its allogeneic GDT cell therapy platform. Completion of the IND-enabling GLP toxicology studies depends on the availability of clinical-grade material (see “—Timeline” above); the Company currently expects SL Bio to file an IND for the GDT cell therapy products during Q3 2027. The platform targets both solid and hematologic malignancies and offers a differentiated safety and manufacturing profile compared to conventional CAR-T therapies.
---	---
3.	Strategic Partnering and Licensing: The Company plans to seek development and commercialization partnerships with global pharmaceutical companies following early clinical validation (e.g., late Phase I/early Phase II). These partnerships are expected to accelerate global market access and reduce commercialization risk.
---	---

4.	Gradual Exit from Legacy Non-Core Business Lines: Consistent<br>with its focus on advanced cell therapies, the Company intends to gradually phase out its legacy exosome cosmetic and plant supplement<br>businesses, while fulfilling all existing contractual obligations.

These initiatives reflect the Company’s commitment to becoming a clinically driven, innovation-focused biotechnology company with a primary emphasis on immune cell therapy.

In general, the cancer treatment landscape is competitive. We face competition from both platform- and pipeline-stage competitors as well as commercial-stage competitors.

Our platform- and pipeline-stage competitors are companies that focus on gamma delta T cell (GDT) platforms or closely related allogeneic/engineered T cell programs at similar stages of development, including:

●	Adicet Bio, Inc. (Nasdaq: ACET) — Allogeneic GDT platform;<br>Phase I clinical trial (ADI-001);
●	IN8bio, Inc. (Nasdaq: INAB) — Autologous GDT therapy;<br>Phase I/II clinical trials;
---	---
●	Cabaletta Bio, Inc. (Nasdaq: CABA) — Engineered T cell<br>therapies for autoimmune disease; early clinical development;
---	---
●	Precision BioSciences, Inc. (Nasdaq: DTIL) — Gene-edited<br>allogeneic T cell programs; early-stage oncology pipeline; and
---	---
●	TCR² Therapeutics — TCR-T cell therapy company<br>(acquired by Kite Pharma/Gilead in 2023).
---	---

Our commercial-stage competitors include well-known pharmaceutical companies and large-cap strategic acquirers in the cell therapy and oncology space, including:

●	Gilead Sciences, Inc. (Nasdaq: GILD) — Commercial CAR-T<br>(Yescarta); acquirer of Kite Pharma;
●	Bristol Myers Squibb Company (NYSE: BMY) — Commercial<br>CAR-T (Breyanzi, Abecma);
---	---
●	Novartis AG (NYSE: NVS) — Commercial CAR-T (Kymriah);<br>and
---	---
●	Amgen Inc. (NYSE: AMGN), Johnson & Johnson (NYSE: JNJ)<br>— Represent large-cap strategic acquirers in the cell therapy and oncology space.
---	---

Competition to our CD-19 Armed-T therapy

With respect to our CD-19 Armed-T therapy, two specific competitors are Novartis and Gilead, which both offer CAR-T based therapies. Novartis’ Kymriah is a prescription cancer treatment made from a patient’s own white blood cells. It is used to treat certain types of leukemia and non-Hodgkin lymphoma. Kymriah is a cell-based gene therapy and the first CAR-T therapy approved by the FDA. However, Kymriah may cause severe or life-threatening side effects, such as Cytokine Release Syndrome or neurological toxicities.

Gilead, through the acquisition of Kite Pharma, Inc., has also obtained Yescarta, a CAR-T cell therapy. It has announced results from a five-year follow-up analysis of ZUMA-5, a Phase 2 study of Yescarta in patients with relapsed/refractory non-Hodgkin lymphomas (NHL) including follicular lymphoma (FL) or marginal zone lymphoma (MZL). The analysis demonstrated that after a median follow-up of more than five years, patients treated with Yescarta continued to experience durable response and long-term survival.

Approved CAR-T therapies such as Kymriah (tisagenlecleucel) and Yescarta (axicabtagene ciloleucel) have demonstrated clinical success in hematologic malignancies, but they are limited by complex manufacturing processes, irreversible genetic modification, and treatment-related toxicities such as cytokine release syndrome and neurotoxicity.

Competition to our GDT Cell therapy

Autologous T cell therapies, such as those used in CAR-T cell treatments, involve extracting T cells from a patient’s own body, modifying them to enhance their anti-tumor activity, and then reinfusing them back into the patient. It would involve more time and costs for the treatment and face manufacturing challenges of cell and the risk of cell dysfunction.

In the highly competitive field of GDT cell therapies, several key players stand out, including Adicet Bio, IN8bio, GammaDelta Therapeutics (a Takeda company), and TC BioPharm. Adicet Bio is advancing allogeneic gamma delta CAR-T therapies targeting cancers and autoimmune diseases, notably its lead candidate ADI-001. IN8bio develops both allogeneic and autologous gamma delta T cell therapies for solid tumors and hematological cancers. GammaDelta Therapeutics, acquired by Takeda, focuses on Vδ1+ gamma delta T cells targeting solid and blood cancers. TC BioPharm has also made strides, particularly in oncology, using engineered gamma delta T cells in advanced clinical trials.

Our GDT cells can be sourced from healthy donors and expanded in large quantities, making them an accessible “off-the-shelf” therapy.

Competition to our Exosome Business

The global market for exosome-based cosmetic and therapeutic applications is rapidly evolving and can be broadly segmented into products utilizing naturally secreted animal-derived exosomes. These include exosomes derived from human or animal cell sources, which have shown promising potential in regenerative medicine, dermatology, and aesthetic applications due to their bioactive cargo and intercellular communication capabilities.

At SL Science, we strategically differentiate our product line by utilizing the most biologically compatible and functionally potent exosome type for dermatological application. Milk-derived exosomes are the foundation of our skincare formulations, enabling us to deliver targeted, cell-free solutions that match the biological needs of skin.

Animal-derived exosomes, particularly those extracted from bovine colostrum or mature milk, are gaining traction across cosmetics, nutraceuticals, and pharmaceuticals. Rich in regenerative and immunomodulatory molecules, they mimic human cell signaling pathways and offer excellent bioavailability. Our milk exosome-based skincare products stand out in this competitive field through high-purity extraction from bovine milk via proprietary purification processes, a robust safety profile supported by ISO certification and dermatological testing, superior bioactivity that promotes dermal regeneration, collagen production, and anti-inflammatory benefits, and proven consistency with quality-controlled batches ensuring reproducible results. We serve the premium skincare segment, providing science-backed solutions for anti-aging, skin renewal, and post-treatment recovery. Competitors in this area include Purasomes by Dermoaroma (colostrum-derived), BIOREG EXOSOME + HA by My Skin Chemistry UK (milk exosome with hyaluronic acid), and Medicube, a Korean skincare brand targeting sensitive skin and anti-aging needs with exosome-based formulas.

We also face competition from mesenchymal stem cell- (or MSC-) derived exosome products. MSC-derived exosomes are small vesicles released by — multipotent cells capable of differentiating into bone, cartilage, and fat that also exhibit regenerative and immune-regulatory functions. These exosomes carry bioactive molecules such as proteins, lipids, and RNA that influence cell behavior by facilitating intercellular communication. They contribute to tissue repair, modulate immune responses, and reduce inflammation. Due to their regenerative and therapeutic potential, MSC-derived exosomes are being investigated as a cell-free alternative to traditional stem cell therapies for conditions including cardiovascular diseases, neurodegenerative disorders, and cancer. We do not currently make products from MSC-derived exosomes; however, this is an area that the Company may explore in the future.

We differentiate ourselves by leveraging high-purity milk-derived exosomes for skincare applications — maximizing biological compatibility, functional relevance, safety, and consumer trust. Backed by ISO standards, dermatological validation, and proprietary purification technology, our exosome portfolio is engineered for real biological efficacy, not just trend appeal.

While there is no present intention to market our exosome-containing products in the U.S., we may later determine to do so. Such products are subject to regulation in the U.S. under the FDCA. There are currently no FDA-approved exosome products in the U.S. Nonetheless, based on FDA’s regulatory scheme, and based on their intended use, we believe that such products will be regulated as drugs needing FDA approval, medical devices potentially needing FDA clearance or approval, or cosmetics. If only cosmetic-type claims are made for these products, we believe it is arguable that such products should be regulated as cosmetics, rather than drugs or medical devices.

As noted previously, any statements regarding the intended use of these products contained in this Report statement pertain to marketing these products outside the U.S., and in no way indicate how SL Science may eventually intend to label and market such products in the U.S. Notably, statements that may be considered by the FDA to be drug claims, such as those referring to the modulation of immune responses and regenerative properties, are applicable to these products solely as they are marketed outside the U.S. Such claims or claims that are similar in kind will not be utilized to market these products in the U.S. if we decide to market such products in the U.S. as cosmetics.

Competition to our Plant Extract Business

The global market for plant-derived bioactive compounds in cosmetic and therapeutic applications is rapidly expanding and marked by increasing competition. This sector encompasses a broad range of plant extract-based formulations developed for skin, scalp, and wellness solutions, including products targeting anti-aging, antioxidant defense, inflammation reduction, and regenerative support. As consumers shift toward clean-label and botanical ingredients, demand for effective and naturally sourced alternatives to synthetic compounds or pharmaceutical agents continues to rise.

At SL Science, we strategically differentiate our product line by focusing exclusively on tangerine extract. Selected for its high concentration of biologically active flavonoids and citrus polyphenols, this extract forms the scientific and functional core of our hair and scalp care formulations. Through advanced purification processes and stringent quality control, we utilize tangerine extract to deliver consistent, non-pharmaceutical solutions that promote scalp health, restore hair vitality, and align with modern expectations for safety, efficacy, and botanical purity.

Tangerine extract, rich in compounds such as hesperidin and naringin, has attracted attention for its ability to stimulate microcirculation, reduce oxidative stress, and support healthy tissue responses. These properties translate into tangible cosmetic and therapeutic benefits when applied to the scalp. SL Science’s tangerine extract is sourced from certified citrus harvests and processed using proprietary technology that preserves its bioactivity. Our products are tested according to ISO safety and dermatological standards and have demonstrated clinical relevance in improving hydration, reducing dandruff, and enhancing follicle resilience in the scalp environment.

The competitive landscape includes companies such as Nutrafol, a Unilever brand that incorporates various plant-based ingredients for hair growth support. Other botanical-forward cosmeceutical brands, including The Ordinary, offer plant extract-based serums targeting scalp wellness. In addition to these direct competitors, our products also compete indirectly with drug-based hair growth treatments such as minoxidil and finasteride, as well as invasive hair restoration procedures. However, these alternatives often present limitations in terms of safety profile, user compliance, and suitability for long-term use.

We differentiate ourselves by offering a scientifically validated and ISO-compliant botanical solution built around high-purity tangerine extract. This approach maximizes the functional efficacy of our products while addressing growing consumer demand for natural, non-drug alternatives. Unlike competitors relying on broad-spectrum or multi-source plant extracts, SL Science maintains a singular focus on a well-characterized, performance-proven extract platform, ensuring that our plant-based formulations deliver real biological outcomes rather than superficial claims.

As noted previously, any statements regarding the intended use of these products contained in this Report statement pertain to marketing these products outside the U.S., and in no way indicate how SL Science may eventually intend to label and market such products in the U.S. Notably, statements that may be considered by the FDA to be drug claims, such as those referring to hair growth, dandruff reduction, and hair follicle regeneration, are applicable to these products solely as they are marketed outside the U.S. Such claims or claims that are similar in kind will not be utilized to market these products in the U.S. if we decide to market such products in the U.S. as cosmetics.

Should SL Science choose to market our products containing plant-based extracts in the U.S. as cosmetics, we will carefully revise any labeling, product claims, marketing statements, and all other applicable materials to ensure compliance with U.S. regulatory requirements applicable to cosmetics. Any claims referenced in this period that may be interpreted as drug claims with respect to these products will be carefully reviewed and modified as appropriate at that time.

Environmental Matters

The cost of compliance with federal, state, and local provisions related to the protection of the environment has had no material effect on our business. There were no material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities in the year ended December 31, 2024, and there are no material expenditures planned for such purposes for the year ended December 31, 2025.

C.	Organizational Structure

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, SL Bio and HSPT became wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company. The following diagram depicts the organizational structure of the Company as of the date hereof. These subsidiaries are also set forth in Exhibit 8.1 to this Report.

Corporate Structure Afterthe Completion of the Business Combination

The following diagram illustrates PubCo’s corporate structure immediately after the completion of the Business Combination:

D.	Property, Plants and Equipment

Our property, plants and equipment are held through SL Bio. Information regarding SL Bio’s property, plants and equipment is set forth in the Form F-4 in the section entitled “Information Related to SL Bio — Properties,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following discussion and analysis provide information that SL Bio’s management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of SL Bio’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition. The discussion should be read together with the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this Report. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in the discussion in this section to “SL Bio”, “we”, “us” and “our” refer to the business and operations of SL Bio and its predecessors and consolidated subsidiaries.

The discussion may contain certain “forward-looking statements” based upon the current expectations of SL Bio’s management, which expectations involve risks and uncertainties. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the dates they are made. See the section entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” You should, however, consult further disclosures and risk factors included elsewhere this Report. See the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

SL Bio specializes in developing innovative cellular and gene therapies. It began its business in 2023, and serves as a supplier of animal products to customers in Taiwan. Since June 2024, SL Bio has engaged in research and development in the biomedical industry, including with CD-19 Armed-T products and further extended this research and development to GDT cell therapy products for brain and pancreatic cancers in December 2024.

SL Bio was established as the holding company with the intention to perform reorganization of X-Source Future Technology Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in Taiwan in July 2022 (the “Reorganization”). On November 4, 2024, X-Source Future Technology Co., Ltd. changed its name to SL Bio Co., Ltd. (“SL Bio Taiwan”). On May 6, 2022, SL Link Co., Ltd. (“SL Link”), a company incorporated in Taiwan, commenced the research and development of the Exosome business and then decided to exercise the business reorganization and spin-off such business into a separate legal entity, SL Bio Taiwan. SL Link has continued its operation in semiconductor equipment design and service; and research and development of biomedical products business and referred to as the “OldCo”. SL Bio, through SL Bio Taiwan, manages the research, development and sales of Exosome products (Exosome Business), which was historically operated by the OldCo and, not as a standalone entity prior to the completion of the Reorganization transactions completed on June 14, 2024.

SL Bio is primarily engaged in sales of plant extract products and milk-derived exosome products to the customers in Taiwan. Early in June 2024, SL Bio obtained patents, technology and global market authorization from CytoArm the research and development of Bi-Specific antibodies for use in producing armed immune cells technology for application in blood cancer therapy. This cooperation leads SL Bio to commence the cancer therapeutics technology that marks a significant expansion of SL Bio’s research and development capabilities. On March 9, 2023, SL Link entered into a global exclusive license agreement with CytoArm (the “CytoArm License Agreement”) to license the patent and know-how of CD-19 Armed-T products (the “CD-19 Armed-T Licensed Patent”). On June 20, 2024, the license was transferred to us from SL Link in accordance with the patent transfer agreement (the “Patent Transfer Agreement”). Upon entering into the Patent Transfer Agreement, SL Link transferred the CD-19 Armed-T Licensed Patent, including the cooperation rights with CytoArm and the results generated from the CD-19 Armed-T products, to SL Bio, for $949,771, which is equivalent to the cost that SL Link incurred for research and development prior to the transfer. SL Bio bears the research and development costs of the CD-19 Armed-T products thereafter. CytoArm consented to the transfer of the CD-19 Licensed Patent to SL Bio and agreed to continue cooperating with SL Bio for the research and development of the CD-19 Armed-T products. On November 20, 2024, CytoArm, SL Bio, and SL Link entered into a supplementary agreement to confirm the transfer of the CD-19 Armed-T Licensed Patent from SL Link to the Group and clarified the transfer of the rights, obligations, and financial arrangements between the parties. Under the CytoArm License Agreement and the supplementary agreement, SL Bio continues to hold a perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-bearing, exclusive license to manufacture, use, import, offer to sell, and sell the CD-19 Armed-T products.

On December 27, 2024, SL Bio entered into two license agreements with JY BioMed for proprietary technology and technical data relating to GDT cells technology for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment in the global market. On April 28, 2025, SL Bio amended and restated its agreement with JY BioMed to, among other things, combine the two prior agreements into a single agreement, grant SL Bio exclusive licenses for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment, and adjust the total consideration.

The total consideration to JY BioMed under the amended and restated GDT Cells Licenses Agreement is $38 million and SL Bio is obligated to pay a royalty of 7% and 10% of the sales of the GDT cell therapy products for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment generated from JY BioMed Licenses, respectively. As of the date of this Report, $1 million of the total consideration was paid to JY BioMed for the initial research and development costs and material costs of the GDT cell therapy products for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment with $37 million remaining subject to the satisfaction of certain specified conditions and milestones. SL Bio will bear the future research and development costs of GDT cell therapy products thereafter. The term of licensed period of the GDT Cells Licenses is 20 years after the GDT cell therapy products are launched, unless terminated if there is a mutual recognition of significant delays or impossibility of completion, a material breach not corrected within thirty days, certain financial or organizational changes causing damage, delayed payments constituting a material breach, false reporting by SL Bio, or an incurable material breach.

Outlook

SL Bio’s vision is to be a leading provider of innovative and effective cellular therapies globally, transforming cancer treatment and regenerative medicine. The success of SL Bio will be dependent on an employee base that includes specialists with extensive medical and biological training. SL Bio will focus on product development, continuous improvement of its research and development capabilities with the partners, CytoArm and JY BioMed. We intend to accomplish this through new product development, acquisitions, licensing, the application of intellectual property unique to the medical industry, and through investing in research and development capabilities that enable us to compete globally. Further, SL Bio intends to continue increasing the market value of its intellectual property portfolio to support licensure of all its products globally.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

SL Bio believes that future success will be dependent on several key factors, including those discussed below. While these areas represent opportunities for us, they also represent challenges and risks that we must successfully address in order to continue the growth of our business and improve our results of operations.

Proven Capabilities Across a Broad Spectrumof Solutions

SL Bio has an extensive suite of solutions ranging from human-derived immune cells products for brain and pancreatic cancers treatments to milk-derived exosome skin care and plant extract haircare product sales. SL Bio faces competition from well financed biopharma companies and is working to distinguish itself through advancements which distinguish its solutions from the competition.

Notable Strategic Partnerships, OfferingValidation and Growth Potential

SL Bio is an exosome products supplier, as well as having licensing partnerships with CytoArm for CD-19 Armed-T products and JY BioMed to develop GDT cell therapy products for brain and pancreatic cancer treatments. The length of the existing licensing partnerships and the establishment of new licensing partnerships will have a direct impact on SL Bio’s future revenues.

Proprietary Technology Supported by LicensingAgreements and IP Portfolio

Multi-decade, exclusive licensing agreements and owned, patented technology provides SL Bio with significant competitive first-mover advantage in each of its clinical markets.

Large and Underserved Markets for Each SolutionShowcase Untapped Growth Potential

Multi-billion-dollar global market sizes over the next decade provide significant growth potential for SL Bio’s solutions. Entering large and underserved markets requires significant increases in production capacity, business development expenses, IT expenses, marketing expenses, labor costs related to employee headcount, and back-office support.

Strong Leadership Team with Deep Expertisein Biotech and Finance

SL Bio has a founder-led management team with experience in new drug development, medical-grade health product development, and financial management and accounting. Expansion of SL Bio will lead to increased costs to hire skilled labor with the level of expertise required to execute SL Bio’s expansion plans. The labor pool for expertise of the caliber required to execute SL Bio’s business plan is limited and will likely require significant expenditures related to salary and wages to attract qualified talent to the business.

Production Capacity

SL Bio may be required to make significant capital expenditures to execute its business plan. These capital expenditures would be invested in further research and development, facilities, production equipment and other expenses to support increases in production. To the extent SL Bio outsources production, its cost of revenue may be higher versus in-house production but may be offset in whole or in part because capital expenditures will be reduced.

Customer Demand

Favorable industry dynamics for blood, pancreatic and brain cancer therapeutics market present SL Bio with numerous growth opportunities. According to a report published by Market Research Future in April 2025, the global blood cancer therapeutics market size in 2025 was estimated to $42.32 billion and is estimated to grow to $73.66 billion in 2034 with a CAGR of 6.35%. According to Fortune Business Insights, the global pancreatic cancer treatment market is currently valued at approximately $3.30 billion and is projected to reach $10.69 billion by 2032, reflecting a strong compound annual growth rate. In the U.S., the market alone is expected to grow to about $5.25 billion by 2032, highlighting the country’s significant role in driving demand and innovation in cancer care. Similarly, the global brain tumor treatment market, valued at around $2.07 billion in 2024, is anticipated to rise to $4.42 billion by 2032. The U.S. market for brain tumor therapies is projected to reach $1.47 billion by 2030, demonstrating parallel momentum and growing commercial potential.

SL Bio’s licensors are uniquely positioned to address this growing demand given their modular and portable production design and anticipated high return on invested capital.

Commitment to Research and Expenses

As at December 31, 2025, SL Bio had following commitment to research and expenses:

According to the supplementary agreement entered into with CytoArm on November 20, 2024, in respect of the CD-19 Armed-T Licensed Patent, SL Bio is obligated to pay up to $4.1 million when certain conditions and milestones are satisfied and completed by CytoArm.

According to the amended and restated agreement entered into with JY BioMed on April 28, 2025, in respect of the JY BioMed GDT Cells Licenses, SL Bio is obligated to pay up to $37 million when certain conditions and milestones are satisfied and completed by JY BioMed.

According to the service agreement entered into with HeXun Bio-Science Co., Ltd. ("HeXun ") on December 11, 2025 for the preparation of IRB specimens and the drafting of quality documentation relating to GDT cell therapy products, SL Bio is obligated to pay up to NTD25,000,000 equivalents to $825,000 when certain conditions and milestones are satisfied and completed by HeXun.

Costs of Revenue

Our profitability may be affected by our ability to effectively manage our purchase costs of the exosome products from the single supplier in Taiwan. If purchase prices increase, we will have to offset these higher costs either through price increases to our customers. Our ability to control our costs is also dependent on our ability to negotiate with our supplier for a better price and our ability to source the products from other reliable suppliers in a cost-efficient manner. In addition, we expect that an increase in our sales volume will enable us to lower our purchase costs through economies of scale. Our royalty costs will also increase the costs of revenue in accordance with the increased revenue generated from the sales of licensed products and rendering of licensed services in future.

Regulatory Landscape

The sale and purchase of SL Bio’s products are subject to extensive federal, state, local, and foreign government laws. SL Bio is also subject to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Federal Drug Administration and various state and international agencies that control the export, import, distribution, and sale of medical products which will be developed from the CD-19 and GDT technologies in future. Such regulations may adversely affect demand for our products by imposing limitations that increase the costs or limit the availability of our products.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2025 Comparedto the Year Ended December 31, 2024

The following table presents summarized financial information taken from our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared with the year ended December 31, 2024 (amounts in thousands):

	For the Year Ended
	December 31, <br> 2025			December 31,<br> 2024
Net revenue	$	2,197		$	3,364
Cost of revenue		(1,422	)		(1,431	)
Gross profit		775			1,933
General and administrative expenses		2,544			1,107
Research and development expenses		2,069			2,021
Selling and marketing expenses		—			1
Total operating expenses		4,613			3,129
Loss from operations		(3,838	)		(1,196	)
Other income (expenses)
Other income (expenses), net		(23	)		17
Interest expenses		40			45
Total other income, net		17			62
Loss income before income tax		(3,821	)		(1,134	)
Income taxes		*—			(57	)
Net loss	$	(3,821	)	$	(1,191	)
*	For the year ended December 31, 2025, the income tax expense<br>is less than $1,000.
---	---

Net Revenue

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 consists of the following:

	Corporate <br> Customers		Retail <br> Customers		Total
Exosome concentrate	$	2,086,707	$	70,890	$	2,157,597
Skin care products		4,091		9,190		13,281
Hair care products		3,403		22,968		26,371
Total	$	2,094,201	$	103,048	$	2,197,249

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 consists of the following:

	Corporate <br> Customers		Retail <br> Customers		Total
Exosome concentrate	$	1,665,645	$	1,631,121	$	3,296,766
Skin care products		—		20,917		20,917
Hair care products		—		45,920		45,920
Total	$	1,665,645	$	1,697,958	$	3,363,603

Net revenue decreased by $1,166,354 or 35% from $3,363,603 for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $2,197,249 for the year ended December 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to SL Bio Taiwan’s ongoing business transformation, under which, starting in the third quarter of 2024, the Company shifted from direct sales of exosome concentrate products to individual end-users and corporate customers to wholesale sales to corporate distributors in Taiwan. Under this new model, although the gross margin from wholesale sales is relatively lower, this shift allows the Company to focus more resources on research and development projects. In addition, while distributors place larger-volume orders, the frequency of orders is lower, and the elimination of direct sales to individual and corporate customers resulted in lower overall revenue for 2025.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue decreased by $8,655 or 1% from $1,430,842 for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $1,422,187 for the year ended December 31, 2025. Our cost of revenue consists primarily of purchase costs on products for resales. The decrease in cost of revenue was higher than the decrease of net revenue, which was primarily due to the increase of corporate sales with a lower margin during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Gross Profit

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, SL Bio utilizes the lower of cost or net realizable value for determining its inventory value.

We believe that, as we continue to grow net revenue through new markets and expanded distribution, our gross profit will also increase. We plan to accomplish this through the following:

●	improving the product sources;
●	increasing and diversifying our customer base and exploring<br>new distribution channels;
---	---
●	introducing new product lines that carry higher margins;
---	---
●	establishing additional licensing agreements;
---	---
●	reducing purchase costs through greater purchasing power and<br>scalability;
---	---
●	expanding strategic relationships with component providers;
---	---

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses increased by $1,483,678 or 47%, from $3,128,872 for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $4,612,550 for the year ended December 31, 2025. The increase was mainly caused by $1,359,197 or 123% increase in general and administrative expenses, primarily due to the increase in office salaries by $1,162,394 or, 529.3%, as SL Bio expanded the senior management team in early 2025. On the other hand, SL Bio incurred $2,069,022 of research and development expenses of CD-19 Armed-T products and GDT cell therapy products during the year ended December 31, 2025, which was increased by $48,676 or, 2%, from $2,020,346 for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Interest and Other Income (Expenses), Net

For the year ended December 31, 2025, interest and other income, net decreased by $44,747 or 72% to $17,666 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 due primarily to the decrease in operating lease income generated from the lease of system and software owned by SL Bio to a clinic in Taiwan. SL Bio generated totaling $42,251 from the operating lease arrangements and early termination of lease arrangement for the year ended December 31, 2024 and such operating lease arrangements were ceased effective in January 2025 and became nil for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Net Loss

For the year ended December 31, 2025, SL Bio had net loss of $3,819,818 compared to a net loss of $1,191,333 for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

SL Bio has operated primarily as a development stage company since its formation. SL Bio recognized a net loss of $3,819,818 for the year ended December 31, 2025, net loss of $1,191,333 for the year ended December 31, 2024 and an accumulated deficit of $5,484,378 as of December 31, 2025.

SL Bio has historically funded operations through private equity offerings and related party debt.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, SL Bio is required to use its reasonable best efforts to raise not less than $5.0 million of additional capital in one or more financings.

We believe that these financing activities will allow SL Bio to meet both its operating and debt obligations over the next year. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to be incorrect, and we could utilize our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect. We also recognize that there can be no assurance that our forecast plan will be met. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those set forth in the Form F-4, in the sections titled “Risk Factors ”, which is incorporated herein by reference.

We may need to raise additional funds to finance our operations through further equity or equity-linked offerings or debt financing arrangements. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, the ownership of our existing shareholders will be diluted. If we raise additional financing by the incurrence of indebtedness, we will be subject to increased fixed payment obligations and could also be subject to restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. See the section entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to SL Bio — SL Bio will need additional fundingin order to implement its business plan.” as set forth in the Form F-4, which is incorporated herein by reference, SL Bio recognizes that there is no assurance that any such additional financing will be obtained or that the terms of such arrangements will be reasonable. If we are unable to obtain additional funds, we would also take other measures to reduce expenses to offset any shortfall.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and restrictedcash

Cash and cash equivalents included cash on hand placed with banks or other financial institutions, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use and with an original maturity of three months or less. Cash balances that have restrictions as to withdrawal or usage as collateral for credit card service provided by a financial institution are considered restricted cash. As of December 31, 2025, SL Bio’s restricted and unrestricted cash was approximately $1.3 million compared to $4.2 million at December 31, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to the net cash used in operating activities of approximately $1.9 million, acquisition of property, plant and equipment of approximately $0.3 million, increase of deferred offering costs of approximately $0.9 million and the net effect of the exchange difference of approximately $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes SL Bio’s cash flows for the year indicated (in thousands):

	Year Ended <br> December 31,
	2025			2024
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(1,910	)	$	280
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(320	)		123
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(879	)		3,066

Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) OperatingActivities

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $1,909,796, primarily related to the net loss for the year ended of $3,819,818, offset by a decrease in inventories of $1,350,946.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $280,158, primarily related to a decrease in advance to supplier by $1,399,886, offset by the net loss for the year of $1,191,333.

Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) InvestingActivities

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $319,685, driven by the acquisition of plant and equipment.

Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $123,283, primarily driven by the proceeds on disposal of plant and equipment.

Cash Flows (Used in) Provided by FinancingActivities

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $879,137, consisting of deferred offering costs.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $3,066,076, consisting primarily of net proceeds from equity financings offset by the net change in the Parent’s investment prior to the completion of the Reorganization in June 2024 and deferred offering costs.

Commitments and Contingencies

SL Bio’s commitments include our operating lease liabilities.

The following table summarize our contractual obligations and other commitments for cash expenditures as of December 31, 2025 and the years in which these obligations are due as follows (in thousands):

	Payments Due In
	Less than<br> 1 year		1 – 2<br> years		2 – 3<br> years		3 – 4<br> years		4 – 5<br> years		Thereafter		Total
Operating lease liabilities^(a)^	$	149		65		—		—		—		—		214
Total commitments	$	149		65		—		—		—		—		214
(a)	During the year ended December 31, 2025 ,<br>SL Bio entered into an operating lease agreement with a third party lessor that commenced on January 1, 2025. The term of the operating<br>lease agreement runs through May 2027. Under the operating lease, SL Bio pays monthly rent of NTD417,053 ($14,327) through May 2025<br>and thereafter the monthly rent will increase to NTD429,145 ($14,742).
---	---

As at December 31, 2025, SL Bio had following commitment to research and expenses:

According to the amended and restated agreement entered into with JY BioMed on April 28, 2025, in respect of the GDT Cells Licenses, SL Bio is obligated to pay up to $37 million when certain conditions and milestones are satisfied and completed by JY BioMed.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A.	Directors and Senior Management

The directors and executive officers upon the consummation of the Business Combination are set forth in the Form F-4, in the section titled “Management of PubCo Following the Business Combination,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

The information of the two additional independent directors of the Company taking office upon the consummation of the Business Combination is set forth below.

Joseph Levinson. Mr. Levinson has over 25 years of experience managing cross-border issues for U.S.-listed foreign companies, as well as experience in accounting. From January 2025 to July 2025, Mr. Levinson served as an independent director of Robo.ai Inc., formerly known as NWTN Inc. (Nasdaq: AIIO), a company in the electric vehicle industry. From May 2020 to September 2021, he served as an independent director of China Liberal Education Holdings Ltd. (Nasdaq: CLEU), an educational service provider. Mr. Levinson worked for firms such as KPMG and Deloitte & Touche early in his career. Mr. Levinson received a bachelor’s degree from the University at Buffalo with a double major in finance and accounting, graduating summa cum laude, and he holds a United States Certified Public Accountant license for more than 25 years. He is qualified to serve as a director due to his accounting and public company experience.

Qian (Hebe) Xu. Ms. Xu has served as HSPT’s independent director since November 2024. She has more than 15 years’ experience in the financial markets as an investment banker, specializing in US-China cross border transactions. Ms. Xu also serves as an Independent Director of Hongli Group Inc. (Nasdaq: HLP), a position held since 2023. Since October 2018, Ms. Xu has served as the founder of HB International Consulting LLC, a firm providing business consulting and financial advisory services. From November 2008 to October 2018, Ms. Xu worked at TriPoint Global Equities LLC, an investment banking firm, as an Analyst (November 2008 to April 2013), as Vice President of investment banking (from April 2013 to May 2017) and the Senior Vice President (from May 2017 to October 2018), leading effort of the US-China cross border investment, mergers & acquisitions, and initial public offerings. Ms. Xu received her Bachelor’s degree in Telecommunication Engineering from Sun Yat-Sen (Zhongshan) University in 2004 and a Master’s degree in Economics from New York University in 2009.

Neither Joseph Levinson nor Qian (Hebe) Xu will serve as a member of PubCo’s board committees.

Accordingly, the directors and executive officers of PubCo following the Business Combination are set forth as follows:

Name	Age	Position
William Wang Ching-Dong	55	Chief Executive Officer, Director, and Chairman of Board
Ray Leung	45	Chief Financial Officer
Johnson Lau	52	Vice President of Finance
Ethan Shen, Ph.D.	49	Chief Technology Officer and Director
Kwo-Liang Chen	65	Independent Director
Mingche Liu, M.D., Ph.D.	53	Independent Director
John C. General	63	Independent Director
Joseph Levinson	50	Independent Director
Qian (Hebe) Xu	44	Independent Director

B.	Compensation

Information pertaining to the compensation of the Company’s directors and executive officers is set forth in the Form F-4 in the sections entitled “Management of SL Bio — Executive Compensation” and “Management of PubCo Following the Business Combination — Compensation of Directors and Officers,” which are incorporated herein by reference.

C.	Board Practices

Information pertaining to the Company’s board practices is set forth in the Form F-4, in the section titled “Management of PubCo Following the Business Combination,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

D.	Employees

As of December 31, 2025, we employed 20 full-time employees. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our employees are represented by a labor organization or under any collective bargaining arrangements. We consider our employee relations to be good. Certain employees are subject to contractual agreements that specify requirements on confidentiality and restrictions on working for competitors, as well as other standard matters.

Additionally, we are strategically expanding our workforce to strengthen our capabilities in the biomedical field. As part of this initiative, we plan to hire an additional senior scientist as Chief Medical Officer prior to the Phase I clinic trails of the product candidates in 2026. These highly skilled professionals will focus on advancing our research and development efforts, enabling us to drive innovation and enhance operational excellence. By investing in a top-tier team and cutting-edge facilities, we are positioning SL Science to accelerate groundbreaking advancements in the biomedical sector. This expansion underscores our commitment to delivering impactful solutions that address critical healthcare challenges and improve patient outcomes globally.

E.	Share Ownership

Ownership of the Ordinary Shares by its directors and executive officers upon the consummation of the Business Combination is set forth in Item 7.A of this Report.

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTYTRANSACTIONS

A.	Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of Ordinary Shares as of June 18, 2026 by:

●	each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more<br>than 5% of Ordinary Shares;
●	each of our directors and executive officers; and
---	---
●	all our directors and executive officers as a group.
---	---

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if that person possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities that the person has a right to acquire within 60 days including, without limitation, through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. Such securities, however, are deemed to be outstanding only for the purpose of computing the percentage beneficial ownership of that person but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage beneficial ownership of any other person. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.

The calculations of the percentage of beneficial ownership are based on 560,759,757 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, as of June 18, 2026, which does not include 260,000 Ordinary Shares convertible on December 12, 2026 from 780,000 Preferred Shares issued and outstanding as of June 18, 2026.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by them.

Name of Beneficial Owner

	Ordinary<br><br> Shares
Principal Shareholders^(1)^
SL Link Holding Ltd.^(2)^		333,832,129	59.53	%
Directors and Executive Officers
William Wang^(2)^		333,832,129	59.53	%
Ray Leung		—
Johnson Lau		—
Ethan Shen, Ph.D.		—
Kwo-Liang Chen		—
Mingche Liu, M.D., Ph.D.		—
John C. General		—
Joseph Levinson		—
Qian (Hebe) Xu		20,000	*
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 individuals)		333,852,129	59.54	%
*	Less than 1% of the total number of outstanding Ordinary Shares
---	---
(1)	Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o SL Science Holding Limited, 11^th^ Floor, No. 479 Chongyang Road, Nangang District, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. 115010.
---	---
(2)	Represents 333,832,129 Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by William Wang, including (i) 329,286,823 Ordinary Shares held by SL Link Holding<br>Ltd., and (ii) 4,545,306 Ordinary Shares held by SL Link Co., Ltd. SL Link Holding Ltd. is a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands<br>which is owned equally by Mr. Wang and his spouse, and Mr. Wang is the sole director of SL Link Holding Ltd. SL Link Co., Ltd. is a company<br>incorporated in Taiwan. Mr. Wang owns a 50.63% equity interest of SL Link Co., Ltd., and is the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive<br>Officer of SL Link Co., Ltd. As a result, Mr. Wang is deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the securities of the Company held<br>by SL Link Holding Ltd. and SL Link Co., Ltd.
---	---
B.	Related Party Transactions
---	---

As of December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 SL Bio and its’ subsidiaries have no amount due from (to) affiliates.

In January 2023, SL Bio entered into an operating lease arrangement with SL Link to lease part of its office premises in Taiwan. The lease has the initial term of 53 months from January 1, 2023 to May 31, 2027, but the lease was cancelled in December 2024. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the lease has the outstanding lease term of nil and 41 months, respectively. In January 2023, SL Bio also entered into a corporate and administrative service agreement with SL Link for the general corporate and accounting services in Taiwan, and it was terminated in December 2024.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company had the following transactions with affiliates:

Name	Amount		Relationship	Note
JY BioMed	$	455,714	Company owned by our Chief Technical Officer of the Company, Dr. Shen	Research and development costs paid for GDT Cells Licenses to the Group

During the year ended December 31, 2024, SL Bio had the following transactions with affiliates:

Name	Amount		Relationship	Note
SL Link	$	167,795	Company owned by a director and a shareholder of SL Bio, Mr. Wang	Operating leasing income for the rental of office premise to the Group
SL Link	$	80,496	Company owned by a director and a shareholder of SL Bio, Mr. Wang	Expenses for general corporate and accounting services provided to the Group
SL Link	$	949,771	Company owned by a director and a shareholder of SL Bio, Mr. Wang	Research and development costs paid for the transfer of the CD-19 Patent to the Group
JY BioMed	$	964,823	Company owned by our Chief Technology Officer of the Company, Dr. Shen	Research and development costs paid for GDT Cells Licenses to the Group

During the year ended December 31, 2023, SL Bio had the following transaction with affiliates:

Name	Amount		Relationship	Note
SL Link	$	173,173	Company owned by a director and a shareholder of SL Bio, Mr. Wang	Operating leasing income for the rental of office premise to the Group
SL Link	$	83,076	Company owned by a director and a shareholder of SL Bio, Mr. Wang	Expenses for general corporate and accounting services provided to the Group
C.	Interests of Experts and Counsel
---	---

None / Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A.	Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Financial Statements

Consolidated financial statements have been filed as part of this Report. See Item 18 “Financial Statements.”

Legal Proceedings

We are currently not a party to any material legal or administrative proceedings. We have been, and may from time to time in the future, be subject to various legal and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. Such claims or legal actions, even if without merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and management resources and potentially result in civil liability for damages.

Dividend Policy

The Company’s policy on dividend distributions is described in the Form F-4 in the section titled “Description of PubCo’s Share Capital—Dividends,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A.	Offer and Listing Details

Ordinary Shares are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “SLBT.”

B.	Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C.	Markets

Ordinary Shares are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “SLBT.”

D.	Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E.	Dilution

Not applicable.

F.	Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.	Share Capital

As of the date of this Report, subsequent to the closing of the Business Combination, there were 560,759,757 Ordinary Shares and 780,000 Preferred Shares that were issued and outstanding. Each Preferred Share will be converted into one-third (1/3) of one Ordinary Share on the six-month anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination.

B.	Memorandum and Articles of Association

The amended and restated articles of association of the Company (“Company Charter”) effective as of June 12, 2026 are filed as part of this Report.

As of the date of this Report, our authorized share capital is US$50,000 divided into 4,950,000,000, ordinary shares of par value US$0.00001 each and 50,000,000 preferred shares of par value US$0.00001 each. The description of other aspects of the Company Charter are contained in the Form F-4 in the section titled “Description of PubCo’s Share Capital,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

C.	Material Contracts

Material Contracts Relating to SL Bio’s Operations

Information pertaining to the Company’s material contracts is set forth in the Form F-4, in the sections titled “Information Related to SL Bio,” “Risk Factors — Risks Related to SL Bio’s Business and Industry,” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions,” each of which is incorporated herein by reference.

Material Contracts Relating to the BusinessCombination

Business Combination Agreement

The description of the Business Combination Agreement in the Form F-4 in the section titled “Proposal No. 1 — The Business Combination Proposals - The Business Combination Agreement” is incorporated herein by reference.

Related Agreements

The description of the material provisions of certain additional agreements entered into pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement in the Form F-4 in the section titled “Proposal No. 1 — The Business Combination Proposals - Other Transaction Documents” is incorporated herein by reference.

Subscription Agreements and Lock-up Agreementsfor PIPE Financing

In connection with the Business Combination, SLBT entered into the Subscription Agreements with the PIPE Investors, pursuant to which the PIPE Investors committed to purchase an aggregate of 780,000 PubCo Units, in a private placement for a purchase price of $10.00 per PubCo Unit. Each PubCo Unit consists of (i) one PubCo Ordinary Share and (ii) one series A preferred share of SLBT, par value $0.00001 per share (the “PubCo Preferred Shares”). Each PubCo Preferred Share will be converted into one-third (1/3) of one PubCo Ordinary Share (such converted PubCo Ordinary Shares, the “Conversion Shares”) on the six-month anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination. SLBT agreed to file a resale registration statement with the SEC to register the PubCo Ordinary Shares and Conversion Shares acquired by the PIPE Investors under the Subscription Agreements (the “Securities”). In the meantime, each PIPE Investor entered into a lock-up agreement with SLBT, pursuant to which each PIPE Investor agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of the Securities for a period of six (6) months following the closing date of the PIPE Financing, unless SLBT consummates a subsequent liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction within this lock-up period which results in all of SLBT’s shareholders having the right to exchange their PubCo Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property.

D.	Exchange Controls

There are no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in the Cayman Islands that may affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by the Company, or that may affect the remittance of dividends, interest, or other payments by the Company to non-resident holders of its Ordinary Shares. There is no limitation imposed by the laws of the Cayman Islands or in the Company Charter on the right of non-residents to hold or vote shares.

E.	Taxation

Information pertaining to tax considerations is set forth in the Form F-4, in the section titled “Material Tax Considerations,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

F.	Dividends and Paying Agents

Information regarding Company’s policy on dividends is described in the Form F-4, in the section titled “Description of PubCo’s Share Capital — Dividends,” which is incorporated herein by reference. The Company has not identified a paying agent.

G.	Statement by Experts

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries that are included in this Report have been audited by ARK Pro CPA & Co, an independent registered public accounting firm. Such consolidated financial statements have been included in reliance upon the report of said firm, given on the authority of the said firm as expert in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of SL BIO Ltd. and its subsidiaries that are included in this Report have been audited by ARK Pro CPA & Co, an independent registered public accounting firm. Such consolidated financial statements have been included in reliance upon the report of said firm, given on the authority of the said firm as expert in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of HSPT that are included in this Report have been audited by Marcum Asia CPAs LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Such financial statements have been included in reliance upon the authority of the said firm as expert in accounting and auditing.

H.	Documents on Display

We are subject to certain of the informational filing requirements of the Exchange Act. Since we are a “foreign private issuer,” we are exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act, with respect to their purchase and sale of our shares. In addition, we are not required to file reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we are required to file with the SEC an Annual Report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm. We may, but are not required, to furnish to the SEC, on Form 6-K, unaudited financial information after each of our first three fiscal quarters. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information that we file with or furnish electronically with the SEC.

I.	Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to the concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets. The Group places its cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash with financial institutions with credit ratings and quality where the Group considers acceptable.

The risks with respect to accounts receivable are mitigated by credit evaluations performed on the debtors and ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances.

Foreign currency exchange risk

The reporting currency of the Group is US$, to date the majority of the revenues and costs are denominated in NTD and a significant portion of the assets and liabilities are denominated in NTD. As a result, the Group is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk as its revenues and results of operations may be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate between US$ and NTD. If NTD depreciates against US$, the value of NTD revenues and assets as expressed in US$ financial statements will decline. The Group does not hold any derivative or other financial instruments that expose to substantial market risk.

NTD is not a freely convertible currency. The Central Bank of the Republic of China, under the authority of Taiwan government, controls the conversion of NTD to foreign currencies. There are restrictions and limits on the conversion of NTD to other currencies, especially for capital account transactions. Individuals and businesses face conversion quotas and approvals required from the authorities.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

PARTII

Not applicable.

PARTIII

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2025 and for the period from March 18, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025 is included in this Report between pages F-27 and F-36.

The audited consolidated financial statements of SL Bio Ltd. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2025, and 2024, and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is included in this Report between pages F-2 to F-26.

The unaudited condensed financial statements of HSPT as of March 31, 2026 and for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the audited financial statements of HSPT as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is included in this Report between pages F-37 and F-74.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of the Company, SL Bio Ltd and HSPT are attached as Exhibit 15.1 to this Report.

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBITNUMBER	DESCRIPTION
1.1*	Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, effective on June 12, 2026.
2.1	Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate of SLBT (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the proxy statement/prospectus on Form F-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2025)
3.1	Company Shareholder Support Agreement dated May 9, 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HSPT’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 12, 2025)
3.2	Sponsor Support Agreement, dated May 9, 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to HSPT’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 12, 2025)
3.3	Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to HSPT’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 12, 2025)
3.4	Form of Lock-Up Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to HSPT’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 12, 2025)
4.1#	Business Combination Agreement, dated May 9, 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to HSPT’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 12, 2025)
4.2	Form of the Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HSPT’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 24, 2026)
8.1*	List of principal subsidiaries of SLBT
10.1	Exclusive Licensing Agreement, dated March 9, 2023, between SL Link Co., Ltd. and Cytoarm Co., Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the proxy statement/prospectus on Form F-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2025)
10.2	Exclusive Licensing Agreement, dated March 9, 2023, between SL Link Co., Ltd. and Cytoarm Co., Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the proxy statement/prospectus on Form F-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2025)
10.3	GDT Immune Cells (γδT Cells) License Agreement for the brain cancer indication, dated December 27, 2024, between SL Bio Co., Ltd and Ji Yan Biomedical Co., Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the proxy statement/prospectus on Form F-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2025)
10.4	GDT Immune Cells (γδT Cells) License Agreement for the pancreatic cancer indication, dated December 27, 2024, between SL Bio Co., Ltd and Ji Yan Biomedical Co., Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the proxy statement/prospectus on Form F-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2025)
10.5	Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated April 28, 2025, between SL Bio Co., Ltd. and Ji Yan Biomedical Co., Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the proxy statement/prospectus on Form F-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2025)
10.6	Distribution Agreement, dated July 1, 2024, between X-Source Future Technology Co., Ltd. and Yu Ru Health Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the proxy statement/prospectus on Form F-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2025)
10.7	Development and Manufacturing Agreement of Exosome Serum, dated February 9, 2023, between SL Link Co. Ltd. and YC Biotech Co., Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the proxy statement/prospectus on Form F-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2025)
10.8	Supplemental Agreement for the Development and Manufacturing of Exosome Serum, dated July 1, 2023, between SL Link Co. Ltd. and YC Biotech Co., Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the proxy statement/prospectus on Form F-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2025)
10.9	Cosmetics Manufacturing Agreement, dated May 23, 2024, between SL Link Co. Ltd. and YC Biotech Co., Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the proxy statement/prospectus on Form F-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2025)
10.10	Non-Competition Agreement, dated November 18, 2025, between SL Science Holding Limited, SL Bio Co., Ltd., and SL Link Co., Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the proxy statement/prospectus on Form F-4 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2025)
11.1*	Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
11.2*	Insider Trading Policy
15.1*	Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information of SL Bio and HSPT.
15.2*	Consent of ARK Pro CPA & Co. (SL Bio Limited)
15.3*	Consent of ARK Pro CPA & Co. (SL Science Holding Limited)
15.4*	Consent of Marcum Asia CPAs LLP.
97.1*	Clawback Policy
*	Filed herewith.
---	---

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Report on its behalf.

	SL Science Holding Limited
June 18, 2026	By:	/s/ William Wang
		Name:	William Wang
		Title:	Director and Chief Executive Officer

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SL BIO LTD.

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 3299)	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-7

SL SCIENCE HOLDING LIMITED

	Page
Report of Independence<br> Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 3299)	F-27
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2025	F-28
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from March 18, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025	F-29
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholder’s Deficit for the period from March 18, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025	F-30
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period from March 18, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025	F-31
Notes to Consolidated<br> Financial Statements	F-32

HORIZON SPACE ACQUISITION II CORP.

	Page
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS	F-37
UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS	F-38
UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY	F-39
UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS	F-40
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements	F-41
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 5395)	F-56
---	---
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-57
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-58
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-59
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-60
Notes to Financial Statements	F-61

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTINGFIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Director of SL BIO Ltd.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SL BIO Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ ARK Pro CPA & Co

ARK Pro CPA & Co

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2024.

Hong Kong, China

June 18, 2026

PCAOB ID: 3299

F-2

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31, 2025			December 31, 2024
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,258,616		$	3,680,026
Restricted cash		—			457,500
Inventories		—			1,359,771
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		167,612			357,881
Tax recoverable		597			—
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS		1,426,825			5,855,178
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net		212,324			—
Plant and equipment, net		248,894			18,978
Prepayment for plant and equipment		—			7,796
Deferred offering costs		929,137			50,000
TOTAL ASSETS	$	2,817,180		$	5,931,952
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Operating lease liabilities, current	$	148,663			—
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		319,872			69,198
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES		468,535			69,198
Deferred tax liabilities		—			135,701
Operating lease liabilities, non-current		64,742			—
TOTAL LIABILITIES		533,277			204,899
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Common shares, $0.10 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized, 3,675,000 and 1,500,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively*	$	367,500		$	367,500
Additional paid-in capital		6,931,344			6,795,647
Accumulated deficit		(5,484,378	)		(1,664,560	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		469,437			228,466
Total shareholders’ equity		2,283,903			5,727,053
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	2,817,180		$	5,931,952
*	The shares amounts are presented on a retroactive basis, due<br>to group reorganization (see Note 1 and 12).
---	---

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVEINCOME (LOSS)

	Year Ended December 31, 2025			Year Ended December 31, 2024
Revenue	$	2,197,249		$	3,363,603
Cost of revenue		(1,422,187	)		(1,430,842	)
Gross profit		775,062			1,932,761
Operating expenses
General and administrative expenses		2,543,528			1,107,331
Research and development expenses		2,069,022			2,020,346
Selling and marketing expenses		—			1,195
Total operating expenses		4,612,550			3,128,872
Loss from operations		(3,837,488	)		(1,196,111	)
Other income (expenses)
Other (expenses) income, net		(22,636	)		17,109
Interest income		40,302			45,304
Total other income (expenses), net		17,666			62,413
Loss before income tax		(3,819,822	)		(1,133,698	)
Income tax credit (expense)		4			(57,635	)
Net loss	$	(3,819,818	)	$	(1,191,333	)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Change in cumulative foreign currency translation		240,971			228,466
Comprehensive loss	$	(3,578,847	)	$	(962,867	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’EQUITY

																Accumulative
							Additional			Parent’s			Accumulated			Other
	Common Shares						paid-in			Net			Earnings			comprehensive
	Shares			Amount			capital			Investment			(Deficits)			income		Total
Balance at January 1, 2024		1,500,000		$	150,000		$	—		$	3,423,844		$	—		$	—	$	3,573,844
Issuance of common shares		5,500,000			550,000			6,871,851			—			—			—		7,421,851
Shares repurchased and cancelled		(3,325,000	)		(332,500	)		—			—			—			—		(332,500	)
Net distribution from Parent		—			—			(2,238,821	)		(1,734,454	)		—			—		(3,973,275	)
Consummation of separation transaction upon completion of reorganization		—			—			2,162,617			(2,162,617	)		—			—		—
Net (loss) for the year		—			—			—			473,227			(1,664,560	)		—		(1,191,333	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—			—			—			—			—			228,466		228,466
Balance at December 31, 2024		3,675,000		$	367,500		$	6,795,647		$	—		$	(1,664,560	)	$	228,466	$	5,727,053
Net loss for the year		—			—			—			—			(3,819,818	)		—		(3,819,818	)
Reversal of prior year carve-out tax difference		—			—			135,697			—			—			—		135,697
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—			—			—			—			—			240,971		240,971
Balance at December 31, 2025		3,675,000		$	367,500		$	6,931,344			—			(5,484,378	)		469,437		2,283,903
*	The shares amounts are presented on a retroactive basis, due<br>to group reorganization (see Note 1 and 12).
---	---

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year Ended<br> December 31,<br> 2025			Year Ended<br> December 31,<br> 2024
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss	$	(3,819,818	)	$	(1,191,333	)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities
Amortization expenses		—			3,940
Depreciation expenses		93,685			43,307
Lease expenses		155,694			167,795
Gain on disposal of plant and equipment		—			(6,086	)
Gain on disposal of intangible assets		—			(164	)
Gain on early termination of right-of-use assets		—			(2,374	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable		—			25,827
Inventories		1,350,946			187,380
Advance to supplier		—			1,399,886
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		207,273			(277,519	)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		246,726			38,620
Deferred tax liabilities		(6,252	)		57,488
Operating lease liabilities		(137,455	)		(166,609	)
Tax paid		(595	)		—
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		(1,909,796	)		280,158
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of plant and equipment		(319,685	)		(7,970	)
Proceeds on disposal of plant and equipment		—			127,805
Proceeds on disposal of intangible assets		—			3,448
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(319,685	)		123,283
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of common shares		—			7,239,351
Net changes in parent’s investment		—			(4,123,275	)
Deferred offering costs		(879,137	)		(50,000	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(879,137	)		3,066,076
Effect of change in exchange rate		229,708			228,655
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		(2,878,910	)		3,698,172
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year		4,137,526			439,354
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year	$	1,258,616		$	4,137,526
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Income taxes paid	$	595		$	—
Interest paid	$	—		$	—
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTMENT AND FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES INFORMATION:
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets	$	350,191		$	—
Deduction of right-of-use assets from cancellation of operating leases	$	—		$	(361,946	)
Change in common shares due to share repurchase and cancellation	$	—		$	(332,500	)
Change in net change in parent’s investments to due to affiliate	$	—		$	(4,123,275	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

SL Bio Ltd. (“SL Bio” or the “Company”) is a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on March 18, 2024 by Mr. Wang Ching-Dong (“Mr. Wang”), with the initial authorized and issued share capital of $500,000 divided into 5,000,000 common shares at the par value of $0.10 each. It was established as the holding company with the intention to perform reorganization of X-Source Future Technology Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in the Republic of China (“ROC” or “Taiwan”) on July 21, 2022 (the “Reorganization”). On November 4, 2024, X-Source Future Technology Co., Ltd. changed its name to SL Bio Co., Ltd. (“SL Bio Taiwan”). On March 18, 2025, SL Science Holding Limited (“PubCo”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company limited by shares and wholly-owned by SL Bio. PubCo has not commenced any operations since its formation. PubCo and its wholly owned subsidiaries, CW Mega Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares (“Merger Sub I”) and WW Century Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares (“Merger Sub II) were incorporated solely for the purpose of completing the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Reorganization.

SL Bio and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, SL Bio Taiwan, the Merger Sub I and the Merger Sub II (collectively referred to as the “Group”) is primarily engaged in research, development and sales of exosome products to the customers in Taiwan. Commencing June 2024, the Group has also engaged in research and development of CD-19 Armed-T products. In December 2024, SL Bio also began the research and development of Gamma Delta T Cells Products (“GDT cell therapy products”). The address of the Group’s principal office is 11/F, No. 479, Chongyang Road, Nangang District, Taipei City, Taiwan.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the activities of the Group and each of the entities, as contemplated after the Reorganization.

Reorganization

The Reorganization, are completed on June 14, 2024, included the following:.

1.	SL Link Co., Ltd. (“SL Link” or “OldCo”),<br>a company incorporated in the ROC, had been engaged in three segments: (1) semiconductor equipment design and service; (2) research<br>and development of biomedical products and (3) research, development and sales of exosome products (the “Exosome Business”).
2.	On May 6, 2022, SL Link commenced the research and development<br>of the Exosome Business.
---	---
3.	On June 20, 2022 the Board of directors of SL Link approved<br>the spin-off the Exosome Business.
---	---
4.	On July 21, 2022, established SL Bio Taiwan to operate<br>the Exosome Business.
---	---
5.	On June 14, 2024, following the completion of the Reorganization<br>SL Bio Taiwan was spun-out from SL Link, with SL Bio Taiwan owned 100% by SL Bio, which in turn was owned by the same beneficiary group<br>of SL Link’s shareholders immediately prior to the completion of the Reorganization.
---	---

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the Reorganization.

F-7

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (cont.)

Financial statements representing the historical operations of the Exosome Business have been derived from the OldCo’s historical accounting records and are presented on a carve-out basis. All revenues and costs as well as assets and liabilities directly associated with the business activities of Exosome Business are reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements also include allocations of certain general, administrative, research and development expenses from the OldCo. However, amounts recognized by SL Bio Taiwan are not necessarily representative of the amounts that would have been reflected in the consolidated financial statements had SL Bio Taiwan operated independently from the OldCo.

Immediately before and after the Reorganization, SL Bio Taiwan is legally formed and ultimately controlled by SL Link’s shareholders, including Mr. Wang’s Family and the entity they controlled. As such, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flows that are directly attributable to the Exosome Business before the Reorganization. The consolidated financial statements are presented as if the SL Bio Taiwan had been in existence and the Reorganization had been in effect during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

The assets and liabilities have been stated at historical carrying amounts. Only those assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable to the Exosome Business are included in the Group’s consolidated balance sheets.

All revenues and cost of revenues attributable to the research, development and selling of Exosome products were directly identifiable to SL Bio Taiwan. Operating expenses were specifically identifiable to SL Bio Taiwan based on product types and activities that are involved in the Exosome Business.

Since the Exosome Business did not commence the sales before the establishment of SL Bio Taiwan in July 2022, no indirect expenses were needed to allocate to the Exosome Businesses. The management has allocated the salary costs in according to the time spent on the Exosome Business and the OldCo.

Prior to the Reorganization, when SL Bio Taiwan was part of the OldCo, SL Bio Taiwan was dependent upon OldCo for all of its working capital and financing requirements as the OldCo used a centralized approach to cash management and financing of its operations. Accordingly, none of the OldCo’s cash, cash equivalents or debt at the corporate level has been included in the balance sheets of the SL Bio Taiwan. Income tax liability is calculated based on a separate return basis as if SL Bio Taiwan had filed separate tax returns before and after the establishment of SL Bio Taiwan.

Management believes the basis and amounts of these allocations are reasonable. While the expenses allocated to SL Bio Taiwan for these items are not necessarily indicative of the expenses that would have been incurred if SL Bio Taiwan had been a separate, stand-alone entity, the Group does not believe that there is any significant difference between the nature and amounts of these allocated expenses and the expenses that would have been incurred if SL Bio Taiwan had been a separate, stand-alone entity.

On May 9, 2025, the Group has entered into a Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the “Business Combination Agreement”) by and among (i) Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“HSPT”), (ii) PubCo, (iii) Merger Sub I and (iv) Merger Sub II, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Merger Sub I will merge with and into HSPT, with HSPT as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (the “First Merger”), and (ii) following the First Merger, Merger Sub II will merge with and into SL Bio, with SL Bio as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (the “Second Merger,” and together with the First Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the “Business Combination”).

F-8

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (cont.)

Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, each of HSPT and SL Bio will become a subsidiary of PubCo, and HSPT’s shareholders and SL Bio’s shareholders will receive common shares of par value of $0.0001 each of PubCo (“PubCo Common Shares”). The closing date of each of the First Merger and the Second Merger is hereinafter referred to as the “First Closing Date” and the “Second Closing Date” respectively. The Company expects PubCo Common Shares be listed and traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) following the consummation of the Business Combination. However, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement is subject to numerous conditions, and there can be no assurances that such conditions will be satisfied.

Liquidity

As of December 31, 2025, the Group had approximately $1.3 million of cash and cash equivalents and working capital of approximately $1.0 million. The Group has recurring net losses and negative cash flows from operations for the year ended December 31, 2025, which may raise concerns regarding its ability to meet short-term obligations. The Group will continue incur net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities for the foreseeable future as the Group will need additional funds for the research and development of CD-19 Armed-T products and GDT cell therapy products. The Group’s operating results for future periods are subject to numerous uncertainties and it is uncertain if the Group will be able to generate net income for the foreseeable future.

The Group has developed plans to alleviate these unfavorable conditions, included improving its profitability, and obtaining debt financing and loans from existing shareholders for additional funding to meet its operating needs. The management believe that the above financing could provide sufficient fundings for the Group to meet the obligations as they become due for at least twelve months from the date of this Report.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation and presentation

The Reorganization was accounted for as a common control transaction immediately following completion of the transaction, the shareholders of SL Bio Taiwan immediately prior to the Reorganization had effective control of the Company through (1) their majority shareholder interest in the SL Bio, and (2) significant representation on the Board of Directors (the chairman and major shareholder of SL Link, Mr. Wang, became the sole director of the Company after the Reorganization). For accounting purposes, SL Bio Taiwan was deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction was treated as a recapitalization of SL Bio Taiwan (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of shares by the Company to the beneficial shareholders of SL Bio Taiwan and the Company acquired the shares of SL Bio Taiwan on the same date). Accordingly, the consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations of SL Bio Taiwan became the historical financial statements of the Company at the closing of the transaction, and the Company’s assets (primarily cash and cash equivalents), liabilities and results of operations were consolidated with SL Bio Taiwan beginning on the acquisition date. No step-up in basis or intangible assets or goodwill was recorded in this transaction. All direct costs of the transaction were charged to operations in the period that such costs were incurred. The consolidated financial statements issued following the Group Restructuring are those of the accounting acquirer for all periods required presented, and are retroactively adjusted to reflect the capital structure of the legal parent, the accounting acquiree. Comparative information presented in those consolidated financial statements is also retroactively adjusted to reflect the capital structure of the legal parent, the accounting acquiree.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

The functional currency of the SL Bio Taiwan is the New Taiwan Dollars (“NTD”); however, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been translated and presented in U.S. Dollars (“US$”).

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, SL Bio Taiwan, PubCo, Merger Sub I and Merger Sub II. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

F-9

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES(cont.)

Uses of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management of the Group to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Group’s management based on their estimates on historical experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgements about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Group’s consolidated financial statements included revenue recognition, provision for expected credit losses of accounts receivable, inventories impairment assessment, plant and equipment impairment assessment, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Risk and uncertainties

Generally, the industry in which the Group operates subjects the Group to a number of risks and uncertainties that can affect its operating results and financial condition. Such factors include, but are not limited to:

●	the timing, costs and results of clinical trials and other development activities versus expectations;
●	the ability to manufacture products successfully; competition from products sold or being developed by other companies;
---	---
●	the price of, and demand for products once approved; and
---	---
●	the ability to negotiate favorable licensing or other manufacturing and marketing agreements for its products.
---	---

The global economy has also been materially negatively affected by the outbreak of a widespread health epidemic, such as COVID-19, avia flu or Africa swine flu and there is continued severe uncertainty about the duration and intensity of its impacts. The global growth forecast is uncertain, which may seriously affect our business. While the potential economic impact brought by, and the duration of the outbreak and its new variants may be difficult to assess or predict, a widespread pandemic could result in significant disruption of general economy that could materially negatively affect our business.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Group has adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy of valuation techniques based on observable and unobservable input, which may be used to measure fair value and include the following:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Input other than Level 1 that is observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other input that is observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 – Unobservable input that is supported by little or no market activity and that is significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Our cash and cash equivalents are classified within level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market price.

The carrying amounts of the other financial assets and liabilities, which consist of accounts receivable, restricted cash, other current assets and other liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

F-10

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANTACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents included cash on hand placed with banks, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use and with an original maturity of three months or less.

Deposits in banks in Taiwan are only insured by Central Deposit Insurance Corporation, a government agency, up to NTD 3 million ($91,500), and are consequently exposed to risk of loss. The Group believes the probability of a bank failure, causing loss to the Group, is remote.

Restricted Cash

Cash balances that have restrictions as to withdrawal or usage as collateral for credit card service provided by a financial institution are considered restricted cash. Restricted cash that will be released to cash within the next 12 months is classified as current asset, while the balance restricted for use longer than one year is classified as non-current asset on the consolidated balance sheets.

Receivable and Allowances

The Group adopted ASC 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, which requires to create an impairment model that is based on expected losses.

The Group’s accounts receivable, advance to supplier, prepaid expenses and other current assets are within the scope of ASC 326. Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at the original invoice amounts less the expected credit loss. The Group has a policy of reserving for uncollectible accounts based on our best estimate of the amount of probable expected credit losses in the existing accounts receivable. The Group performs ongoing credit evaluations of the customers and maintains an allowance for potential bad debts if required. Other current assets are recognized and carried at the initial amount when occurred less an allowance for any uncollectible amount.

To estimate expected credit losses, the Group has identified the relevant risk characteristics of its counterparty and the related receivables and other current assets which include size, type of the services or the products the Group provides, or a combination of these characteristics. Receivables with similar risk characteristics have been grouped into pools. For each pool, the Group considers the past collection experience, current economic conditions, future economic conditions (external data and macroeconomic factors) and changes in the Group’s customer collection trends. Other key factors that influence the expected credit loss analysis include customer demographics, payment terms offered in the normal course of business to customers, and industry-specific factors that could impact the Group’s receivables. Additionally, external data and macroeconomic factors are also considered. This is assessed annually based on the Group’s specific facts and circumstances. No significant impact of changes in the assumptions since adoption. The Group has assessed its receivable including credit term and corresponding all its receivables in December 2025. Upon such credit terms, no bad debt expense (recovery) was incurred during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Group recognized nil expected credit loss provision for accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost determined by the weighted average method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Write-down of potential obsolete or slow-moving inventories is recorded as cost of revenue based on management’s assumptions about future demands and market conditions. No wrote down is recorded for inventories during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

F-11

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANTACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Plant and Equipment

Plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis with no salvage value over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Leasehold improvement	Over the shorter of lease term of the estimated useful lives of the assets
Machinery and equipment	5 years
Office equipment	5 years

The cost and accumulated depreciation of plant and equipment disposed of or sold are removed from the balance sheets and resulting gains and losses are recognized in the statements of operations, if any.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with the ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairmentor Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, long-lived assets, such as plant and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets and purchased intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, or it is reasonably possible that these assets could become impaired as a result of technological or other industrial changes. The determination of recoverability of assets to be held and used is made by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets.

If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. There is no impairment of long-lived assets recorded for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Lease

The Group accounts for leases in accordance with ASC 842, Leases, which requires lessees to recognize leases on the balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. For the leases with the term within 12 months, the Group applies the recognition requirements of ASC 842 to short-term leases.

The Group determines if a contract contains a lease based on whether it has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of an identified asset which the Group does not own and whether it has the right to direct the use of an identified asset in exchange for consideration. ROU assets represent the Group’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Group’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets are recognized as the amount of the lease liability, adjusted for lease incentives received. Lease liabilities are recognized at the present value of the future lease payments at the lease commencement date. The interest rate used to determine the present value of the future lease payments is the Group’s incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”), because the interest rate implicit in most of the Group’s leases is not readily determinable.

F-12

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANTACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The IBR is a hypothetical rate based on the Group’s understanding of what its credit rating would be to borrow and resulting interest the Group would pay to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment over the lease term on a collateralized basis. Lease payments may be fixed or variable, however, only fixed payments or in-substance fixed payments are included in the Group’s lease liability calculation.

Variable lease payments are recognized in operating expenses in the period in which the obligation for those payments are incurred. The Group recognized no impairment of operating lease right-of-use assets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Lease classification for leases under which the Group is a lessor is evaluated at lease commencement and leases not classified as sales-type leases or direct financing leases are classified as operating leases. Leases qualify as sales-type leases if the contract includes either transfer of ownership clauses, certain purchase options, a lease term representing a major part of the economic life of the asset, or the present value of the lease payments and residual guarantees provided by the lessee exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the asset. Additionally, leasing an asset so specialized that it is not deemed to have any value to the Group at the end of the lease term may also result in classification as a sales-type lease. Leases qualify as direct financing leases when the present value of the lease payments and residual value guarantees provided by the lessee and unrelated third parties exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the asset and collection of the payments is probable.

Statutory reserve

Pursuant to the laws applicable to Taiwan, Taiwanese entities must make appropriations from after-tax profit to the non-distributable “statutory reserve”. Subject to certain cumulative limits, the “statutory reserve” requires annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax profit until the aggregated appropriations reach 100% of the authorized capital (as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in Taiwan (“Taiwan GAAP”) at each year-end). Since the SL Bio Taiwan has accumulated deficit under Taiwan GAAP during the reporting periods, it does not require to make appropriations to the statutory reserve.

Revenue Recognition

The Group recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or receives services provided in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Group expects to receive in exchange for those goods and services. To determine revenue recognition for the arrangements that the Group determines are within the scope of ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, the Group performs the following five steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The Group’s revenue from contracts with customers is derived from product revenue principally from the sales of products directly to its customers and presents revenue net of VAT.

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 consists of the following:

	Corporate		Retail
	Customers		Customers		Total
Exosome concentrate	$	2,086,707		70,890		2,157,597
Skin care products		4,091		9,190		13,281
Hair care products		3,403		22,968		26,371
Total	$	2,094,201		103,048		2,197,249

F-13

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANTACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 consists of the following:

	Corporate		Retail
	Customers		Customers		Total
Exosome concentrate	$	1,665,645	$	1,631,121	$	3,296,766
Skin care products		—		20,917		20,917
Hair care products		—		45,920		45,920
Total	$	1,665,645	$	1,697,958	$	3,363,603

Product revenue recognition– point of time

The performance obligations are considered to be met and revenue is recognized when the customer obtains control of the goods. Revenue is recognized at that point of time. The customers pick up the goods directly from the Group’s premise, and the Group has satisfied the contracts’ performance obligations when the goods have been picked up and the acceptance document has been signed by the customers. The Group does not offer sales rebate to its customers. Any discount will be net of the revenue at the point of time. The Group does not provide its customers with the right of return (except for product quality issue). The customer is required to perform product’s quality check immediately upon delivery of the products and reports to the Group within a few days if there is quality issue.

Otherrevenue

The Group has entered into an operating leasing arrangement to a clinic in Taiwan to lease the system and software owned by the Group in May 2023. The lease term is initially expired in April 2028 but terminated in December 2024. The Group receives income from operating leases based on the fixed required rents (base rent) in according to the lease agreement. Rent revenue from base rents is recorded on the straight-line method, when collectability of the lease payments is deemed probable, over the terms of the related lease agreement. Operating lease revenue, as recorded on the straight-line method, in the statements of operation is recorded as other revenue. The Group recognized nil and $42,251 of income from the leasing arrangement to the clinic for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of purchased costs of products for sales and other costs directly related to the sales of products.

Shipping and handling expenses

The Group expenses shipping and handling expenses as incurred. The Group recorded nil of shipping and handling expenses for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Research and development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred in accordance with ASC 730, Research and Development. The Group incurs research and development costs in the pursuit of new products and improving the formulation of existing products. Examples of research costs include staff costs, costs for laboratory research, studies, surveys, and other activities aimed at acquiring new knowledge.

F-14

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANTACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Development costs may be capitalized if the following criteria are met: (1) technological feasibility has been established, (2) the Group intends to complete the product or process. (3) the Group has the ability to use or sell the product or process, (4) the product or process will generate future economic benefits, and (5) the costs can be reliably measured.

On June 20, 2024, the Group entered into a licensed patent and know-how transfer agreement with SL Link (the “Patent Transfer Agreement”) to transfer the licensed patent and know-how of CD-19 Armed-T products (the “CD-19 Project”). The licensed patent is related to the research and development of Bi-Specific antibodies for use in producing armed immune cells technology for application in cancer and the relevant know-how (the “CD-19 Patent”). The CD-19 Patent is initially licensed by CytoArm, a privately-owned company incorporated in Taiwan which engaged in biomedical research business, to SL Link in March 2023. Mr. Wang indirectly owns approximately 12.5% of CytoArm through SL Link on date of transaction and December 31, 2025. According to the Patent Transfer Agreement, SL Link transferred the cooperation rights with CytoArm and the results generated from the CD-19 Project to the Group, for $949,771, which is equivalent to the amount that SL Link paid for the research and development of the CD-19 Project. The Group also agreed to bear the future research and development of the CD-19 Project. CytoArm agreed SL Link to transfer the CD-19 Patent to the Group and will not charge additional costs to the Group. On November 20, 2024, CytoArm, the Group and SL Link entered into a supplementary agreement to confirm the transfer of the CD-19 Project from SL Link to the Group and clarified the transfer of the rights, obligations and financial arrangements between the parties. Under the original license agreement with CytoArm and the supplementary agreement, the Group continues to hold a perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-bearing, exclusive license to manufacture, use, import, offer to sell, and sell the CD-19 Armed-T products. The Group is obligated to pay up to $4.1 million when certain conditions and milestones are satisfied and completed by CytoArm and the Group is obligated to pay a royalty of 15% of the sales of the CD-19 Armed-T products generated from the CD-19 Patent.

On December 27, 2024, the Group entered into two global non-exclusive license agreements for Gamma Delta T Immune Cells (“GDT Cells”) with Ji Yan BioMedical Co., Ltd. (“JY BioMed”), a company registered in Taiwan, for “Human-Derived Immune Cell γδT Cell Pharmaceutical

Clinical-Grade Manufacturing Technology” and the related proprietary expertise and technical data, with the capability for clinical application development in pancreatic and brain cancers treatments (collectively referred as the “GDT Cells License Agreements”). On April 28, 2025, the Group amended and restated its agreement with JY BioMed to, among other things, combine the two prior agreements into a single agreement, grant the Group exclusive licenses for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment, and adjust the total consideration (the “A&R GDT Cells Licenses Agreement”). Dr. Shen Hsieh-Tsung, Ethan (“Mr. Shen”), the Group Chief Technical Officer (“CTO”), has served as JY BioMed’s Chief Executive Officer until August 1, 2025 and has served as the Chairman of JY BioMed since December 1, 2025, and holds approximately 68.3% and 76.0% equity stake on the date of transaction and December 31, 2025, respectively.

According to the A&R GDT Cells Licenses Agreement, the Group is granted global exclusive right to use, implement, reproduce, and modify JY BioMed’s proprietary technology and technical data for the development, manufacturing, offering for sale, selling, and use of the products derived and developed from JY BioMed’s GDT cells technology for pancreatic and brain cancer treatments (“GDT Cells Licenses”). The term of licensed period of the GDT Cells Licenses are 20 years after the GDT cell therapy products are launched, unless terminated by either party with thirty days’ written notice if there is a mutual recognition of significant delays or impossibility of completion, a material breach not corrected within thirty days, certain financial or organizational changes causing damage, delayed payments constituting a material breach, false reporting by SL Bio, or an unrectifiable material breach.

F-15

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANTACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Upon the entering of the GDT Cells License Agreements in December 2024, the Group paid $1 million including VAT to JY BioMed for the initial research and development costs and material costs of the GDT cell therapy products for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment. The Group will also bear the future research and development costs of GDT cell therapy products thereafter. The total consideration of the A&R GDT Cells Licenses Agreement is $38 million including VAT and the Group is obligated to pay a royalty of 7% and 10% of the sales of the GDT cell therapy products for pancreatic and brain cancer treatment generated from GDT Cells Licenses, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, $1 million including VAT was paid to JY BioMed in according to the A&R GDT Cells Licenses Agreement. The Group will pay the remaining consideration of $37 million to JY BioMed for as milestone payments for further research and development of this technology and for the application to a pancreatic and brain cancer drugs and products when certain conditions and milestones are satisfied and completed by JY BioMed.

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Group incurred $2,069,022 and $2,020,346, respectively, for the research and development expenses of the new product pipeline. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Group has not capitalized any development cost.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of: (i) taxes payable or refundable for the current year and (ii) deferred tax consequences of temporary differences resulting from matters that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates that will be in effect for the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Group records a valuation allowance against the amount of deferred tax assets that it determines is not more likely than not of being realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Group recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Group records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties, if any, within income tax expenses.

Retirement and other post-retirement benefits

Contributions to retirement schemes which are defined contribution plans are charged to the statement of operations as and when the related employee service is provided.

Full time employees of the Group in Taiwan participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care benefits are provided to employees. Taiwanese labor regulations require that the Group to make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries, up to a maximum amount specified by the government. The Group has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. Total amounts of such employee benefit expenses, which were expensed as incurred, were approximately $15,712 and $10,380 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

F-16

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANTACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Translation of foreign currency financial statements

The functional currency is NTD, the local currency of the Group where operates. The reporting currency of the Group is US$. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements of the Group are translated at the following exchange rates: assets and liabilities — current rate on balance sheet date; shareholders’ equity — historical rate; income and expenses — average rate during the year. The resulting translation adjustment is reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Transactions denominated in other than the functional currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange in effect when the transaction occurs. Gains or losses, resulting from the application of different foreign exchange rates when cash in foreign currency is converted into the entities’ functional currency, or when foreign currency receivable and payable are settled, are credited or charged to income in the period of conversion or settlement. At year-end, the balances of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are recorded based on prevailing exchange rates and any resulting gains or losses are included in the statements of comprehensive income (loss). Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates. The transaction date is the date on which the Group initially recognizes such non-monetary assets and liabilities. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are stated at fair value are translated using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates the fair value is measured. The resulting exchange differences are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Translation of amounts from NTD into US$ has been made at the following exchange rates for the respective year:

	2025		2024
Years ended NTD: US1 exchange rate	31.27		32.81
Annual average NTD: US1 exchange rate	31.35		32.05

All values are in US Dollars.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) represents net income (loss) plus the results of certain changes in shareholders’ equity (deficit) during a period from non-owner sources.

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the changes in equity of the Group during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Among other disclosures, ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, requires that all items that are required to be recognized under current accounting standards as components of comprehensive income (loss) be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. For each of the periods presented, the Group’s comprehensive income (loss) includes net income (loss) and foreign currency translation adjustments, which are presented in the statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Concentrationof risks

Concentrationof suppliers

The following supplier accounted for 10% or more of purchase for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Supplier	2025		2024
Vendor A		-		100.0	%

F-17

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANTACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Concentrationof customers

The following customers accounted for 10% or more of sales for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

	December 31,			December 31,
Customer	2025			2024
Customer A		39.5	%		38.9	%
Customer B		55.8	%		10.6	%

There is no accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Concentrationof credit risk

The risks with respect to accounts receivable are mitigated by credit evaluations performed on the debtors and ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances.

Foreigncurrency exchange risk

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures” (“ASU 2023-09”). The intent of ASU 2023-09 is to improve the disclosures around a company’s rate reconciliation information and certain types of income taxes companies are required to pay. Specifically, these new disclosure requirements will provide more transparency regarding income taxes companies pay in the United States and other countries, along with more disclosure around a company’s rate reconciliation, among other new disclosure requirements, such that users of financial statements can get better information about how the operations, related tax risks, tax planning and operational opportunities of companies affect their effective tax rates and future cash flow prospects. ASU 2023-09 is effective for annual fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted for annual financial statements that have not yet been issued or made available for issuance. The amendments under ASU 2023-09 should be applied on a prospective basis, although retrospective application is permitted. The Group adopted ASU 2023-09 beginning January 1, 2025. The adoption did not have material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statement.

F-18

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANTACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (“DISE”), which requires additional disclosure of the nature of expenses included in the income statement in response to longstanding requests from investors for more information about an entity’s expenses. The new standard requires disclosures about specific types of expenses included in the expense captions presented on the face of the income statement as well as disclosures about selling expenses. The guidance will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. The requirements will be applied prospectively with the option for retrospective application. Early adoption is permitted. The Group is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on the Group’s consolidated financial statement presentation and disclosures.

In May 2025, The FASB issued ASU No. 2025-05, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets” (“ASU 2025-05”). The intent of ASU 2025-05 is to improve the practical expedient for estimating expected credit losses on short-term receivables and contract assets by allowing an entity to assume that current conditions at the balance sheet date will remain constant over the asset’s remaining contractual life. ASU2025-05 is effective for annual fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025 with early adoption permitted for annual financial statements that have not yet been issued or made available for issuance. The amendments under ASU 2025-05 should be applied on a prospective basis, although retrospective application is permitted. The Group is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on the Group’s consolidated financial statement presentation and disclosures.

Except as mentioned above, the Group does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and consolidated comprehensive income (loss) and consolidated statements of cash flows.

3. INVENTORIES

Inventories, net consist of the following:

	December 31,		December 31,
	2025		2024
Finished goods	$	-	$	1,359,771

The Group has no wrote-down of inventories for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

4. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

The amount of prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the followings:

	December 31,		December 31,
	2025		2024
Value added tax credit	$	128,816	$	130,558
Other receivable		286		134,724
Security deposits		26,375		28,490
Prepaid operating expenses		12,135		64,109
Total	$	167,612	$	357,881

The Group did not accrue any expected credit loss provision for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

F-19

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

5. PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Plant and equipment, net consist of the following:

	December 31,			December 31,
	2025			2024
Leasehold improvement	$	299,175		$	-
Machinery and equipment		29,867			28,467
Office equipment		21,513			-
Subtotal		350,555			28,467
Less: accumulated depreciation		(101,661	)		(9,489	)
Total	$	248,894		$	18,978

Depreciation expenses included in general and administration expenses for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $93,685 and $43,307, respectively. There were no impairments recognized during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. In December 2024, the Group disposed certain machinery and equipment and office equipment to the lessee of the system and software and recorded a gain on disposal of $6,086 during the year ended December 31, 2024.

6. LEASES

The Group’s operating leases consist of leases for office space in Taiwan and the Group is the lessee under the terms of the operating leases. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the operating lease cost was $155,694 and $167,795, respectively. The short-term lease cost recognized for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $8,809 and $1,026, respectively.

The Group’s operating leases with the OldCo is initially expired in May 2027 but cancelled in December 2024. The Group has entered into a new operating lease with the third party landlord effective on January 1, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, the weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate were 1.41 years and 6.41%, respectively.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Group stated the following amounts in the Group’s consolidated balance sheets:

	December 31,		December 31,
	2025		2024
Assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets	$	212,324	$	-
Total		212,324		-
Liabilities
Operating lease liabilities, current		148,663		-
Operating lease liabilities, non-current		64,742		-
Total lease liabilities	$	213,405	$	-

F-20

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

6. LEASES (cont.)

Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:

	Operating
As of December 31, 2025	Lease
From January 1, 2026 to December 31, 2026	$	156,945
From January 1, 2027 to December 31, 2027		65,393
Total undiscounted cash flows	$	222,338
Less: imputed interest		(8,933	)
Present Value of future minimum lease payments		213,405
Less: Current obligations		(148,663	)
Long term obligations	$	64,742

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases where the Group was the lessee for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:

	December 31, 2025		December 31, 2024
Operating cash outflows from operating assets	$	154,617	$	166,608

7. DEFERRED OFFERING COSTS

Deferred offering costs represent legal, accounting, underwriting, and other direct costs incurred in connection with a planned equity or debt offering. These costs are deferred until the closing of the offering, at which time the deferred costs are offset against the offering proceeds, In the event the offering is unsuccessful or aborted, the costs will be expenses.

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

The amount of accrued expenses and other liabilities were consisted of the followings:

	December 31,		December 31,
	2025		2024
Accrued expenses	$	52,785	$	32,204
Accrued audit fee		95,160		8,601
Accrued staff costs		165,092		25,018
Others		6,835		3,375
Total	$	319,872	$	69,198

9. SHARE CAPITAL

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on March 18, 2024 by Mr. Wang, with the initial authorized and issued share capital of $500,000 divided into 5,000,000 common shares at the par value of $0.10 each. It was established as the holding company with the intention to perform reorganization of SL Bio Taiwan.

F-21

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

9. SHARE CAPITAL (cont.)

SL Link has been engaged in three segments: (1) semiconductor equipment design and service; (2) research and development of biomedical products and (3) research, development and sales of the Exosome Business. On May 6, 2022, SL Link commenced the research and development of the Exosome Business. On June 20, 2022, the board of directors of SL Link approved to exercise the business reorganization and spin-off such business into a separate legal entity, SL Bio Taiwan, which was established on July 21, 2022. SL Link continued its operation in semiconductor and biomedical business and referred to as the “OldCo”.

Upon the completion of the Reorganization on June 14, 2024, the Company had 5,000,000 authorized shares with the par value of $0.10 per share, and SL Bio and OldCo both were substantially under common control by the same beneficiary group of SL Link’s shareholders before and after the Reorganization, and SL Bio Taiwan as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Initially, the Company has issued 5,000,000 common shares to Mr. Wang. On May 23, 2024, he transferred 1,500,000 and 175,000 common shares to SL Link’s shareholders and other investor, respectively. On June 10, 2024, the Company repurchased and cancelled the remaining 3,325,000 common shares of the Company from Mr. Wang at par value. Upon the completion of the Reorganization on June 14, 2024, the Company had 1,675,000 issued and outstanding common shares.

On June 28, 2024, the Company issued additional 2,000,000 common shares to various SL Link shareholders with the par value of $0.10 each at $3.00 per share. After that, the authorized shares is 5,000,000 and the issued and outstanding common shares of the Company is 3,675,000.

10. INCOME TAXES

The Company, PubCo, the Merger Sub I and the Merger Sub II are incorporated in the Cayman Islands, which is exempt from income tax. The Company’s operating subsidiary, SL Bio Taiwan, is incorporated in the ROC and is subject to the ROC Income Tax Law. The applicable tax rate is 20% in 2025 and 2024.

Significant components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

	December 31,			December 31,
	2025			2024
Current tax	$	-		$	-
Deferred tax		(4	)		57,635
Income tax (credit) expense	$	(4	)	$	57,635

Reconciliation of the differences between the ROC Income Tax rate applicable to profits and the income tax expenses of the Group:

	December 31,			December 31,
	2025			2024
Loss before taxation	$	(3,819,822	)	$	(1,133,698	)
Notional tax on income (loss) before tax
Computed expected tax expense		(763,964	)		(226,739	)
Non-taxable or non-deductible expenses		390,630			68,012
Change in valuation allowances		373,338			216,362
Total	$	4		$	57,635

F-22

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

10. INCOME TAXES (cont.)

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows

	December 31,			December 31,
	2025			2024
Deferred tax assets
Tax losses carry forwards	$	706,110		$	211,507
Other timing difference		(109,701	)
Valuation allowance		(596,409	)		(211,507	)
Total deferred tax assets		-			-
Deferred tax liabilities
Other timing difference		-			(135,701	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		-			(135,701	)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	-		$	(135,701	)

The movement of valuation allowance is as follows

	December 31,			December 31,
	2025			2024
Balance at beginning of the year	$	(211,507	)	$	-
Current year addition		(384,902	)		(211,507	)
Balance at end of the year	$	(596,409	)	$	(211,507	)

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had net operating losses of $2,087,848 and $1,057,535, respectively, arising from subsidiary incorporated in the ROC, which will be available to offset future taxable income. The net operating losses in the ROC can be carried forward for up to 10 years. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Group records a valuation allowance against the amount of deferred tax assets that it determines is not more likely than not of being realized.

As of December 31, 2024, the net deferred tax liabilities of $135,701 relates to the timing difference on the Reorganization as disclosed in note 1 to the financial statements. During 2025, these temporary differences reversed as the Reorganization structure was fully implemented, resulting in no deferred tax liabilities as at December 31, 2025.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Group had the commitment of nil and $17,458 for capital expenditure contracted for but not provided in the consolidated financial statements in respect of the acquisition of plant and equipment.

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Group had no amount due from (to) affiliate.

In January 2023, the Group entered into an operating lease arrangement with OldCo to lease part of its office premises in Taiwan. The lease has the initial term of 53 months from January 1, 2023 to May 31, 2027, but the lease was cancelled in December 2024. In January 2023, the Group also entered into a corporate and administrative service agreement with OldCo for the general corporate and accounting services in Taiwan, and it was terminated in December 2024.

F-23

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION (cont.)

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company had the following transaction with affiliates:

Name	Amount		Relationship	Note
JY BioMed	$	455,714	Company owned by our Chief Technical Officer of the Company, Dr. Shen	Research and development costs paid for GDT Cells Licenses to the Group

During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company had the following transaction with the Parent entity:

Name	Amount		Relationship	Note
SL Link	$	167,795	Company owned by a director and a shareholder of the Company, Mr. Wang	Operating leasing income for the rental of office premise to the Group
SL Link	$	80,496	Company owned by a director and a shareholder of the Company, Mr. Wang	Expenses for general corporate and accounting services provided to the Group
SL Link	$	949,771	Company owned by a director and a shareholder of the Company, Mr. Wang	Research and development costs paid for the transfer of the CD-19 Patent to the Group
JY BioMed	$	964,823	Company owned by our Chief Technical Officer of the Company, Dr. Shen	Research and development costs paid for GDT Cells Licenses to the Group

13. SEGMENT REPORTING

The Group’s chief operating decision maker, who has been identified as the Group’s directors, evaluates segment performance and allocates resources based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is operating income.

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Group operated in sales of Exosome products segment and research and development of CD-19 Armed-T products segment. In December 2024, the Group extended the operation into the research and development of GDT cell therapy products and thus operated in three segments during the year ended December 31, 2025 and thereafter. The revenue of the Group represented the sales of Exosome products only.

There was no revenue generated and assets allocated for the CD-19 Armed-T products and GDT cell therapy products segments for the year ended December 31, 2025. The Company’s chief operating decision maker evaluates performance based on each reporting segment’s revenue, cost of revenues, operating expenses, operating income (loss), other income (expense), and income (loss) before income taxes. The respective information by segment for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025 were as follows:

F-24

SL BIO LTD. AND SUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

13. SEGMENT REPORTING (cont.)

For the year ended December 31, 2025:

		Exosome		****	****	CD-19 Armed-T		****	****	GDT cell therapy		****	****	Corporate and		****	****	****		****
****	****	Products		****	****	Products		****	****	Products		****	****	Unallocated		****	****	Total
Revenue		$	2,197,249			$	-			$	-			$	-			$	2,197,249
Cost of revenue			(1,422,187	)			-				-				-				(1,422,187	)
Gross profit			775,062				-				-				-				775,062
Operating expenses			792,443				512,041				1,856,981				1,451,085				4,612,550
Operating loss			(17,381	)			(512,041	)			(1,856,981	)			(1,451,085	)			(3,837,488	)
Other income (expenses), net			(1,445	)			-				-				19,111				17,666
Loss before income tax			(18,826	)			(512,041	)			(1,856,981	)			(1,431,974	)			(3,819,822	)
As of December 31, 2025
Identifiable long-lived assets			13,938				-				-				447,280				461,218
Total assets			749,864				-				-				2,067,316				2,817,180

For the year ended December 31, 2024:

		Exosome		****	****	CD-19 Armed-T		****	****	GDT cell therapy		****	****	Corporate and		****	****	****		****
****	****	Products		****	****	Products		****	****	Products		****	****	Unallocated		****	****	Total
Revenue		$	3,363,603			$	-			$	-			$	-			$	3,363,603
Cost of revenue			(1,430,842	)			-				-				-				(1,430,842	)
Gross profit			1,932,761				-				-				-				1,932,761
Operating expenses			702,651				1,070,441				964,823				390,957				3,128,872
Operating income (loss)			1,230,110				(1,070,441	)			(964,823	)			(390,957	)			(1,196,111	)
Other income (expenses), net			26,437				-				-				35,976				62,413
Income (loss) before income tax			1,256,547				(1,070,441	)			(964,823	)			(354,981	)			(1,133,698	)

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Group’s total assets and long-lived assets are under the segments of sales of Exosome Products and Corporate and unallocated. All of the payments incurred for research and development of CD-19 Armed-T products and GDT cell therapy products segments are expensed.

F-25

SL BIO LTD. ANDSUBSIDIARYNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND 2024

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events through June 18, 2026 the date of the issuance of the consolidated financial statements. Based upon this review, other than disclosed below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

On May 14, 2026 and May 21, 2026, SL Bio has entered into loan agreements with the Mr. Wang, under which a total aggregate loan amount of $1,600,000 was provided to SL Bio. The loans from Mr. Wang are unsecured, interest-free and repayable within one year from the date of the agreements.

In connection with the Business Combination, on March 24, 2026, PubCo entered into subscription agreements with certain investors for PIPE Financing of 780,000 units at $10.00 per unit for aggregate gross proceeds of $7,800,000. Each unit consists of one PubCo ordinary share and one preferred share, with each preferred share convertible into one-third of one PubCo ordinary share six months following the closing of Business Combination. Upon the closing of Business Combination on June 12, 2026, PubCo issued 780,000 PubCo ordinary shares of par value $0.00001 each and 780,000 PubCo Series A preferred shares to PIPE investors.

On June 12, 2026, Merger Sub I merged with and into HSPT, with HSPT continuing as the surviving company and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of PubCo. Each issued and outstanding ordinary share of HSPT (other than redeeming and dissenting shares) was automatically cancelled and converted into the right to receive one PubCo ordinary share. In connection with the First Merger, 3,502,404 HSPT ordinary shares were redeemed and cancelled, while the remaining non-redeeming shares were converted into PubCo ordinary shares.

On the same day, Merger Sub II merged with and into SL Bio, with SL Bio continuing as the surviving company and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of PubCo. Each issued and outstanding ordinary share of SL Bio was automatically cancelled and converted into the right to receive newly issued PubCo ordinary shares based on the exchange ratio set forth in the Business Combination Agreement. In aggregate, 556,800,000 PubCo ordinary shares were issued to SL Bio shareholders. Upon completion of the Second Merger, the authorized share capital of SL Bio was reclassified to $500,000 divided into 500,000,000 shares of par value of $0.001 each.

Following the effective time of the First Merger and Second Merger, Pubco has authorized shares of 4,950,000,000, ordinary shares of par value $0.00001 each and 50,000,000 preferred shares of par value $0.00001 each. The issued and outstanding shares of the PubCo comprised 560,759,757 ordinary shares of par value $0.00001 each and 780,000 preferred shares of par value $0.00001 each. SL Bio’s issued share capital and additional paid in capital became $1 and $0 respectively. As a result of Business Combination, SL Bio and HSPT each became wholly owned subsidiaries of Pubco following the merger (which closed on June 12, 2026, with trading commencing on Nasdaq under “SLBT” on June 15, 2026).

F-26

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTINGFIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of SL Science Holding Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of SL Science Holding Limited and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholder’s deficit and cash flows for the period from March 18, 2025 (date of inception) through December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from March 18, 2025 (date of inception) through December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has not commenced any operations since its formation and was set for the purpose of completing reorganization and will need to raise additional funds to meet its future obligations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

/s/ ARK Pro CPA & Co

ARK Pro CPA & Co

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2025.

Hong Kong, China

June 18, 2026

PCAOB ID: 3299

F-27

SL SCIENCE HOLDING LIMITEDCONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

	December 31, <br> 2025
ASSETS
Prepaid expenses	11,784
Total current assets	$	11,784
Total assets	$	11,784
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT
Due to holding company	$	27,454
Total liabilities	27,454
Common Shares, 1.00 par value, 50,000 shares authorized, 1 share issued and outstanding	1
Additional paid-in capital	—
Accumulated deficit	(15,671	)
Total shareholder’s deficit	(15,670	)
Total liabilities and shareholder’s deficit	$	11,784

All values are in US Dollars.

The accompanying notes are an integral partof these consolidated financial statements.

F-28

SL SCIENCE HOLDING LIMITEDCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

	For the <br> period from <br> March 18, <br> 2025 <br> (inception) <br> through <br> December 31, <br> 2025
Operating expenses
General and administrative expenses	$	15,671
Total operating expenses		(15,671	)
Income tax expense		—
Net loss	$	(15,671	)

The accompanying notes are an integral partof these consolidated financial statements.

F-29

SL SCIENCE HOLDING LIMITEDCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT

					Additional					Total
	Common<br> share				paid-in		Accumulated			shareholder’s
	Shares		Amount		capital		deficit			deficit
Balance at March 18,<br> 2025 (inception)		—	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—
Issuance of common share		1		1		—		—			1
Net<br> loss		—		—		—		(15,671	)		(15,671	)
Balance at December<br> 31, 2025		1	$	1	$	—	$	(15,671	)	$	(15,670	)

The accompanying notes are an integral partof these consolidated financial statements.

F-30

SL SCIENCE HOLDING LIMITEDCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

	For the <br> period from <br> March 18, 2025 <br> (inception) <br> through <br> December 31, <br> 2025
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net loss	$	(15,671	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Prepaid expenses		(11,784	)
Due to holding company		27,454
Net cash used in operating activities		(1	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Sale of common share		1
Net cash provided by financing activities		1
Net change in cash		—
Cash, beginning of the period		—
Cash, end of the period	$	—
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Income taxes paid	$	—
Interest paid	$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral partof these consolidated financial statements.

F-31

SL SCIENCE HOLDINGLIMITED Notes CONSOLIDATED to FinancialStatements

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATIONAND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

SL Science Holding Limited (the “Company” or “PubCo”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company limited by shares on March 18, 2025, and wholly-owned by SL BIO Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares (“SL Bio”), with the initial authorized and issued share capital of $50,000 divided into 50,000 common shares at the par value of $1.00 each. The Company has not commenced any operations since its formation. The Company was incorporated solely for the purpose of completing the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated May 9, 2025 (as may be further amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”).

The parties to the Business Combination Agreement include (i) PubCo, (ii) Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares (“HSPT”), (iii) CW Mega Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (“Merger Sub I”), (iv) WW Century Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (“Merger Sub II”), and (v) SL Bio, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Merger Sub I will merge with and into HSPT, with HSPT as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (the “First Merger”), and (ii) following the First Merger, Merger Sub II will merge with and into SL Bio, with SL Bio as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (the “Second Merger,” and together with the First Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the “Business Combination”).

Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, each of HSPT and SL Bio will become a subsidiary of PubCo, and HSPT’s shareholders and SL Bio’s shareholders will receive common shares of par value of $0.00001 each of PubCo (“PubCo Common Shares”). The closing date of each of the First Merger and the Second Merger is hereinafter referred to as the “First Closing Date” and the “Second Closing Date” respectively. The Company expects PubCo Common Shares be listed and traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) following the consummation of the Business Combination. However, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement is subject to numerous conditions, and there can be no assurances that such conditions will be satisfied.

NOTE 2 — GOING CONCERN

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with the authoritative guidance in Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) Topic 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that the Company currently lacks the liquidity it needs to sustain operations for a reasonable period of time, which is considered to be at least one year from the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities during the normal course of operations. The Company has not commenced any operations since its formation.

F-32

SL SCIENCE HOLDING LIMITED Notes CONSOLIDATED to Financial Statements

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANTACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statement of the Company is presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for period from March 18, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025 financial information. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which consist of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation of the period presented. The results of operations for the period from March 18, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, CW Mega Limited and WW Century Limited (collectively as “Merger Subs”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s management based on their estimates on historical experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgements about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segment Reporting

The Company complies with ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (ASU 2023-07), which improves reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses among other disclosure requirements. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on March 18, 2025 (inception).

Recently Issued But Not Yet Adopted AccountingPronouncements

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures” (“ASU 2023-09”). The intent of ASU 2023-09 is to improve the disclosures around a company’s rate reconciliation information and certain types of income taxes companies are required to pay. Specifically, these new disclosure requirements will provide more transparency regarding income taxes companies pay in the United States and other countries, along with more disclosure around a company’s rate reconciliation, among other new disclosure requirements, such that users of financial statements can get better information about how the operations, related tax risks, tax planning and operational opportunities of companies affect their effective tax rates and future cash flow prospects. ASU 2023-09 is effective for annual fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted for annual financial statements that have not yet been issued or made available for issuance. The amendments under ASU 2023-09 should be applied on a prospective basis, although retrospective application is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-09 beginning January 1, 2025. The adoption did not have material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statement.

F-33

SL SCIENCE HOLDING LIMITEDNotes CONSOLIDATED to Financial Statements

NOTE 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANTACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (“DISE”), which requires additional disclosure of the nature of expenses included in the income statement in response to longstanding requests from investors for more information about an entity’s expenses. The new standard requires disclosures about specific types of expenses included in the expense captions presented on the face of the income statement as well as disclosures about selling expenses. The guidance will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. The requirements will be applied prospectively with the option for retrospective application. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statement presentation and disclosures.

In May 2025, The FASB issued ASU No. 2025-05, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets” (“ASU 2025-05”). The intent of ASU 2025-05 is to improve the practical expedient for estimating expected credit losses on short-term receivables and contract assets by allowing an entity to assume that current conditions at the balance sheet date will remain constant over the asset’s remaining contractual life. ASU2025-05 is effective for annual fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025 with early adoption permitted for annual financial statements that have not yet been issued or made available for issuance. . The amendments under ASU 2025-05 should be applied on a prospective basis, although retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statement presentation and disclosures.

Except as mentioned above, the Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and consolidated comprehensive income (loss) and consolidated statements of cash flows.

NOTE 4 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company was originally incorporated in the Cayman Islands through the issuance of one common share to Ogier Global Subscriber (Cayman) Limited (“Ogier”) for the par value of $1.00 on March 18, 2025. On March 20, 2025, Ogier transferred the one common share held to SL Bio.

On March 18, 2025, Merger Sub I and Merger Sub II were incorporated through the issuance of one common share each to Ogier for the par value of $1.00 each. On March 20, 2025, Merger Sub I and Merger Sub II became wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company when the one common share each held by Ogier was transferred to the Company for a total investment of $1.00 each.

As of December 31, 2025, the amount due to holding company was consisted of the following:

Name	Amount		Relationship	Note
SL Bio	$	27,454	Holding company	Other payables, interest free and payment on demand.

F-34

SL SCIENCE HOLDING LIMITEDNotes CONSOLIDATED to Financial Statements

NOTE 5 — SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company is formed for the purpose of effecting a Business Combination. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had not commenced any operations. The Company will not generate any operating revenue until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest.

The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews the consolidated operating results for the Company as a whole to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, management has determined that the Company only has one operating segment. The CODM does not review assets in evaluating the results of the Company, and therefore, such information is not presented.

When evaluating the Company’s primary measure of performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation, the CODM reviews several key metrics, which include the following:

	For the <br> period from <br> March 18, <br> 2025 <br> (inception) <br> through <br> December 31, <br> 2025
General and administrative expenses	$	15,671
Total operating expenses		(15,671	)
Income tax expense		—
Net loss	$	(15,671	)

Operating costs are reviewed and monitored by the CODM to manage and forecast cash to ensure enough capital is available to complete a business combination within the business combination period. The CODM also reviews operating costs to manage, maintain and enforce all contractual agreements, if any, to ensure costs are aligned with all agreements and budget.

F-35

SL SCIENCE HOLDING LIMITEDNotes CONSOLIDATED to Financial Statements

NOTE 6 — SHARE CAPITAL

The Company is authorized to issue $50,000 common shares with a par value of $1.00 per share. Prior to the closing of the Business Combination, PubCo intends to amend and restate its memorandum and articles of association (the “PubCo A&R MAA”) which will constitute the PubCo A&R MAA. Under the PubCo A&R MAA, PubCo will change to its authorized share capital to US$50,000 divided into 5,000,000,000 shares of US$0.00001 par value each of a single class. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per share owned on each matter properly submitted to the shareholders on which the holders of the common shares are entitled to vote. The holders of common shares shall be entitled to receive dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Company) when, as and if declared thereon by our board of directors from time to time out of any assets for funds of the Company legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions. As of December 31, 2025, there were one common share issued and outstanding.

NOTE 7 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events through June 18, 2026, the date of the issuance of the consolidated financial statements. Based upon this review, other than disclosed below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

F-36

HORIZON SPACE ACQUISITION II CORP.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(Currency expressed in United States Dollars(“US$”), except for number of shares)

	March 31,<br><br>2026		December 31,<br><br> 2025
	(Unaudited)		(Audited)
Assets
Current Assets
Cash	$	9,586	$	7,917
Prepaid expense	72,395		21,614
Total Current Assets	81,981		29,531
Investment held in Trust Account	39,390,860		72,924,060
Total Assets	$	39,472,841	$	72,953,591
Liabilities, Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemptions and Shareholders’ Deficit
Current Liabilities
Promissory note, related party	$	990,000	$	990,000
Amount due to related party	571,134		354,484
Promissory note, third party	100,000		-
Ordinary shares subject to redemption	37,482,848		-
Other payable and accrued expenses	205,401		4,696
Total Current Liabilities	39,349,383		1,349,180
Total Liabilities	39,349,383		1,349,180
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7)
Ordinary shares, 0.0001 par value, 490,000,000 shares authorized, 178,285 and 6,900,000 shares subject to possible redemption at 10.70 and 10.57 per share as of March 31,2026 and December 31,2025, respectively.	1,908,012		72,924,060
Shareholder’s Deficit:
Preferred share, 0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding	-		-
Ordinary shares, 0.0001 par value, 490,000,000 shares authorized, 2,180,000 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025 (excluding 3,502,404 shares subject to redemption and 178,285 shares subject to possible redemption as of March 31, 2026, and 6,900,000 shares subject to possible redemption as of December 31, 2025), respectively	218		218
Additional paid-in capital	-		-
Accumulated deficit	(1,784,772	)	(1,319,867	)
Total Shareholder’s Deficit	(1,784,554	)	(1,319,649	)
Total Liabilities Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemptions and Shareholder’s Deficit	$	39,472,841	$	72,953,591

All values are in US Dollars.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-37

HORIZON SPACE ACQUISITION II CORP.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Currency expressed in United States Dollars(“US$”), except for number of shares)

	For the Three <br> Months<br> Ended<br> March 31,<br> 2026			For the Three<br> Months<br> Ended<br> March 31,<br> 2025
Formation and operating costs	$	364,905		$	253,479
Loss from operations		(364,905	)		(253,479	)
Other income
Interest and dividend income on investments held in Trust		588,076			726,071
Interest expense		(252,293	)		-
Net (loss) income		(29,122	)		472,592
Weighted average shares outstanding of redeemable ordinary shares		1,752,170			6,900,000
Basic and diluted net income per share, ordinary shares	$	0.07		$	0.08
Weighted average shares outstanding of non-redeemable ordinary shares		2,180,000			2,180,000
Basic and diluted net loss per share, non-redeemable ordinary shares	$	(0.06	)	$	(0.03	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-38

HORIZON SPACE ACQUISITION II CORP.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’(DEFICIT) EQUITY

(Currency expressed in United States Dollars(“US$”), except for number of shares)

									Additional					Total
	Preferred Shares				Ordinary Shares				Paid-in		Accumulated			Shareholder’s
	Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Capital		Deficit			Deficit
Balance as of December 31,2025 (Audited)		-	$	-		2,180,000	$	218	$	-	$	(1,319,867	)	$	(1,319,649	)
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		-		-		-		-		-		(435,783	)		(435,783	)
Net income		-		-		-		-		-		(29,122	)		(29,122	)
Balance as of March 31, 2026 (Unaudited)		-	$	-		2,180,000	$	218	$	-	$	(1,784,772	)	$	(1,784,554	)
									Additional						Total
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	Preferred Shares				Ordinary Shares				Paid-in			Retained			Shareholder’s
	Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Capital			Earning			Equity
Balance as of December 31, 2024 (Audited)		-	$	-		2,180,000	$	218	$	312,035		$	138,622		$	450,875
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		-		-		-		-		(312,035	)		(414,036	)		(726,071	)
Net income		-		-		-		-		-			472,592			472,592
Balance as of March 31, 2025 (Unaudited)		-	$	-		2,180,000	$	218	$	-		$	197,178		$	197,396

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-39

HORIZON SPACE ACQUISITION II CORP.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Currency expressed in United States Dollars(“US$”), except for number of shares)

	For the Three<br><br>Months<br><br>Ended <br><br>March 31,<br><br>2026			For the Three<br><br>Months<br><br>Ended<br><br>March 31,<br><br>2025
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net (loss) income	$	(29,122	)	$	472,592
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Dividend and interest income on Trust Account		(588,076	)		(726,071	)
Interest expense		252,293			-
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expense		(50,781	)		(50,781	)
Accrued expense		200,705			22,316
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities		(214,981	)		(281,944	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of investments in the Trust Account		34,221,276			-
Extension fee deposited into Trust Account		(100,000	)		-
Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities		34,121,276			-
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Ordinary shares redemption		(34,221,276	)		-
Proceed from promissory note, third party		100,000			-
Proceeds from related party		216,650			-
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities		(33,904,626	)		-
Net Change in Cash		1,669			(281,944	)
Cash at beginning of the period		7,917			646,720
Cash, end of the period	$	9,586		$	364,776
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
Subsequent accretion of carrying value for public shares to redemption value	$	435,783		$	726,071
Ordinary share subject to redemption	$	37,230,555		$	-

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-40

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

Note 1 — Organization, Business Operationand Going Concern Consideration

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp. (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on March 21, 2023 (“Inception”). The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”). The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

As of March 31, 2026, the Company had not commenced any operations. For the period from March 21, 2023 (inception) through March 31, 2026, the Company’s efforts have been limited to organizational activities as well as activities related to the initial public offering, identifying a target company for a Business Combination and completing the SL Bio Business Combination (as defined below). The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of dividend and/or interest income from the proceeds derived from the IPO (as defined below) and private placement (“Private Placement,” see Note 4).

The Company’s founder and sponsor is Horizon Space Acquisition II Sponsor Corp., a Cayman Islands company (the “Sponsor”). The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through IPO and the Private Placement.

On November 18, 2024, the Company consummated its initial public offering (the “IPO”) of 6,000,000 units (“Units”). Each unit consists of one ordinary share, and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one ordinary share. Each ten rights entitle the holder thereof to receive one ordinary share upon the consummation of the Business Combination. The Units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit, generating total gross proceeds of $60,000,000. On November 19, 2024, the underwriter notified the Company of its exercise of the over-allotment option in full to purchase additional 900,000 Units of the Company (the “Over-Allotment Option”). As a result, on November 21, 2024, 900,000 Units were sold to the underwriter at an offering price of $10.00 per Option Unit (the “Option Units” and together with the Units, collectively, the “Public Units”), generating gross proceeds of $9,000,000. (refer to Note 3).

Simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO and the sale of the Units, the Company consummated the private placement (“Private Placement”) of 200,000 units (the “Initial Private Units”) to the Sponsor, at a price of $10.00 per Initial Private Unit, generating total proceeds of $2,000,000, which is described in Note 4. Simultaneously with the issuance and sale of the Option Units, the Company completed a private placement sale of additional 13,500 units (the “Additional Private Units” and together with the Initial Private Units, collectively, the “Private Units”) to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $10.00 per Additional Private Unit, generating gross proceeds of $135,000.

Transaction costs amounted to aggregated total of $1,844,819, consisting of $1,035,000 of underwriting commissions which was paid in cash at the closing date of the IPO, and upon the exercise of the overallotment option, $341,602 of the Representative Shares (discussed in the below), and $468,217 of other offering costs. At the IPO date, cash of $939,635 was held outside of the Trust Account (as defined below) and is available for the payment of accrued offering costs and for working capital purposes.

In conjunction with the IPO, the Company issued to the underwriter 210,000 ordinary shares for no consideration (the “Representative Shares”). The fair value of the Representative Shares accounted for as compensation under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”) is included in the offering costs. The fair value of the Representative Shares was estimated by using Black Scholes model as of the IPO date totaled $297,045. In connection with the exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, the Company issued additional 31,500 Representative Shares to the underwriter with fair value of $44,557.

The Company’s initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding interest income earned on the Trust Account that is released to the Company to pay taxes) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete such Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully.

F-41

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

Upon the closing of the IPO, management has agreed that the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the Private Units, $10.00 per unit will be placed into a U.S.-based Trust Account (“Trust Account”) maintained by Wilmington Trust, N.A., acting as trustee, and will be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account that may be released to pay the Company’s tax obligations and liquidation expenses up to $50,000, the proceeds from the IPO and the sale of the Private Units that are deposited in the Trust Account will not be released from the Trust Account until the earliest to occur of:(a) the completion of the initial Business Combination, (b) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s memorandum and articles of association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Company’s public shares if the Company does not complete the Business Combination by June 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if the Company extends the period of time to consummate the Business Combination by the full amount of time) as amended on February 13, 2026 pursuant to the extraordinary general meeting (the “Extension EGM”) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity and (c) the redemption of the public shares if the Company is unable to complete the Business Combination by June 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a Business Combination by the full amount of time) as amended on February 13, 2026 pursuant to the Extension EGM (the “Combination Period”), subject to applicable law. Although the Company will seek to have all vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, prospective target businesses or other entities the Company engages execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of the Company’s public shareholders, the proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the public shareholders.

The Company will provide its public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of the Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer.

The ordinary shares subject to redemption accredited to the redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the IPO, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” In such case, the Company has determined that the Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding shares votes are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If the Company cannot complete a Business Combination by June 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a Business Combination by the full amount of time) as amended on February 13, 2026 pursuant to the Extension EGM, unless the Company extends such period pursuant to its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Company will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of income taxes payable, and less up to $50,000 of interest to pay liquidation expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining shareholders and Board of Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to public rights or private rights. The rights will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination by June 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a Business Combination by the full amount of time) as amended on February 13, 2026 pursuant to the Extension EGM.

Extension Deposit and Notes

Pursuant to the terms of the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, in order to extend the time available for the Company to consummate its initial Business Combination, the Sponsor or designees, must deposit into the Trust Account for each three months extension, $690,000 as the underwriter’s over-allotment option had been exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), up to an aggregate of $1,380,000, on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline. In November 2025, $690,000 was deposited into the Trust Account for the Company’s public shareholders, which extended the deadline to consummate a Business Combination to February 18, 2026.

F-42

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

Pursuant to the amendment to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association approved in the extraordinary general meeting held on February 13, 2026 (the “Charter Amendment”) of the Company, the Company has until February 18, 2026 to complete its initial business combination. However, the Company may extend the period of time to consummate a business combination up to twelve times, each by an additional one-month extension, up to February 18, 2027, subject to the Sponsor and/or its designee, depositing the lesser of (i) $50,000 for all remaining public shares and (ii) $0.033 for each remaining public share (the “Extension Fee”) into the Trust Account.

For the three months ended March 31, 2026, an aggregate total of $100,000 was deposited into the Trust Account by William Wang, the Chief Executive Officer of SL BIO, on behalf of the Company’s public shareholders, to extend the deadline for the Company to consummate its initial Business Combination to April 18, 2026. In connection with such extensions, the Company issued two unsecured promissory notes (see Note 5) to William Wang, each with a principal amount of $50,000, on February 18, 2026 and March 17, 2026, respectively.

On April 18, 2026 and May 14, 2026, an aggregate total of $100,000, consisting of two installments of $50,000 each, was deposited into the Trust Account on behalf of the Company’s public shareholders to further extend the deadline for the Company to consummate its initial Business Combination to June 18, 2026. Of the aggregate amount deposited, $50,000 was funded by the Sponsor and $50,000 was funded by William Wang. In connection with such extensions, the Company issued unsecured promissory notes with a principal amount of $50,000 each on April 18, 2026 and May 18, 2026 to the Sponsor and William Wang, respectively.

Business Combination

On May 9, 2025, the Company entered into a business combination agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with SL Science Holding Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“PubCo”), CW Mega Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (“Merger Sub I”), WW Century Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (“Merger Sub II”), and SL Bio Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares (“SL Bio”), pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Merger Sub I will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (the “First Merger”), and (ii) following the First Merger, Merger Sub II will merge with and into SL Bio, with SL Bio as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (the “Second Merger,” and together with the First Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the “SL Bio Business Combination”). In connection with the SL Bio Business Combination, PubCo filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-4 (File No. 333-292214), which was declared effective on January 13, 2026 (as amended and supplemented, the “Form F-4”), and the Company filed a definitive proxy statement (as amended and supplemented, the “Proxy Statement”) for the solicitation of proxies in connection with an extraordinary general meeting of the Company’s shareholders on January 13, 2026.

On May 9, 2025, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement with SL Science Holding Limited (“PubCo”), its wholly owned subsidiaries, and SL BIO Ltd., pursuant to which a series of mergers will be effected resulting in the Company and SL BIO becoming wholly owned subsidiaries of PubCo, and the Company’s shareholders receiving PubCo ordinary shares. In connection with the Business Combination, on March 24, 2026, PubCo entered into subscription agreements with certain investors for a private placement (the “PIPE Financing”) of 780,000 units at $10.00 per unit for aggregate gross proceeds of $7,800,000. Each unit consists of one PubCo ordinary share and one preferred share, with each preferred share convertible into one-third of one PubCo ordinary share six months following the closing of the Business Combination.

Going Concern Consideration

As of March 31, 2026, the Company had cash of $9,586 and working capital deficit of $1,784,554, excluding $37,482,848 payables due to redeeming shareholders to be paid out from the Trust Account. The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant professional costs to remain as a publicly traded company and to incur significant transaction costs in pursuit of the consummation of a Business Combination.

The Company expects to continue to incur significant professional costs to remain as a publicly traded company and to incur significant transaction costs in pursuit of the consummation of a Business Combination. The Company may need to obtain additional financing either to complete its Business Combination or because it becomes obligated to redeem a significant number of public shares upon consummation of its Business Combination, in which case, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, the Company may issue additional securities or incur debt prior to or in connection with such Business Combination.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with ASC Subtopic 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern, management has determined that these conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plan in addressing this uncertainty is through the Working Capital Loans, as defined below (see Note 6). Accordingly, the Company may not be able to obtain additional financing. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital, it may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, curtailing operations, suspending the pursuit of a potential transaction, and reducing overhead expenses. The Company cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to it on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

F-43

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. The Company currently has no commitments in place to receive such financing and there is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital will be successful. In addition, if the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination by June 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if fully extended), unless further extended, the Company’s board of directors would proceed to commence a voluntary liquidation and thereby a formal dissolution of the Company. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to consummate a Business Combination will be successful within the Combination Period. As a result, management has determined that such additional condition also raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period within one year after the date that the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements are issued. The unaudited condensed financial statements of the Company do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Risks and Uncertainties

As a result of the ongoing Russia/Ukraine, Hamas/Israel conflicts and/or other future global conflicts, the Company’s ability to consummate a Business Combination, or the operations of a target business with which the Company ultimately consummates a Business Combination, may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, the Company’s ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by these events, including as a result of increased market volatility, or decreased market liquidity in third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. The impact of this action and potential future sanctions on the world economy and the specific impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or ability to consummate a Business Combination are not yet determinable. The unaudited condensed financial statements of the Company do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. ****

Note 2 — Significant accounting policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any other interim period or for the full year. The information included in this Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with information included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, filed with the SEC on April 8, 2026. The accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2025 has been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements included in Form 10-K.

Segment Reporting

ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes standards for companies to report in their financial statement information about operating segments, products, services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Company’s chief operating decision maker, or group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

The Company’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer (“CODM”), who reviews the operating results for the Company as a whole to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, management has determined that the Company only has one operating segment. When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation, the CODM reviews several key metrics, formation and operational costs and interest earned on cash and investments held in Trust Account which are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The key measures of segment profit or loss reviewed by our CODM are interest earned on investment in Trust Account and formation and operating expenses. The CODM reviews interest earned on investment in Trust Account to measure and monitor shareholder value and determine the most effective strategy of investment with the Trust Account funds while maintaining compliance with the trust agreement. Within formation and operating costs, the CODM specifically reviews professional service fees in connection with the business combination, which are a significant segment expense, and include legal fees, and advisory fees, as these represent significant costs affecting the Company’s consummation of the Business Combination. Other formation and operating costs, including accounting expenses, printing expenses, and regulatory filing fees, are reviewed in aggregate to ensure alignment with budget and contractual obligations. These expenses are monitored to manage and forecast cash available to complete a business combination within the required period.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart The Company’s Business Startups Act of 2012, (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

F-44

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the unaudited condensed financial statements of the Company in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the unaudited condensed financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the unaudited condensed financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company had $9,586 and $7,917 in cash as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively, and did not have any cash equivalents as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025.

Investment Held in Trust Account

The Company’s portfolio of investments held in the Trust Account is comprised of an investment in money market fund that invest in U.S government treasury obligations and generally have a readily determinable fair value. Gains and losses resulting from the change in fair value of these securities are included in income on Trust Account in the accompanying statement of operations. The estimated fair values of investments held in the Trust Account are determined using available market information.

In connection with the extraordinary general meeting (the “Business Combination EGM”) in connection with the SL Bio Business Combination on February 13, 2026, an aggregate of 3,219,311 ordinary shares of the Company were redeemed for $34,221,276 on March 17, 2026.

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Trust Account had balance of $39,390,860 and $72,924,060, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2026, 3,219,311 ordinary shares of the Company were redeemed by public shareholders. In connection with the redemptions, an aggregate of $34,221,276 was withdrawn from the Trust Account and paid to the public shareholders. Earnings on these trading securities are included in interest earned on investments held in the Trust Account in the accompanying statements of operations. Income earned on these investments were fully reinvested into the Trust and therefore considered as an adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities in the condensed statements of cash flows. For the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, there were $588,076 and 726,071 of interest and dividend income recognized, respectively.

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC 260, Earnings Per Share. In order to determine the net income (loss) attributable to both the redeemable shares and non-redeemable shares, the Company first considered the undistributed income (loss) allocable to both the redeemable shares and non-redeemable shares and the undistributed income (loss) is calculated using the total net loss less interest income and unrealized gain or loss on investments in trust account less any dividends paid. The Company then allocated the undistributed income (loss) ratably based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding between the redeemable and non-redeemable shares. Any remeasurement of the accretion to redemption value of the ordinary shares subject to possible redemption was considered to be dividends paid to the public shareholders.

For the three months ended March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company had 3,502,404 and nil mandatorily redeemable ordinary shares outstanding, respectively, which will be redeemed upon and following the consummation of the Business Combination. The mandatorily redeemable ordinary shares contain a right to dividends and hence are considered as participating securities. The two-class method was applied to compute basic net income (loss) attributable to the redeemable shares.

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then shared in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted income (loss) per share is the same as basic loss per share for the period presented.

F-45

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

The net income (loss) per share presented in the statement of operations is based on the following:

	For the<br><br>three months<br><br>ended<br><br>March 31,<br><br>2026			For the<br><br>three months<br><br>ended<br><br>March 31,<br><br>2025
Net (loss) income	$	(29,122	)	$	472,592
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		(435,783	)		(726,071	)
Net loss including accretion of carrying value of redemption value	$	(464,905	)	$	(253,479	)
	For the Three Months Ended
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	March 31, 2026
				Non-
	Redeemable			Redeemable
	Common			Common
	Stock			Stock
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
Numerators:
Allocation of net loss including carrying value to redemption value	$	(328,583	)	$	(136,222	)
Net loss attributable to ordinary shares subject to redemption		12,675
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		435,783			-
Allocation of net income (loss)	$	119,875		$	(136,222	)
Denominators:
Weighted-average shares outstanding		1,752,170			2,180,000
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share	$	0.07		$	(0.06	)
	For the Three Months Ended
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	March 31, 2025
				Non-
	Redeemable			Redeemable
	Common			Common
	Stock			Stock
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
Numerators:
Allocation of net loss including carrying value to redemption value	$	(192,622	)	$	(60,857	)
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		726,071			-
Allocation of net income (loss)	$	533,449		$	(60,857	)
Denominators:
Weighted-average shares outstanding		6,900,000			2,180,000
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share	$	0.08		$	(0.03	)

F-46

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

Ordinary shares Subject to Redemption

The Company accounts for ordinary shares subject to redemption in accordance with ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Upon the occurrence of the redemption event, or when the redemption became unconditional and no longer contingent, the ordinary shares subject to redemption were reclassified from temporary equity to liabilities in accordance with ASC 480-10-25-7. Upon reclassification, the liability was initially measured at fair value in accordance with ASC 480-10-30-2, with no gain or loss recognized upon reclassification.

Subsequent to reclassification, the liability is measured in accordance with ASC 480-10-35. If the instrument requires the repurchase of a fixed number of the Company’s ordinary shares and both the settlement amount and settlement date are fixed, the liability is subsequently measured at the present value of the amount to be paid at settlement using the effective interest method. If either the settlement amount or settlement date varies based on specified conditions, the liability is subsequently measured at the amount of cash that would be payable if settlement occurred as of the reporting date, with changes in measurement recognized as interest cost.

In connection with the Business Combination EGM held on February 12, 2026, 3,502,404 ordinary shares of the Company were submitted for redemption, which will be redeemed upon and following the consummation of the Business Combination. Because the redeeming shareholders had submitted valid redemption notices and the approval of the Business Combination occurred on February 12, 2026, the redemption became unconditional on February 12, 2026. Accordingly, the Company reclassified 3,502,404 ordinary shares previously classified as ordinary shares subject to possible redemption from temporary equity to liabilities, which were initially measured at fair value upon reclassification, amounting to $37,230,555 ($10.63 per share). Since the settlement dates are varies depending on the consummation of the Business Combination, the liability is subsequently measured at the amount of cash that would be paid if settlement occurred at the reporting date, with changes in the measurement recognized as interest cost. Accordingly, the Company recognized interest expense of $252,293, and the ordinary shares subject to redemption liability were remeasured to $37,482,848 as of March 31, 2026.

Ordinary shares Subject to Possible Redemption

In connection with the Business Combination EGM on February 12, 2026, 3,502,404 ordinary shares of the Company were submitted for redemption, which will be redeemed upon and following the consummation of the Business Combination. Upon the approval of the Business Combination EGM on February 12, 2026, the redemption became unconditional, and the related ordinary shares were reclassified from temporary equity to liabilities in accordance with ASC 480.

In connection with the Business Combination EGM on February 13, 2026, an aggregate of 3,219,311 ordinary shares of the Company were redeemed to $34,221,276 on March 17, 2026.

Accordingly, as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, 178,285 and 6,900,000 ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented at the redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet. The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable common stock to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable common stock are affected by charges against additional paid in capital and accumulated deficit.

Share Rights

The Company accounts for the Public Rights and private placement rights issued in connection with the IPO and the Private Placement in accordance with the guidance contained in FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. Accordingly, the Company evaluated and classified the rights under equity treatment at their assigned values.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for the share-based compensation issued to the underwriter under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”) is included in the offering costs.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

F-47

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Measurements

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

The Company applies ASC 820, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value and clarifies the definition of fair value within that framework. ASC 820 defines fair value as an exit price, which is the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the Company’s principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy established in ASC 820 generally requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs reflect the entity’s own assumptions based on market data and the entity’s judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are to be developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair value hierarchy is categorized into three levels based on the inputs as follows:

●

Level 1 - Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not being applied. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these securities does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

●

Level 2 - Valuations based on (i) quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, (ii) quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets, (iii) inputs other than quoted prices for the assets or liabilities, or (iv) inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market through correlation or other means.

●

Level 3 - Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in treasury funds. All of the Company’s investments held in the Trust Account are classified as trading securities.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value.

	March 31, 2026				December 31, 2025
	(Unaudited)
	Level		Fair value		Level		Fair value
Assets:
Investments held in Trust Account		1		39,390,860		1		72,924,060

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC740 Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim period, disclosure and transition. The Company has identified Cayman Islands as its only “major” tax jurisdiction, as defined. Based on the Company’s evaluation, it has been concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s unaudited condensed financial statements. Since the Company was incorporated on March 21, 2023, the evaluation was performed for 2023, 2024, and 2025 tax year which will be the only periods subject to examination. The Company believes that its income tax positions and deductions would be sustained on audit and does not anticipate any adjustments that would result in a material change to its financial position. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with audits is to record such items as a component of income tax expense.

The Company may be subject to potential examination by foreign taxing authorities in the area of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with foreign tax laws.

The Company’s tax provision was deemed to be de minimis for the period presented. The Company is considered to be an exempted Cayman Islands Company and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States.

F-48

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

Related parties

Parties, which can be a corporation or individual, are considered to be related if the Company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operational decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence.

Recently issued accounting standards whichhave not yet been adopted

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures” (“ASU 2024-03”), which requires disaggregated disclosure of certain costs and expenses, including purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, amortization and depletion, in each relevant expense caption. ASU 2024-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption and retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance; however, the Company does not expect a material impact on its unaudited condensed financial statements.

In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-11, “Interim Reporting (Topic 270),” which clarifies the applicability of interim reporting guidance and provides a comprehensive list of interim disclosures required under GAAP. The amendments also introduce a disclosure principle requiring entities to disclose events occurring since the end of the last annual reporting period that have a material impact on the entity. The guidance is effective for interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027 for public business entities, and after December 15, 2028 for entities other than public business entities. Early adoption is permitted, and the amendments may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

Note 3 — Initial Public Offering

On November 18, 2024, the Company sold 6,000,000 Units, at a price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one ordinary share, and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one ordinary share. Each ten rights entitle the holder thereof to receive one ordinary share upon the consummation of the Business Combination. The Company has also granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 900,000 Option Units to cover over-allotments, if any. On November 19, 2024, the underwriter notified the Company of its exercise of the over-allotment option in full to purchase additional 900,000 Option Units of the Company. On November 21, 2024, 900,000 Option Units were sold to the underwriter at an offering price of $10.00 per Option Unit, generating gross proceeds of $9,000,000. As of the date of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, 142,091 and 343,933 public placement units have not been separated into their relevant components, respectively.

All of the 6,900,000 public shares sold as part of the Public Units in the IPO contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such public shares if there is a stockholder vote or tender offer in connection with the Business Combination and in connection with certain amendments to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or in connection with the Company’s liquidation. In accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and its staff’s guidance on redeemable equity instruments, which has been codified in ASC 480-10-S99, redemption provisions not solely within the control of the Company require common stock subject to redemption to be classified outside of permanent equity.

The Company’s redeemable ordinary share is subject to SEC and its staff’s guidance on redeemable equity instruments, which has been codified in ASC 480-10-S99. If it is probable that the equity instrument will become redeemable, the Company has the option to either accrete changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance (or from the date that it becomes probable that the instrument will become redeemable, if later) to the earliest redemption date of the instrument or to recognize changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying amount of the instrument to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. The Company has elected to recognize the changes immediately. The accretion or remeasurement is treated as a deemed dividend (i.e., a reduction to retained earnings, or in absence of retained earnings, additional paid-in capital).

F-49

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the amounts of ordinary shares reflected on the balance sheet are reconciled in the following table.

			Amount
Gross proceeds from the IPO	6,900,000		$	69,000,000
Less:
Gross Proceeds from the IPO allocated to public rights	-			(903,900	)
Offering costs of public shares	-			(1,806,783	)
Plus:
Initial accretion of carrying value to redemption value	-			2,710,683
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value	-			3,924,060
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2025	6,900,000		$	72,924,060
Less:
Redemption of Ordinary Shares	(3,219,311	)		(34,221,276	)
Reclassification of ordinary share subject to redemption as liability	(3,502,404	)		(37,230,555	)
Plus: Accretion of carrying value to redemption value	-			435,783
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, March 31, 2026	178,285		$	1,908,012

Note 4 — Private Placement

Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 200,000 Initial Private Units at a price of $10.00 per Initial Private Units for an aggregate purchase price of $2,000,000. Each Initial Private Unit was identical to the Public Units sold in the IPO, except as described below. Simultaneously with the closing of the Option Units on November 21, 2024, the Company consummated the sale of additional 13,500 Additional Private Units to the Sponsor at a price of $10.00 per Additional Private Unit, generating total proceeds of $135,000. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, 213,500 private placement units have not been separated into their relevant components.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its redemption rights with respect to its Private Placement shares (i) in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem100% of the Company’s public shares if the Company does not complete the Company’s initial Business Combination within the Combination Period, and (iii) if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the Combination Period or if the Company liquidates prior to the expiration of the Combination Period. However, the Sponsor will be entitled to redemption rights with respect to any public shares held by it if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination or liquidate within the Combination Period.

The Sponsor has agreed not to transfer, sell or assign the Private Units and the underlying securities until the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination.

Note 5 — Promissory Notes —Third Party

On February 18, 2026 and March 17, 2026, the Company issued two unsecured promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000 to William Wang, the Chief Executive Officer of SL BIO to fund the extension fees associated with extending the deadline for the Company to consummate a Business Combination. The terms of the promissory notes are substantially the same as the related party promissory note described below. As of March 31, 2026, the outstanding balance under the promissory notes - third party was $100,000.

F-50

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

Note 6 — Related PartyTransactions

Founder Shares

On March 21, 2023, the Company issued 1 ordinary share of a par value of $0.0001 to the Sponsor without consideration. On July 26, 2024, the Sponsor acquired 1,725,000 ordinary shares (“Founder Shares”) for a purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.0145 per share and surrendered 1 ordinary share, all share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect this issuance and surrender of 1 ordinary share. On August 2, 2024, Sponsor transferred (i) to each independent director nominee 20,000 Founder Shares, in the aggregate amount of 60,000 Founder shares, and (ii) to Chief Financial Officer, 10,000 Founder Shares, all at the original purchase price of $0.0145 per share when the Sponsor acquired such shares.

As of November 18, 2024, there were 1,725,000 Founder Shares issued and outstanding, amount with up to 225,000 Founder Shares are subject to forfeiture if the underwriters’ over-allotment is not exercised. On November 21, 2024, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option in full, all 225,000 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

The Founder Shares are designated as ordinary shares and are identical to the Private Placement shares except for the following (a) the Founder Shares must be voted in favor of any proposed Business Combination and cannot vote for amendments that would prevent public shareholders from converting or selling their shares in connection with a Business Combination, (b) the Founder Shares cannot be converted into cash from the Trust Account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve the initial Business Combination or amend shareholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity. They do not participate in liquidating distributions if a Business Combination is not consummated; and (c) the Founder Shares cannot be transferred, assigned, or sold until the earlier of nine months after the initial Business Combination or upon certain triggering events (e.g., liquidation, merger). If the share price exceeds $12.00 for 20 out of 30 trading days post-Business Combination, the lock-up is released.

Promissory Notes — Related Parties

On July 25, 2024, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement (“Promissory Note Agreement”), pursuant which the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to $500,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of the IPO. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company had not drawn any amounts under the Promissory Note Agreement.

On July 5, 2025, the Company issued unsecured promissory notes in the principal amount of $300,000 to its Sponsor to provide additional working capital. The promissory notes bear no interest and are payable upon the earlier of the consummation of a Business Combination or the Company’s termination date. At the Sponsor’s discretion, the promissory notes may be converted into private placement units upon completion of the Business Combination at a conversion price of $10.00 per unit, with each unit consisting of one ordinary share and one right. The proceeds from the $300,000 promissory notes were funded via wire transfer on July 7, 2025.

On November 17, 2025, an aggregate of $690,000 of the extension fee was deposited into the Trust Account for the Company’s public shareholders (the “Extension Payment”) by a designee of the Sponsor (the “Payee”), which enables the Company to extend the period of time it has to consummate its initial business combination by three months from November 18, 2025 to February 18, 2026. In connection with such extension fee, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note of $690,000 (the “Note”) to the Payee. At the Payee’s discretion, the promissory note may be converted into private placement units upon completion of the Business Combination at a conversion price of $10.00 per unit, each consisting of one ordinary share and one right.

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the outstanding balance under the promissory notes – related parties amounted to $990,000.

Amount Due to Related Party

Amount due to related party represents advancement made by the sponsor to the Company to pay formation expenses, a portion of the expenses of the IPO, and the Company’s ongoing operational expense. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company had amount due to related party amounted to $571,134 and $354,484, respectively.

F-51

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

Working Capital Notes

On May 18, 2026, the Company issued a promissory note (the “Working Capital Note”) to the Sponsor, under which the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to $850,000 to be used for a portion of the working capital. This loan is non-interest bearing, unsecured and is due at the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Company’s initial business combination or (ii) the date of expiry of the term of the Company. The Sponsor, as the payee, has the right, but not the obligation, to convert the note, in whole or in part, into Working Capital Units of the Company, that are identical to the Private Units issued by the Company in the Private Placement consummated simultaneously with the Company’s IPO, subject to certain exceptions, by providing the Company with written notice of the intention to convert at least two business days prior to the closing of a business combination. The number of Working Capital Units to be received by the Sponsor in connection with such conversion shall be an amount determined by dividing (x) the sum of the outstanding principal amount payable to the Sponsor by (y) $10.00.

Administrative Support Services

Commencing on the date that the Company’s securities are first listed on NASDAQ through the earlier of consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination and liquidation, the Company will pay an affiliate of Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services.

On February 5, 2025, upon the approval of the Board and Audit Committee of the Company, the Company and the Sponsor agreed to waive full payment of the Administrative Service Fee.

Note 7 — Commitments & Contingencies

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares and private units, units issuable upon the conversion of certain working capital notes and any underlying securities will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering requiring the Company to register such securities for resale. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriters Agreement

The Company had granted the underwriter a 45-day option from the date of the IPO to purchase up to an additional 900,000 Option Units to cover over-allotments, if any. On November 21, 2024, the underwriters exercised the over-allotment option in full. The Company has agreed to pay an underwriting discount of 1.5% of the gross proceeds of the IPO, or $900,000 (or up to $1,035,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full) to the underwriters at the closing of the IPO in addition to the issuance of the Representative Shares. $900,000 was paid at the closing of the IPO on November 18, 2024. In connection with the issuance and sales of the Option Units, additional $135,000 was paid on November 21, 2024.

Representative Shares

The Company has agreed to issue to the underwriter 210,000 Representative Shares (or up to 241,500 Representative Shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in part or in full), upon the consummation of the IPO. These shares were registered in the registration statement on Form S-1 in connection with the IPO. In connection with the IPO, the Company issued 210,000 Representative Shares to the underwriter with a fair value of $297,045. In connection with the issuance and sales of the Option Units, the Company issued additional 31,500 Representative Shares to the underwriter with a fair value of $44,557.

F-52

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

The underwriter has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any Representative Shares until the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination. In addition, the underwriter has agreed (i) to waive its redemption rights with respect to such shares in connection with the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination and (ii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such shares if the Company fails to complete its initial Business Combination within the periods of time.

The Representative Shares are subject to a lock-up for a period of 180 days immediately following the commencement of sales of this offering pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). Pursuant to this FINRA lock-up, these securities cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated or the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days from the commencement of sales of this offering except as permitted under FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2), including to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their officers or partners, registered persons or affiliates. These securities have resale registration rights including three demand (one at the Company’s expense and two at the underwriter’s expense) and unlimited “piggy-back” rights at any time, and from time to time.

Note 8 — Shareholders’ Equity

Preference Share

The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred share, with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Ordinary Share

The Company is authorized to issue 490,000,000 ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

On March 21, 2023, the Company issued one ordinary share of a par value of $0.0001 to the Sponsor without consideration.

On July 26, 2024, the Sponsor acquired 1,725,000 Founder Shares (up to 225,000 of which are subject to forfeiture) at a price of approximately 0.0145 per share for an aggregate of $25,000 and surrendered one ordinary share. All share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect this issuance. On August 2, 2024, Sponsor transferred (i) to each independent director nominee 20,000 Founder Shares, in the aggregate amount of 60,000 Founder Shares, and (ii) to Chief Financial Officer, 10,000 Founder Shares, all at the original purchase price when the Sponsor acquired such shares. Those shares issuance and cancelation were considered as a recapitalization, which were recorded and presented retroactively. As a result of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option on November 19, 2024, no Founder Shares are currently subject to forfeiture

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, there were 2,180,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, excluding 3,502,404 shares subject to redemption and 178,285 shares subject to possible redemption as of March 31, 2026, and 6,900,000 shares subject to possible redemption as of December 31, 2025.

F-53

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

Shareholders of ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Unless specified in the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or as required by applicable provisions of the Companies Act or applicable share exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares that are voted at a shareholder meeting (in person or by proxy) is required to approve any such matter voted on by the Company’s shareholders. Approval of certain actions will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law and pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; such actions include amending the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company.

The Company’s board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. The Company’s shareholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

Rights

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, there were 7,113,500 rights outstanding, 6,900,000 of which are publicly traded. Among these, 213,500 rights were issued as part of 213,500 Private Units, which have not yet been separated.

Each holder of a right will automatically receive one-tenth (1/10) of one ordinary share upon consummation of the Company initial Business Combination, even if the holder of such right redeemed all ordinary shares held by it in connection with the initial Business Combination or an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities. In the event the Company will not be the surviving company upon completion of its initial Business Combination, each right will automatically be converted to receive the kind and amount of securities or properties of the surviving entity that each one-tenth of an ordinary share underlying each right is entitled to upon consummation of the Business Combination, subject to any dissenter rights under the applicable law. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of rights in order to receive its additional ordinary shares upon consummation of an initial Business Combination. The shares issuable upon the conversion of the rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by the Company’s affiliates). If the Company enters into a definitive agreement for a Business Combination in which the Company will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of the ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into ordinary shares basis.

The Company will not issue fractional shares in connection with a conversion of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act and any other applicable law. As a result, the holders hold rights in multiples of ten in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination. If the Company is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and liquidate the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their rights, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such rights, and the rights will expire worthless. Additionally, in no event will be required to net cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

The Company shall reserve such amount of its profits or share premium in order to pay up the par value of each share issuable in respect of the rights.

Note 9 — Segment information

ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes standards for companies to report in their financial statements information about operating segments, products, services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Company’s chief operating decision maker, or group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company has adopted the guidance in ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, in the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements using the retrospective method of adoption.

F-54

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation the CODM reviews several key metrics, which include the following:

	For the Three Months EndedMarch 31, 2026			For the Three Months EndedMarch 31, 2025
	(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)
Professional services fee in connection with Business Combination	$	(109,150	)	$	(142,800	)
Other formation and operating costs		(255,755	)		(110,679	)
Total formation and operating costs		(364,905	)		(253,479	)
Interest earned on investment held in Trust Account		588,076			726,071
Interest expense		(252,293	)		-
Net income	$	(29,122	)	$	472,592

Note 10 — Subsequent Events

The Company’s management reviewed all material events that have occurred after the balance sheet date through the date when the financial statements were issued. Based on the review, except for the subsequently issued extension deposit and notes mentioned in Note 1 and Working Capital Note mentioned in Note 5, the Company did not identify any other subsequent events that would require adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

On June 12, 2026, the Company consummated the Business Combination with SLBio ursuant to the Business Combination Agreement. Upon Completion of the Business Combination, the Company became a wholly owned subsidiary of PubCo.

F-55

Report of Independent Registered Public AccountingFirm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related statements of operations, shareholders’ (deficit) equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph – Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1, to the financial statements, the Company is a Special Purpose Acquisition Corporation that was formed for the purpose of completing a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities on or before April 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if fully extended). There is no assurance that the Company will obtain the necessary approvals or raise the additional capital it needs to fund its business operations and complete any business combination prior to April 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if fully extended), if at all. The Company also has no approved plan in place to extend the business combination deadline beyond April 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if fully extended) and lacks the capital resources needed to fund operations and complete any business combination, even if the deadline to complete a business combination is extended to a later date. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

/s/ Marcum Asia CPAs LLP

Marcum Asia CPAs LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

New York NY

April 8, 2026

F-56

HORIZON SPACE ACQUISITION II CORP.

BALANCE SHEETS

(Currency expressed in United States Dollars(“US$”), except for number of shares)

	December 31, 2025		December 31, 2024
Assets
Current Assets
Cash	$	7,917	$	646,720
Prepaid expense	21,614		73,490
Total Current Assets	29,531		720,210
Investment held in Trust Account	72,924,060		69,344,530
Total Assets	$	72,953,591	$	70,064,740
Liabilities, Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemptions and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Current Liabilities
Promissory notes, related parties	$	990,000	$	-
Amount due to related party	354,484		254,484
Other payable and accrued expenses	4,696		14,851
Total Current Liabilities	1,349,180		269,335
Total Liabilities	1,349,180		269,335
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)
Ordinary shares, 0.0001 par value, 490,000,000 shares authorized, 6,900,000 shares subject to possible redemption at 10.57 and 10.05 per share as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.*	72,924,060		69,344,530
Shareholder’s (Deficit) Equity :
Preferred share, 0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding	-		-
Ordinary shares, 0.0001 par value, 490,000,000 shares authorized, 2,180,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 (excluding 6,900,000 shares subject to possible redemption)*	218		218
Additional paid-in capital	-		312,035
(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings	(1,319,867	)	138,622
Total Shareholder’s (Deficit) Equity	(1,319,649	)	450,875
Total Liabilities Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemptions and Shareholder’s (Deficit) Equity	$	72,953,591	$	70,064,740

All values are in US Dollars.

*	As of the date of the issuance of these financial statements,<br>213,500 private placement units (Note 4) and 343,933 public placement units (Note 3) have not been separated into their relevant components

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-57

HORIZON SPACE ACQUISITION II CORP.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Currency expressed in United States Dollars(“US$”), except for number of shares)

	For the <br><br>Year Ended<br><br>December 31, <br><br>2025			For the <br><br>Year Ended<br><br>December 31,<br><br> 2024
Formation and operating costs	$	1,080,524		$	201,653
Loss from operations		(1,080,524	)		(201,653	)
Other income
Interest and dividend income on investments held in Trust		2,889,530			344,530
Net income		1,809,006			142,877
Weighted average shares outstanding of redeemable ordinary shares		6,900,000			805,479
Basic and diluted net income per share, ordinary shares	$	0.32		$	2.67
Weighted average shares outstanding of non-redeemable ordinary shares		2,180,000			1,776,618
Basic and diluted net loss per share, non-redeemable ordinary shares	$	(0.20	)	$	(1.13	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-58

HORIZON SPACE ACQUISITION II CORP.

STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT

(Currency expressed in United States Dollars(“US$”), except for number of shares)

											Additional						(Accumulated) Deficit			Total Shareholder’s
	Preferred Shares				Ordinary Shares						Paid-in			Subscription			Retained			(Deficit)
	Shares		Amount		Shares			Amount			Capital			Receivable			Earning			Equity
Balance as of December 31, 2023		-	$	-		1,725,000		$	173			24,827		$	(25,000	)	$	(4,255	)	$	(4,255	)
Received proceed from subscription receivable		-		-		-			-			-			25,000			-			25,000
Sale of public units through public offering, including over-allotment		-		-		6,900,000			690			68,999,310			-			-			69,000,000
Sale of private placement units*		-		-		200,000			20			1,999,980			-			-			2,000,000
Sale of private placement units, over-allotment*		-		-		13,500			1			134,999			-			-			135,000
Issuance of representative shares						241,500			24			341,578			-			-			341,602
Underwriters’ discount		-		-		-			-			(1,035,000	)		-			-			(1,035,000	)
Other offering expenses		-		-		-			-			(809,819	)		-			-			(809,819	)
Reclassification of ordinary shares subject to redemption		-		-		(6,900,000	)		(690	)		(68,095,410	)		-			-			(68,096,100	)
Allocation of offering costs to ordinary shares subject to redemption		-		-		-			-			1,806,783			-			-			1,806,783
Initial accretion of carrying value to redemption value		-		-		-			-			(2,710,683	)		-			-			(2,710,683	)
Subsequent accretion of carrying value to redemption value		-		-		-			-			(344,530	)		-			-			(344,530	)
Net income		-		-		-			-			-			-			142,877			142,877
Balance as of December 31, 2024		-		-		2,180,000			218			312,035			-			138,622			450,875
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		-		-		-			-			(312,035	)		-			(3,267,495	)		(3,579,530	)
Net income		-		-		-			-			-			-			1,809,006			1,809,006
Balance as of December 31, 2025		-	$	-		2,180,000		$	218		$	-		$	-		$	(1,319,867	)	$	(1,319,649	)
*	As of the date of the issuance of these financial statements,<br>213,500 private placement units (Note 4) have not been separated into their relevant components
---	---

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-59

HORIZON SPACE ACQUISITION II CORP.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Currency expressed in United States Dollars(“US$”), except for number of shares)

	For the Year Ended<br><br>December 31, 2025			For the Year Ended<br><br>December 31, 2024
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income	$	1,809,006		$	142,877
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Dividend and interest income on Trust Account		(2,889,530	)		(344,530	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expense		51,876			(73,490	)
Accrued expense		(10,155	)		164,678
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities		(1,038,803	)		(110,465	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Investment held in Trust Account		-			(69,000,000	)
Extension fee deposited into Trust Account		(690,000	)		-
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities		(690,000	)		(69,000,000	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from sale of public units, including over-allotment, net of underwriters’ discount		-			67,965,000
Proceeds from sale of private placement units, including over-allotment		-			2,135,000
Proceed from promissory notes, related parties		990,000			-
Advances from related party		100,000			-
Payment of offering costs		-			(342,815	)
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities		1,090,000			69,757,185
Net Change in Cash		(638,803	)		646,720
Cash at beginning of the year		646,720			-
Cash, end of the year	$	7,917		$	646,720
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
Accrued expense paid by Sponsor	$	-		$	129,082
Deferred offering costs paid by Sponsor for settlement of subscription receivable	$	-		$	25,000
Deferred offering costs paid by Sponsor	$	-		$	125,402
Issuance of representative shares	$	-		$	341,602
Reclassification of ordinary shares subject to redemption	$	-		$	68,096,100
Initial accretion of carrying value for public shares to redemption value	$	-		$	2,710,683
Subsequent accretion of carrying value for public shares to redemption value	$	3,579,530		$	344,530
Allocation of offering costs to ordinary shares subject to redemption	$	-		$	1,806,783

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-60

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

Note 1 — Organization, Business Operationand Going Concern Consideration

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had not commenced any operations. For the period from March 21, 2023 (inception) through December 31, 2025, the Company’s efforts have been limited to organizational activities as well as activities related to the initial public offering, identifying a target company for a Business Combination and completing the SL Bio Business Combination (as defined below). The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of dividend and/or interest income from the proceeds derived from the IPO (as defined below) and private placement (“Private Placement,” see Note 4).

In conjunction with the IPO, the Company issued to the underwriter 210,000 ordinary shares for no consideration (the “Representative Shares”). The fair value of the Representative Shares accounted for as compensation under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”) is included in the offering costs. The fair value of the Representative Shares was estimated by using Black Scholes model as of the IPO date totaled $297,045. In connection with the exercised of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, the Company issued additional 31,500 Representative Shares to the underwriter with fair value of $44,557.

F-61

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

Upon the closing of the IPO, management has agreed that the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the Private Units, $10.00 per unit will be placed into a U.S.-based Trust Account (“Trust Account”) maintained by Wilmington Trust, N.A., acting as trustee, and will be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account that may be released to pay the Company’s tax obligations and liquidation expenses up to $50,000, the proceeds from the IPO and the sale of the Private Units that are deposited in the Trust Account will not be released from the Trust Account until the earliest to occur of:(a) the completion of the initial Business Combination, (b) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s memorandum and articles of association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Company’s public shares if the Company does not complete the Business Combination by April 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if the Company extends the period of time to consummate the Business Combination by the full amount of time) as amended on February 13, 2026 pursuant to the extraordinary general meeting (the “Extension EGM”) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity and (c) the redemption of the public shares if the Company is unable to complete the Business Combination by April 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a Business Combination by the full amount of time) as amended on February 13, 2026 pursuant to the Extension EGM (the “Combination Period”), subject to applicable law. Although the Company will seek to have all vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, prospective target businesses or other entities the Company engages execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of the Company’s public shareholders, the proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the public shareholders.

The ordinary shares subject to redemption accredited to the redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the IPO, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” In such case, the Company has determined that the Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding sharesvotes are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If the Company cannot complete a Business Combination by April 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a Business Combination by the full amount of time) as amended on February 13, 2026 pursuant to the Extension EGM, unless the Company extends such period pursuant to its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Company will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of income taxes payable, and less up to $50,000 of interest to pay liquidation expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining shareholders and Board of Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to public rights or private rights. The rights will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination by April 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a Business Combination by the full amount of time) as amended on February 13, 2026 pursuant to the Extension EGM.

Extension Deposit and Notes

Pursuant to the terms of the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, in order to extend the time available for the Company to consummate its initial Business Combination, the Sponsor or designees, must deposit into the Trust Account for each three months extension, $690,000 as the underwriter’s over-allotment option had been exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), up to an aggregate of $1,380,000, on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline. As of December 31, 2025, an aggregate of $690,000 was deposited into the Trust Account for the Company’s public shareholders, which extended the deadline to consummate a Business Combination to February 18, 2026.

F-62

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

On February 18, 2026, and March 13, 2026, an aggregate of $100,000 (in two installments of $50,000 each) was deposited into the Trust Account for the Company’s public shareholders by William Wang, the Chief Executive Officer of SL BIO, to extend the period for the Company to consummate its initial Business Combination to April 18, 2026. In connection with these deposits, the Company issued unsecured promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 to William Wang on February 18, 2026 and March 17, 2026, respectively.

Business Combination

Going Concern Consideration

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had cash of $7,917 and working capital deficit of $1,319,649. The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant professional costs to remain as a publicly traded company and to incur significant transaction costs in pursuit of the consummation of a Business Combination.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with ASC Subtopic 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern, management has determined that these conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plan in addressing this uncertainty is through the Working Capital Loans, as defined below (see Note 5). Accordingly, the Company may not be able to obtain additional financing. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital, it may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, curtailing operations, suspending the pursuit of a potential transaction, and reducing overhead expenses. The Company cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to it on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. The Company currently has no commitments in place to receive such financing and there is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital will be successful. In addition, if the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination by April 18, 2026 (or up to February 18, 2027 if fully extended), unless further extended, the Company’s board of directors would proceed to commence a voluntary liquidation and thereby a formal dissolution of the Company. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to consummate a Business Combination will be successful within the Combination Period. As a result, management has determined that such additional condition also raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period within one year after the date that the accompanying financial statements are issued. The financial statements of the Company do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

F-63

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

Risks and Uncertainties

As a result of the ongoing Russia/Ukraine, Hamas/Israel conflicts and/or other future global conflicts, the Company’s ability to consummate a Business Combination, or the operations of a target business with which the Company ultimately consummates a Business Combination, may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, the Company’s ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by these events, including as a result of increased market volatility, or decreased market liquidity in third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. The impact of this action and potential future sanctions on the world economy and the specific impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or ability to consummate a Business Combination are not yet determinable. The financial statements of the Company do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. ****

Note 2 — Significant accounting policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company Status

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements of the Company in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

F-64

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company had $7,917 and $646,720 in cash as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Investment Held in Trust Account

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Trust Account had balance of $72,924,060 and $69,344,530, respectively. Earnings on these trading securities are included in interest earned on investments held in the Trust Account in the accompanying statements of operations. Income earned on these investments were fully reinvested into the Trust and therefore considered as an adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities in the condensed statements of cash flows. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were $2,889,530 and 344,530 of interest and dividend income recognized, respectively.

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

The net income (loss) per share presented in the statement of operations is based on the following:

	For the Years ended			For the Years ended
	December 31,			December 31,
	2025			2024
Net income	$	1,809,006		$	142,877
Initial accretion of carrying value to redemption value		-			(2,710,683	)
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		(3,579,530	)		(344,530	)
Net loss including accretion of carrying value of redemption value	$	(1,770,524	)	$	(2,912,336	)

F-65

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

	For the Year Ended
	December 31, 2025
				Non-
	Redeemable			Redeemable
	Common			Common
	Stock			Stock
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
Numerators:
Allocation of net loss including carrying value to redemption value	$	(1,345,442	)	$	(425,082	)
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		3,579,530			-
Allocation of net income/(loss)	$	2,234,088		$	(425,082	)
Denominators:
Weighted-average shares outstanding		6,900,000			2,180,000
Basic and diluted net income/ (loss) per share	$	0.32		$	(0.20	)
	For the Year Ended
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	December 31, 2024
				Non-
	Redeemable			Redeemable
	Common			Common
	Stock			Stock
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
Numerators:
Allocation of net loss including carrying value to redemption value	$	(908,497	)	$	(2,003,839	)
Initial accretion of carrying value to redemption value		2,710,683			-
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value		344,530			-
Allocation of net income/(loss)	$	2,146,716		$	(2,003,839	)
Denominators:
Weighted-average shares outstanding		805,479			1,776,618
Basic and diluted net income/ (loss) per share	$	2.67		$	(1.13	)

Ordinary shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s public shares feature certain redemption rights that are outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2025, 6,900,000 ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented at the redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet. The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable common stock to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable common stock are affected by charges against additional paid in capital and accumulated deficit.

F-66

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

Share Rights

Share-Based Compensation

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Measurements

●	Level 1 - Valuations based<br> on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation<br> adjustments and block discounts are not being applied. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly<br> available in an active market, valuation of these securities does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

●	Level 2 - Valuations based<br> on (i) quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, (ii) quoted prices in markets that are not active for<br> identical or similar assets, (iii) inputs other than quoted prices for the assets or liabilities, or (iv) inputs that are derived<br> principally from or corroborated by market through correlation or other means.

●	Level 3 - Valuations based<br> on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in treasury funds. All of the Company’s investments held in the Trust Account are classified as trading securities.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2025 and 2024 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value.

	December 31, 2025			December 31, 2024
	Level	Fair value		Level	Fair value
Assets:
Investments held in Trust Account	1		72,924,060	1		69,344,530

F-67

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

Income Taxes

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim period, disclosure and transition. The Company has identified Cayman Islands as its only “major” tax jurisdiction, as defined. Based on the Company’s evaluation, it has been concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s financial statements. Since the Company was incorporated on March 21, 2023, the evaluation was performed for 2023, 2024, and 2025 tax year which will be the only periods subject to examination. The Company believes that its income tax positions and deductions would be sustained on audit and does not anticipate any adjustments that would result in a material change to its financial position. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with audits is to record such items as a component of income tax expense.

Related parties

Recently adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosure (“ASU 2023-09”), which enhances the transparency and usefulness of income tax disclosures. ASU 2023-09 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted for annual financial statements that have not yet been issued or made available for issuance. The Company early adopted the ASU 2023-09 on January 1, 2025 on a prospective basis, and the adoption does not have a material impact on its financial statements.

Recently issued accounting standards whichhave not yet been adopted

F-68

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

Note 3 — Initial Public Offering

On November 18, 2024, the Company sold 6,000,000 Units, at a price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one ordinary share, and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one ordinary share. Each ten rights entitle the holder thereof to receive one ordinary share upon the consummation of the Business Combination. The Company has also granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 900,000 Option Units to cover over-allotments, if any. On November 19, 2024, the underwriter notified the Company of its exercise of the over-allotment option in full to purchase additional 900,000 Option Units of the Company. On November 21, 2024, 900,000 Option Units were sold to the underwriter at an offering price of $10.00 per Option Unit, generating gross proceeds of $9,000,000. As of December 31, 2025, 343,933 Public Units have not been separated into their relevant components.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the amounts of ordinary shares reflected on the balance sheet are reconciled in the following table.

		Amount
Gross proceeds from the IPO	6,900,000	$	69,000,000
Less:
Gross Proceeds from the IPO allocated to public rights	-		(903,900	)
Offering costs of public shares	-		(1,806,783	)
Plus:
Initial accretion of carrying value to redemption value	-		2,710,683
Subsequent accretion of carrying value to redemption value	-		344,530
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2024	6,900,000		69,344,530
Accretion of carrying value to redemption value	-		3,579,530
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2025	6,900,000	$	72,924,060

Note 4 — Private Placement

Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 200,000 Initial Private Units at a price of $10.00 per Initial Private Units for an aggregate purchase price of $2,000,000. Each Initial Private Unit was identical to the Public Units sold in the IPO, except as described below. Simultaneously with the closing of the Option Units on November 21, 2024, the Company consummated the sale of additional 13,500 Additional Private Units to the Sponsor at a price of $10.00 per Additional Private Unit, generating total proceeds of $135,000. As of the date of the issuance of these financial statements, 213,500 Private Units have not been separated into their relevant components.

F-69

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

The Sponsor has agreed not to transfer, sell or assign the Private Units and the underlying securities until the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination.

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On March 21, 2023, the Company issued 1 ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 to the Sponsor without consideration. On July 26, 2024, the Sponsor acquired 1,725,000 ordinary shares (“Founder Shares”) for a purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.0145 per share and surrendered 1 ordinary share, all share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect this issuance and surrender of 1 ordinary shares. On August 2, 2024, Sponsor transferred (i) to each independent director nominee 20,000 Founder Shares, in the aggregate amount of 60,000 Founder shares, and (ii) to Chief Financial Officer, 10,000 Founder Shares, all at the original purchase price of $0.0145 per share when the Sponsor acquired such shares.

F-70

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

Promissory Notes — Related Parties

On July 25, 2024, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement (“Promissory Note Agreement”), pursuant which the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to $500,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of the IPO. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had not drawn any amounts under the Promissory Note Agreement.

On July 5, 2025, the Company issued unsecured promissory notes in the principal of $300,000 to its Sponsor, to provide additional working capital. The promissory note bears no interest and is payable on the earlier of the consummation of a Business Combination or the Company’s termination date. At the Sponsor’s discretion, the promissory note may be converted into private placement units upon completion of the Business Combination at a conversion price of $10.00 per unit, each consisting of one ordinary share and one right. The proceeds were funded via wire transfer on July 7, 2025.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had drawn $300,000 and $0 on this promissory note.

Amount Due to Related Party

Amount due to related party represents advancement made by the sponsor to the Company to pay formation expenses, a portion of the expenses of the IPO, and the Company’s ongoing operational expense. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had amount due to related party amounted to $354,484 and $254,484, respectively.

Working Capital Loans

In addition, in order to meet with the Company’s working capital needs following the consummation of this offering or to extend the Company’s life, the Company’s founders, officers and directors or their affiliates/designees may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds, from time to time or at anytime, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan (“Working Capital Loans”) would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our Business Combination into working capital units (“the Working Capital Units”) at a price of $10.00 per unit in addition to the convertible notes in connection with the potential extensions. The Company’s shareholders have approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of the initial Business Combination. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination, the loans will not be repaid.

The Working Capital Units would be identical to the Private Units sold in the Private Placement. The terms of such loans by the Sponsor or its affiliates, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had no borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

Administrative Support Services

On February 5, 2025, upon the approval of the Board and Audit Committee of the Company, the Company and the Sponsor agreed to waive full payment of the Administrative Service Fee.

Note 6 — Commitments & Contingencies

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares and private units, units issuable upon the conversion of certain working capital loans and any underlying securities will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering requiring the Company to register such securities for resale. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

F-71

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

Underwriters Agreement

Representative Shares

Note 7 — Shareholders’ Equity

Preference Share

The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred share, with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Ordinary Share

The Company is authorized to issue 490,000,000 ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

On March 21, 2023, the Company issued one ordinary share of a par value of $0.0001 to the Sponsor without consideration.

F-72

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were 2,180,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, excluding 6,900,000 shares subject to possible redemption as of each respective date.

Rights

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were 7,113,500 rights outstanding, 6,900,000 of which are publicly traded. Among these, 213,500 rights were issued as part of 213,500 Private Units, which have not yet been separated.

The Company shall reserve such amount of its profits or share premium in order to pay up the par value of each share issuable in respect of the rights.

F-73

Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.

Notes To Financial Statements

Note 8 — Segment information

ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes standards for companies to report in their financial statements information about operating segments, products, services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Company’s chief operating decision maker, or group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company has adopted the guidance in ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, in the accompanying financial statements using the retrospective method of adoption.

When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation the CODM reviews several key metrics, which include the following:

	For the Year ended December 31, 2025			For the Year ended December 31, 2024
Professional services fee in connection with Business Combination	$	(737,134	)	$	-
Other formation and operating costs		(343,390	)		(201,653	)
Total formation and operating costs		(1,080,524	)		(201,653	)
Interest earned on investment held in Trust Account		2,889,530			344,530
Net income	$	1,809,006		$	142,877

Note 9 — Subsequent Events

The Company’s management reviewed all material events that have occurred after the balance sheet date through the date when the financial statements were issued. Based on the review, except as extension deposit and Notes mentioned in note 1 and disclosed below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would require adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

In connection with the Business Combination EGM on February 13, 2026, an aggregate of 3,219,311 ordinary shares of HSPT were redeemed for $34,221,276 on March 17, 2026. In addition, in connection with the Business Combination EGM on February 12, 2026, 3,502,404 ordinary shares of HSPT were submitted for redemption, which will be redeemed upon and following the consummation of the Business Combination.

From January through March 2026, the Sponsor advanced an aggregate of $210,000 to the Company to fund working capital and operating expenses.

F-74

Exhibit 1.1



Companies<br> Act (Revised)<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Company<br> Limited by Shares

	SECOND<br> AMENDED AND RESTATED<br><br> Memorandum of association<br><br> of<br><br> SL Science Holding Limited
(Adopted<br> by special resolution passed on 30 April 2026 and with effect on 12 June 2026)

Companies Act (Revised)

Company Limited by Shares

Second Amended and Restated

Memorandum of Association

SLScience Holding Limited

(Adopted by special resolution passed on 30 April 2026 and with effect on 12 June 2026)

1	The<br> name of the Company is SL Science Holding Limited.
2	The<br> Company’s registered office will be situated at the office of Ogier Global (Cayman)<br> Limited, 89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman, KY1-9009, Cayman Islands or at such other<br> place in the Cayman Islands as the directors may at any time decide.
---	---
3	The<br> Company’s objects are unrestricted. As provided by section 7(4) of the Companies Act<br> (Revised), the Company has full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited<br> by any law of the Cayman Islands.
---	---
4	The<br> Company has unrestricted corporate capacity. Without limitation to the foregoing, as provided<br> by section 27 (2) of the Companies Act (Revised), the Company has and is capable of exercising<br> all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate<br> benefit.
---	---
5	Nothing<br> in any of the preceding paragraphs permits the Company to carry on any of the following businesses<br> without being duly licensed, namely:
---	---
(a)	the<br> business of a bank or trust company without being licensed in that behalf under the Banks<br> and Trust Companies Act (Revised); or
---	---
(b)	insurance<br> business from within the Cayman Islands or the business of an insurance manager, agent, sub-agent<br> or broker without being licensed in that behalf under the Insurance Act (Revised);or
---	---
(c)	the<br> business of company management without being licensed in that behalf under the Companies<br> Management Act (Revised).
---	---
6	Unless<br> licensed to do so, the Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm<br> or corporation except in furtherance of its business carried on outside the Cayman Islands.<br> Despite this, the Company may effect and conclude contracts in the Cayman Islands and exercise<br> in the Cayman Islands any of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside<br> the Cayman Islands.
---	---
7	The<br> Company is a company limited by shares and accordingly the liability of each member is limited<br> to the amount (if any) unpaid on that member’s shares.
---	---
8	The<br> share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 4,950,000,000 ordinary shares of par<br> value US$0.00001 each and 50,000,000 preferred shares of par value US$0.00001 each. Subject<br> to the Companies Act (Revised) and the Company’s articles of association, the Company<br> has power to do any one or more of the following:
---	---
(a)	to<br> redeem or repurchase any of its shares;
---	---
(b)	to<br> increase or reduce its capital;
---	---
(c)	to<br> issue any part of its capital (whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced):
---	---
(i)	with<br> or without any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions;<br> or
---	---
(ii)	subject<br> to any limitations or restrictions
---	---

and unless the condition of issue expressly declares otherwise, every issue of shares (whether declared to be ordinary, preference or otherwise) is subject to this power; and

(d)	to<br> alter any of those rights, privileges, conditions, limitations or restrictions.
9	The<br> Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares<br> under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the<br> Cayman Islands.
---	---

---	---	---
Companies<br> Act (Revised)<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Company<br> Limited By Shares<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>

	SECOND<br> AMENDED AND RESTATED<br><br> articles of association<br><br> of<br><br> SL Science Holding Limited
(Adopted<br> by special resolution passed on 30 April 2026 and with effect on 12 June 2026)

Contents

1 Definitions, interpretation<br> and exclusion of Table A	1
Definitions	1
Interpretation	4
Exclusion of Table A Articles	5
2 Shares	5
Power to issue Shares and<br> options, with or without special rights	5
Power to issue fractions<br> of a Share	6
Power to pay commissions<br> and brokerage fees	6
Trusts not recognised	6
Security interests	7
Rights of Preferred Shares	7
Power to vary class rights	8
Effect of new Share issue<br> on existing class rights	9
Capital contributions without<br> issue of further Shares	9
No bearer Shares or warrants	9
Treasury Shares	9
Rights attaching to Treasury<br> Shares and related matters	10
Register of Members	10
Annual Return	10
3 Share certificates	11
Issue of share certificates	11
Renewal of lost or damaged<br> share certificates	11
4 Lien on Shares	12
Nature and scope of lien	12
Company may sell Shares<br> to satisfy lien	12
Authority to execute instrument<br> of transfer	12
Consequences of sale of<br> Shares to satisfy lien	13
Application of proceeds<br> of sale	13
5 Calls on Shares and forfeiture	13
Power to make calls and<br> effect of calls	13
Time when call made	14
Liability of joint holders	14
Interest on unpaid calls	14
Deemed calls	14
Power to accept early payment	14
Power to make different<br> arrangements at time of issue of Shares	14
Notice of default	15
Forfeiture or surrender<br> of Shares	15
Disposal of forfeited or<br> surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender	15
Effect of forfeiture or<br> surrender on former Member	16
Evidence of forfeiture<br> or surrender	16
Sale of forfeited or surrendered<br> Shares	16
6 Transfer of Shares	17
Form of Transfer	17
Power to refuse registration<br> for Shares not listed on a Designated Stock Exchange	17
Suspension of transfers	18
Company may retain instrument<br> of transfer	18
Notice of refusal to register	18

7 Transmission of Shares	18
Persons entitled on death<br> of a Member	18
Registration of transfer<br> of a Share following death or bankruptcy	18
Indemnity	19
Rights of person entitled<br> to a Share following death or bankruptcy	19
8 Alteration of capital	19
Increasing, consolidating,<br> converting, dividing and cancelling share capital	19
Dealing with fractions<br> resulting from consolidation of Shares	20
Reducing share capital	20
9 Redemption and purchase<br> of own Shares	21
Power to issue redeemable<br> Shares and to purchase own Shares	21
Power to pay for redemption<br> or purchase in cash or in specie	21
Effect of redemption or<br> purchase of a Share	21
10 Meetings of Members	22
Annual and extraordinary<br> general meetings	22
Power to call meetings	22
Content of notice	23
Period of notice	23
Persons entitled to receive<br> notice	24
Accidental omission to<br> give notice or non-receipt of notice	24
11 Proceedings at meetings<br> of Members	24
Quorum	24
Lack of quorum	25
Chairman	25
Right of a Director to<br> attend and speak	25
Accommodation of Members<br> at Virtual Meeting	25
Security	26
Adjournment, postponement<br> and cancellation	26
Method of voting	26
Taking of a poll	26
Chairman’s casting<br> vote	27
Written resolutions	27
12 Voting rights of Members	29
Right to vote	29
Rights of joint holders	29
Representation of corporate<br> Members	29
Member with mental disorder	30
Objections to admissibility<br> of votes	30
Form of proxy	30
How and when proxy is to<br> be delivered	31
Voting by proxy	32
13 Number of Directors	33

ii

14 Appointment, disqualification<br> and removal of Directors	33
First Directors	33
No age limit	33
Corporate Directors	33
No shareholding qualification	33
Appointment of Directors	33
Board’s power to<br> appoint Directors	34
Term of office	34
Removal of Directors	34
Resignation of Directors	34
Termination of the office<br> of Director	34
15 Alternate Directors	35
Appointment and removal	35
Notices	36
Rights of alternate Director	36
Appointment ceases when<br> the appointor ceases to be a Director	36
Status of alternate Director	36
Status of the Director<br> making the appointment	37
16 Powers of Directors	37
Powers of Directors	37
Directors below the minimum<br> number	37
Appointments to office	37
Provisions for employees	38
Exercise of voting rights	38
Remuneration	38
Disclosure of information	39
17 Delegation of powers	39
Power to delegate any of<br> the Directors’ powers to a committee	39
Local boards	40
Power to appoint an agent<br> of the Company	40
Power to appoint an attorney<br> or authorised signatory of the Company	41
Borrowing Powers	41
Corporate Governance	41
18 Meetings of Directors	41
Regulation of Directors’<br> meetings	41
Calling meetings	42
Notice of meetings	42
Use of technology	42
Quorum	42
Chairman or deputy to preside	42
Voting	42
Recording of dissent	43
Written resolutions	43
Validity of acts of Directors<br> in spite of formal defect	43
19 Permissible Directors’<br> interests and disclosure	44
20 Minutes	44
21 Accounts and audit	44
Auditors	45
22 Record dates	45

iii

23 Dividends	46
Source of dividends	46
Declaration of dividends<br> by Members	46
Payment of interim dividends<br> and declaration of final dividends by Directors	46
Apportionment of dividends	47
Right of set off	47
Power to pay other than<br> in cash	47
How payments may be made	48
Dividends or other monies<br> not to bear interest in absence of special rights	48
Dividends unable to be<br> paid or unclaimed	48
24 Capitalisation of profits	49
Capitalisation of profits<br> or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve;	49
Applying an amount for<br> the benefit of Members	49
25 Share Premium Account	49
Directors to maintain share<br> premium account	49
Debits to share premium<br> account	50
26 Seal	50
Company seal	50
Duplicate seal	50
When and how seal is to<br> be used	50
If no seal is adopted or<br> used	50
Power to allow non-manual<br> signatures and facsimile printing of seal	51
Validity of execution	51
27 Indemnity	51
Release	52
Insurance	52
28 Notices	53
Form of notices	53
Electronic communications	53
Persons entitled to notices	54
Persons authorised to give<br> notices	54
Delivery of written notices	54
Joint holders	54
Signatures	54
Giving notice to a deceased<br> or bankrupt Member	55
Date of giving notices	55
Saving provision	56
29 Authentication of Electronic<br> Records	56
Application of Articles	56
Authentication of documents<br> sent by Members by Electronic means	56
Authentication of document<br> sent by the Secretary or Officers of the Company by Electronic means	57
Manner of signing	57
Saving provision	57
30 Transfer by way of continuation	58
31 Winding up	58
Distribution of assets<br> in specie	58
No obligation to accept<br> liability	58
32 Amendment of Memorandum<br> and Articles	59
Power to change name or<br> amend Memorandum	59
Power to amend these Articles	59
33 Disclosures	59

iv

Companies Act (Revised)

Company Limited by Shares

Second Amended and Restated

Articles of Association

SLScience Holding Limited

(Adopted by special resolution passed on 30 April 2026 and with effect on 12 June 2026)

1	Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Table A

Definitions

1.1	In<br> these Articles, the following definitions apply:

Actmeans the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, including any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

Articlesmeans, as appropriate:

(a)	these<br> articles of association as amended from time to time: or
(b)	two<br> or more particular articles of these Articles;
---	---

and Article refers to a particular article of these Articles;

Auditors means the auditor or auditors for the time being of the Company;

Board means the board of Directors from time to time;

BusinessDay means a day when banks in Grand Cayman, the Cayman Islands are open for the transaction of normal banking business and for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the Cayman Islands;

CaymanIslands means the British Overseas Territory of the Cayman Islands;

ClearDays, in relation to a period of notice, means that period excluding:

(a)	the<br> day when the notice is given or deemed to be given; and
(b)	the<br> day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;
---	---

Commission means Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or other federal agency for the time being administering the U.S. Securities Act;

Company means the above-named company;

DefaultRate means ten per cent per annum;

DesignatedStock Exchanges means the Nasdaq Global Market in the United States of America for so long as any class of the Company’s Shares are there listed and any other stock exchange on which any class of the Company’s Shares are listed for trading;

DesignatedStock Exchange Rules means the relevant code, rules and regulations, as amended, from time to time, applicable as a result of the original and continued listing of any Shares on the Designated Stock Exchanges;

Directors means the directors for the time being of the Company and the expression Director shall be construed accordingly;

Electronic has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

ElectronicCommunication Facilities means video, video-conferencing, internet or online conferencing applications, telephone or tele-conferencing and/or any other video-communications, internet or online conferencing application or telecommunications facilities by means of which all persons participating in a meeting are capable of hearing and being heard by each other;

ElectronicRecord has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

ElectronicSignature has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

FullyPaid Up means:

(a)	in<br> relation to a Share with par value, means that the par value for that Share and any premium<br> payable in respect of the issue of that Share, has been fully paid or credited as paid in<br> money or money’s worth; and
(b)	in<br> relation to a Share without par value, means that the agreed issue price for that Share has<br> been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth;
---	---

generalmeeting means a general meeting of the Company duly constituted in accordance with the Articles;

IndependentDirector means a Director who is an independent director as defined in the Designated Stock Exchange Rules as determined by the Board;

Member means any person or persons entered on the register of Members from time to time as the holder of a Share;

Memorandum means the memorandum of association of the Company as amended from time to time;

month means a calendar month;

Officer means a person appointed to hold an office in the Company including a Director, alternate Director or liquidator and excluding the Secretary;

OrdinaryResolution means a resolution of a duly constituted general meeting of the Company passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by, or on behalf of, the Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy or, in the case of corporations, by their duly authorised representatives, at that meeting. The expression includes a written resolution signed by the requisite majority in accordance with Article 11.14;

OrdinaryShare means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company, having the rights set out in these Articles;

PartlyPaid Up means:

(a)	in<br> relation to a Share with par value, that the par value for that Share and any premium payable<br> in respect of the issue of that Share, has not been fully paid or credited as paid in money<br> or money’s worth; and
(b)	in<br> relation to a Share without par value, means that the agreed issue price for that Share has<br> not been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth;
---	---

PreferredShare means a preferred share in the capital of the Company, having the rights set out in these Articles;

Secretary means a person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary;

Share means a share in the share capital of the Company and the expression:

(a)	includes<br> stock (except where a distinction between shares and stock is expressed or implied); and
(b)	where<br> the context permits, also includes a fraction of a Share;
---	---

SpecialResolution means a resolution of a duly constituted general meeting of the Company or a resolution of a meeting of the holders of any class of Shares in a class meeting duly constituted in accordance with the Articles in each case passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by, or on behalf of, the Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy at that meeting. The expression includes a unanimous written resolution signed by all of the Members entitled to vote at such meeting;

TreasuryShares means Shares held in treasury pursuant to the Act and Article 2.15;

U.S.Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time; and

VirtualMeeting means any general meeting of the Members at which the Members (and any other permitted participants of such meeting, including without limitation the chairman of the meeting and any Directors) are permitted to attend and participate solely by means of Electronic Communication Facilities.

Interpretation

1.2	In<br> the interpretation of these Articles, the following provisions apply unless the context otherwise<br> requires:
(a)	A<br> reference in these Articles to a statute is a reference to a statute of the Cayman Islands<br> as known by its short title, and includes:
---	---
(i)	any<br> statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment; and
---	---
(ii)	any<br> subordinate legislation or regulations issued under that statute.
---	---

Without limitation to the preceding sentence, a reference to a revised Act of the Cayman Islands is taken to be a reference to the revision of that Act in force from time to time as amended from time to time.

(b)	Headings<br> are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Articles,<br> unless there is ambiguity.
(c)	If<br> a day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done under these Articles is not a Business<br> Day, the act, matter or thing must be done on the next Business Day.
---	---
(d)	A<br> word which denotes the singular also denotes the plural, a word which denotes the plural<br> also denotes the singular, and a reference to any gender also denotes the other genders.
---	---

(e)	A<br> reference to a person includes, as appropriate, a company, trust, partnership, joint<br> venture, association, body corporate or government agency.
(f)	Where<br> a word or phrase is given a defined meaning another part of speech or grammatical form in<br> respect to that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning.
---	---
(g)	All<br> references to time are to be calculated by reference to time in the place where the Company’s<br> registered office is located.
---	---
(h)	The<br> words written and in writing include all modes of representing or reproducing<br> words in a visible form, but do not include an Electronic Record where the distinction between<br> a document in writing and an Electronic Record is expressed or implied.
---	---
(i)	The<br> words including, include and in particular or any similar expression<br> are to be construed without limitation.
---	---
(j)	The<br> term “present” means, in respect of any person attending a meeting, such<br> person’s presence at a general meeting of Members (or any meeting of the holders of<br> any class of Shares), which may be satisfied by means of such person or, if a corporation<br> or other non-natural person, its duly authorized representative (or, in the case of any Member,<br> a proxy which has been validly appointed by such Member in accordance with these Articles),<br> being: (a) physically present at the meeting; or (b) in the case of any meeting at which<br> Electronic Communication Facilities are permitted in accordance with these Articles, including<br> any Virtual Meeting, connected by means of the use of such Electronic Communication Facilities.
---	---
1.3	The<br> headings in these Articles are intended for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation<br> of these Articles.
---	---

Exclusion of Table A Articles

1.4	The<br> regulations contained in Table A in the First Schedule of the Act and any other regulations<br> contained in any statute or subordinate legislation are expressly excluded and do not apply<br> to the Company.

2	Shares

Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights

2.1

Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles about the redemption and purchase of the Shares, the Directors have general and unconditional authority to allot (with or without confirming rights of renunciation), grant options over or otherwise deal with any unissued Shares to such persons, at such times and on such terms and conditions as they may decide. No Share may be issued at a discount except in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

2.2	Without<br> limitation to the preceding Article, the Directors may so deal with the unissued Shares:
(a)	either<br> at a premium or at par; or
---	---
(b)	with<br> or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions, whether in regard<br> to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise.
---	---
2.3	Without<br> limitation to the two preceding Articles,
---	---
(a)	the<br> Company may issue rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar<br> nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive<br> any class of Shares or other securities in the Company at such times and on such terms and<br> conditions as the Directors may decide; and
---	---
(b)	the<br> Directors may refuse to accept any application for Shares, and may accept any application<br> in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.
---	---

Power to issue fractions of a Share

2.4	Subject<br> to the Act, the Company may issue fractions of a Share of any class. A fraction of a Share<br> shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect<br> to calls or otherwise), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions,<br> rights and other attributes of a Share of that class of Shares.

Power to pay commissions and brokerage fees

2.5	The<br> Company may pay a commission to any person in consideration of that person:
(a)	subscribing<br> or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally; or
---	---
(b)	procuring<br> or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional,
---	---

for any Shares. That commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of Fully Paid Up or Partly Paid Up Shares or partly in one way and partly in another.

2.6	The<br> Company may employ a broker in the issue of its capital and pay him any proper commission<br> or brokerage.

Trusts not recognised

2.7	Except<br> as required by Act:
(a)	no<br> person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share on any trust; and
---	---
(b)	no<br> person other than the Member shall be recognised by the Company as having any right in a<br> Share.
---	---

Security interests

2.8	Notwithstanding<br> the preceding Article, the Company may (but shall not be obliged to) recognise a security<br> interest of which it has actual notice over shares. The Company shall not be treated as having<br> recognised any such security interest unless it has so agreed in writing with the secured<br> party.

Rights of Preferred Shares

2.9	Before<br> any Preferred Shares of any series are issued, the Directors shall fix, by resolution or<br> resolutions, the following provisions of such series:
(a)	the<br> designation of such series and the number of Preferred Shares to constitute such series;
---	---
(b)	whether<br> the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided<br> by Act, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may be general or limited;
---	---
(c)	the<br> dividends, if any, payable on such series, whether any such dividends shall be cumulative,<br> and, if so, from what dates, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be<br> payable, the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable<br> on any Shares of any other class of Shares or any other series of Preferred Shares;
---	---
(d)	whether<br> the Preferred Shares or such series shall be subject to redemption by the Company, and, if<br> so, the times, prices and other conditions of such redemption;
---	---
(e)	the<br> amount or amounts payable upon Preferred Shares of such series upon, and the rights of the<br> holders of such series in, a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding<br> up, or upon any distribution of the assets, of the Company;
---	---
(f)	whether<br> the Preferred Shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or<br> sinking fund and, if so, the extent to and manner in which any such retirement or sinking<br> fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the Preferred Shares of such series<br> for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation<br> of the retirement or sinking fund;
---	---
(g)	whether<br> the Preferred Shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, Shares<br> of any other class of Shares or any other series of Preferred Shares or any other securities<br> and, if so, the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method,<br> if any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and conditions of conversion or exchange;
---	---

(h)	the<br> limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any Preferred Shares or such<br> series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions<br> on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of, the existing<br> Shares or Shares of any other class of Shares or any other series of Preferred Shares;
(i)	the<br> conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or upon<br> the issue of any additional Shares, including additional shares of such series or of any<br> other class of Shares or any other series of Preferred Shares; and
---	---
(j)	any<br> other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights,<br> and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions of any other class of Shares or any<br> other series of Preferred Shares.
---	---

Power to vary class rights

2.10	If<br> the share capital is divided into different classes of Shares then, unless the terms on which<br> a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights attaching to a class of Shares may<br> only be varied if one of the following applies:
(a)	the<br> Members holding not less than two-thirds of the issued Shares of that class consent in writing<br> to the variation; or
---	---
(b)	the<br> variation is made with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate general<br> meeting of the Members holding the issued Shares of that class.
---	---

The rights conferred on the Member holding Shares of any class shall not be deemed to be varied by the Company’s consolidation and division of only one class of Shares, without consolidating or dividing any other class of Shares.

2.11	For<br> the purpose of Article 2.9(b), all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings<br> apply, mutatis mutandis, to every such separate meeting except that the necessary quorum<br> shall be one or more persons holding, or representing by proxy, not less than one third of<br> the issued Shares of the class.
2.12	For<br> the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the<br> classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such classes<br> of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in<br> any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.
---	---

Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights

2.13

Unless the terms on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights conferred on the Member holding Shares of any class shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with the existing Shares of that class. The rights attached to, or otherwise conferred upon the holders of, the Shares of any class shall not be deemed to be materially adversely varied by the creation or issue of Preferred Shares with preferred or other rights prescribed according to Article 2.10 including, without limitation, the creation of Shares with enhanced or weighted voting rights.

Capital contributions without issue of further Shares

2.14	With<br> the consent of a Member, the directors may accept a voluntary contribution to the capital<br> of the Company from that Member without issuing Shares in consideration for that contribution.<br> In that event, the contribution shall be dealt with in the following manner:
(a)	It<br> shall be treated as if it were a share premium.
---	---
(b)	Unless<br> that Member agrees otherwise:
---	---
(i)	if<br> that Member holds Shares in a single class of Shares - it shall be credited to the share<br> premium account for that class of Shares;
---	---
(ii)	if<br> that Member holds Shares of more than one class - it shall be credited rateably to the share<br> premium accounts for those classes of Shares (in the proportion that the sum of the issue<br> prices for each class of Shares that the Member holds bears to the total issue prices for<br> all classes of Shares that the Member holds).
---	---
(c)	It<br> shall be subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles applicable to share premiums.
---	---

No bearer Shares or warrants

2.15	The<br> Company shall not issue Shares or warrants to bearers.

Treasury Shares

2.16	Shares<br> that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires by way of surrender in accordance with the<br> Act shall be held as Treasury Shares and not treated as cancelled if:
(a)	the<br> Directors so determine prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of those shares; and
---	---
(b)	the<br> relevant provisions of the Memorandum and Articles and the Act are otherwise complied with.
---	---

Rights attaching to Treasury Shares and related matters

2.17	No<br> dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise)<br> of the Company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to Members on a winding<br> up) may be made to the Company in respect of a Treasury Share.
2.18	The<br> Company shall be entered in the register of Members as the holder of the Treasury Shares.<br> However:
---	---
(a)	the<br> Company shall not be treated as a Member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right<br> in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void;<br> and
---	---
(b)	a<br> Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company<br> and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time,<br> whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Act.
---	---
2.19	Nothing<br> in Article 2.17 prevents an allotment of Shares as Fully Paid Up bonus shares in respect<br> of a Treasury Share and Shares allotted as Fully Paid Up bonus shares in respect of a Treasury<br> Share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.
---	---
2.20	Treasury<br> Shares may be disposed of by the Company in accordance with the Act and otherwise on such<br> terms and conditions as the Directors determine.
---	---

2.21

The Directors shall keep or cause to be kept a register of Members as required by the Act and may cause the Company to maintain one or more branch registers as contemplated by the Act, provided that where the Company is maintaining one or more branch registers, the Directors shall ensure that a duplicate of each branch register is kept with the Company’s principal register of Members and updated within such number of days of any amendment having been made to such branch register as may be required by the Act.

2.22

The title to Shares listed on a Designated Stock Exchange may be evidenced and transferred in accordance with the laws applicable to the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and, for these purposes, the register of Members may be maintained in accordance with section 40B of the Act.

---

Annual Return

2.23	The<br> Directors in each calendar year shall prepare or cause to be prepared an annual return and<br> declaration setting forth the particulars required by the Act and shall deliver a copy thereof<br> to the registrar of companies for the Cayman Islands.

3	Share certificates

Issue of share certificates

3.1	A<br> Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share<br> certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in<br> such form as the Directors may determine. If the Directors resolve that share certificates<br> shall be issued, upon being entered in the register of Members as the holder of a Share,<br> the Directors may issue to any Member:
(a)	without<br> payment, one certificate for all the Shares of each class held by that Member (and, upon<br> transferring a part of the Member’s holding of Shares of any class, to a certificate<br> for the balance of that holding); and
---	---
(b)	upon<br> payment of such reasonable sum as the Directors may determine for every certificate after<br> the first, several certificates each for one or more of that Member’s Shares.
---	---
3.2	Every<br> certificate shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the Shares<br> to which it relates and whether they are Fully Paid Up or Partly Paid Up. A certificate may<br> be executed under seal or executed in such other manner as the Directors determine.
---	---
3.3	Every<br> certificate shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the U.S. Securities<br> Act (to the extent applicable).
---	---
3.4	The<br> Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by<br> several persons and delivery of a certificate for a Share to one joint holder shall be a<br> sufficient delivery to all of them.
---	---

Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates

3.5	If<br> a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms<br> (if any) as to:
(a)	evidence;
---	---
(b)	indemnity;
---	---
(c)	payment<br> of the expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating the evidence; and
---	---
(d)	payment<br> of a reasonable fee, if any for issuing a replacement share certificate,
---	---

as the Directors may determine, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out) on delivery to the Company of the old certificate.

4	Lien on Shares

Nature and scope of lien

4.1	The<br> Company has a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether Fully Paid Up or not) registered<br> in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others). The lien is for all monies<br> payable to the Company by the Member or the Member’s estate:
(a)	either<br> alone or jointly with any other person, whether or not that other person is a Member; and
---	---
(b)	whether<br> or not those monies are presently payable.
---	---
4.2	At<br> any time the Board may declare any Share to be wholly or partly exempt from the provisions<br> of this Article.
---	---

Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien

4.3	The<br> Company may sell any Shares over which it has a lien if all of the following conditions are<br> met:

(a)	the<br> sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable;
(b)	the<br> Company gives notice to the Member holding the Share (or to the person entitled to it in<br> consequence of the death or bankruptcy of that Member) demanding payment and stating that<br> if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold; and
---	---
(c)	that<br> sum is not paid within fourteen (14) Clear Days after that notice is deemed to be given under<br> these Articles,
---	---

and Shares to which this Article 4.3 applies shall be referred to as Lien Default Shares.

4.4	The<br> Lien Default Shares may be sold in such manner as the Board determines.
4.5	To<br> the maximum extent permitted by law, the Directors shall incur no personal liability to the<br> Member concerned in respect of the sale.
---	---

Authority to execute instrument of transfer

4.6	To<br> give effect to a sale, the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of<br> transfer of the Lien Default Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the<br> purchaser.
4.7	The<br> title of the transferee of the Lien Default Shares shall not be affected by any irregularity<br> or invalidity in the proceedings in respect of the sale.
---	---

Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien

4.8	On<br> a sale pursuant to the preceding Articles:
(a)	the<br> name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of Members as the holder<br> of those Lien Default Shares; and
---	---
(b)	that<br> person shall deliver to the Company for cancellation the certificate (if any) for those Lien<br> Default Shares.
---	---
4.9	Notwithstanding<br> the provisions of Article 4.8, such person shall remain liable to the Company for all monies<br> which, at the date of sale, were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those<br> Lien Default Shares. That person shall also be liable to pay interest on those monies from<br> the date of sale until payment at the rate at which interest was payable before that sale<br> or, failing that, at the Default Rate. The Board may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce<br> payment without any allowance for the value of the Lien Default Shares at the time of sale<br> or for any consideration received on their disposal.
---	---

Application of proceeds of sale

4.10	The<br> net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much<br> of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable. Any residue shall be paid to<br> the person whose Lien Default Shares have been sold:
(a)	if<br> no certificate for the Lien Default Shares was issued, at the date of the sale; or
---	---
(b)	if<br> a certificate for the Lien Default Shares was issued, upon surrender to the Company of that<br> certificate for cancellation
---	---

but, in either case, subject to the Company retaining a like lien for all sums not presently payable as existed on the Lien Default Shares before the sale.

5	Calls on Shares and forfeiture

Power to make calls and effect of calls

5.1	Subject<br> to the terms of allotment, the Board may make calls on the Members in respect of any monies<br> unpaid on their Shares including any premium. The call may provide for payment to be by instalments.<br> Subject to receiving at least 14 Clear Days’ notice specifying when and where payment<br> is to be made, each Member shall pay to the Company the amount called on his Shares as required<br> by the notice.
5.2	Before<br> receipt by the Company of any sum due under a call, that call may be revoked in whole or<br> in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or in part. Where a call is to be<br> paid in instalments, the Company may revoke the call in respect of all or any remaining instalments<br> in whole or in part and may postpone payment of all or any of the remaining instalments in<br> whole or in part.
---	---
5.3	A<br> Member on whom a call is made shall remain liable for that call notwithstanding the subsequent<br> transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made. He shall not be liable for<br> calls made after he is no longer registered as Member in respect of those Shares.
---	---

Time when call made

5.4	A<br> call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising<br> the call was passed.

Liability of joint holders

5.5	Members<br> registered as the joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all<br> calls in respect of the Share.

Interest on unpaid calls

5.6	If<br> a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due<br> and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable<br> until it is paid:
(a)	at<br> the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the Share or in the notice of the call; or
---	---
(b)	if<br> no rate is fixed, at the Default Rate.
---	---

The Directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

Deemed calls

5.7	Any<br> amount payable in respect of a Share, whether on allotment or on a fixed date or otherwise,<br> shall be deemed to be payable as a call. If the amount is not paid when due the provisions<br> of these Articles shall apply as if the amount had become due and payable by virtue of a<br> call.

Power to accept early payment

5.8	The<br> Company may accept from a Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on Shares<br> held by him although no part of that amount has been called up.

Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares

5.9	Subject<br> to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make arrangements on the issue of Shares to<br> distinguish between Members in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their Shares.

Notice of default

5.10	If<br> a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person<br> from whom it is due not less than 14 Clear Days’ notice requiring payment of:
(a)	the<br> amount unpaid;
---	---
(b)	any<br> interest which may have accrued; and
---	---
(c)	any<br> expenses which have been incurred by the Company due to that person’s default.
---	---
5.11	The<br> notice shall state the following:
---	---
(a)	the<br> place where payment is to be made; and
---	---
(b)	a<br> warning that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call is<br> made will be liable to be forfeited.
---	---

Forfeiture or surrender of Shares

5.12

If the notice given pursuant to Article 5.10 is not complied with, the Directors may, before the payment required by the notice has been received, resolve that any Share the subject of that notice be forfeited. The forfeiture shall include all dividends or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture. Despite the foregoing, the Board may determine that any Share the subject of that notice be accepted by the Company as surrendered by the Member holding that Share in lieu of forfeiture. The Directors may also accept the surrender for no consideration of any Share in accordance with the Act.

Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender

5.13

A forfeited or surrendered Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Board determine either to the former Member who held that Share or to any other person. The forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit at any time before a sale, re-allotment or other disposition. Where, for the purposes of its disposal, a forfeited or surrendered Share is to be transferred to any person, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share to the transferee.

Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member

5.14	On<br> forfeiture or surrender:
(a)	the<br> name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of Members as the holder<br> of those Shares and that person shall cease to be a Member in respect of those Shares; and
---	---
(b)	that<br> person shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate (if any) for the forfeited<br> or surrendered Shares.
---	---
5.15	Despite<br> the forfeiture or surrender of his Shares, that person shall remain liable to the Company<br> for all monies which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were presently payable by him<br> to the Company in respect of those Shares together with:
---	---
(a)	all<br> expenses; and
---	---
(b)	interest<br> from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment:
---	---
(i)	at<br> the rate of which interest was payable on those monies before forfeiture; or
---	---
(ii)	if<br> no interest was so payable, at the Default Rate.
---	---

The Directors, however, may waive payment wholly or in part.

Evidence of forfeiture or surrender

5.16	A<br> declaration, whether statutory or under oath, made by a Director or the Secretary shall be<br> conclusive evidence of the following matters stated in it as against all persons claiming<br> to be entitled to forfeited Shares:
(a)	that<br> the person making the declaration is a Director or Secretary of the Company, and
---	---
(b)	that<br> the particular Shares have been forfeited or surrendered on a particular date.
---	---

Subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer, if necessary, the declaration shall constitute good title to the Shares.

Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares

5.17	Any<br> person to whom the forfeited or surrendered Shares are disposed of shall not be bound to<br> see to the application of the consideration, if any, of those Shares nor shall his title<br> to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of the proceedings in respect<br> of, the forfeiture, surrender or disposal of those Shares.

6	Transfer of Shares

Form of Transfer

6.1	Subject<br> to the following Articles about the transfer of Shares, and provided that such transfer complies<br> with applicable rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, a Member may freely transfer Shares<br> to another person by completing an instrument of transfer in a common form or in a form prescribed<br> by the Designated Stock Exchange (if such Shares are listed on the Designated Stock Exchange)<br> or in any other form approved by the Directors, executed:
(a)	where<br> the Shares are Fully Paid, by or on behalf of that Member; and
---	---
(b)	where<br> the Shares are partly paid, by or on behalf of that Member and the transferee.
---	---
6.2	The<br> transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee<br> is entered into the register of Members.
---	---

Power to refuse registration for Shares not listed on a Designated Stock Exchange

6.3	Where<br> the Shares of any class in question are not listed on or subject to the rules of any Designated<br> Stock Exchange, the Directors may in their absolute discretion decline to register any transfer<br> of such Shares which are not Fully Paid Up or on which the Company has a lien. The Directors<br> may also, but are not required to, decline to register any transfer of any such Share unless:
(a)	the<br> instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company, accompanied by the certificate (if any)<br> for the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require<br> to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;
---	---
(b)	the<br> instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of Shares;
---	---
(c)	the<br> instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;
---	---
(d)	in<br> the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the Share is<br> to be transferred does not exceed four;
---	---
(e)	the<br> Shares transferred are Fully Paid Up and free of any lien in favour of the Company; and
---	---
(f)	any<br> applicable fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchanges may determine to be<br> payable, or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require, related to the transfer<br> is paid to the Company.
---	---

Suspension of transfers

6.4

The registration of transfers may, on 14 Clear Days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register of Members closed at such times and for such periods as the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, from time to time determine, provided always that such registration of transfer shall not be suspended nor the register of Members closed for more than 30 Clear Days in any year.

Company may retain instrument of transfer

6.5	All<br> instruments of transfer that are registered shall be retained by the Company.

Notice of refusal to register

6.6	If<br> the Directors refuse to register a transfer of any Shares of any class not listed on a Designated<br> Stock Exchange, they shall within one month after the date on which the instrument of transfer<br> was lodged with the Company send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of the<br> refusal.
7	Transmission of Shares
---	---

Persons entitled on death of a Member

7.1	If<br> a Member dies, the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased<br> Members’ interest are the following:
(a)	where<br> the deceased Member was a joint holder, the survivor or survivors; and
---	---
(b)	where<br> the deceased Member was a sole holder, that Member’s personal representative or representatives.
---	---
7.2	Nothing<br> in these Articles shall release the deceased Member’s estate from any liability in<br> respect of any Share, whether the deceased was a sole holder or a joint holder.
---	---

Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy

7.3	A<br> person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member<br> may elect to do either of the following:
(a)	to<br> become the holder of the Share; or
---	---
(b)	to<br> transfer the Share to another person.
---	---
7.4	That<br> person must produce such evidence of his entitlement as the Directors may properly require.
---	---

7.5	If<br> the person elects to become the holder of the Share, he must give notice to the Company to<br> that effect. For the purposes of these Articles, that notice shall be treated as though it<br> were an executed instrument of transfer.
7.6	If<br> the person elects to transfer the Share to another person then:
---	---
(a)	if<br> the Share is Fully Paid Up, the transferor must execute an instrument of transfer; and
---	---
(b)	if<br> the Share is nil or Partly Paid Up, the transferor and the transferee must execute an instrument<br> of transfer.
---	---
7.7	All<br> the Articles relating to the transfer of Shares shall apply to the notice or, as appropriate,<br> the instrument of transfer.
---	---

Indemnity

7.8	A<br> person registered as a Member by reason of the death or bankruptcy of another Member shall<br> indemnify the Company and the Directors against any loss or damage suffered by the Company<br> or the Directors as a result of that registration.

Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy

7.9

A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were registered as the holder of the Share. But, until he is registered as Member in respect of the Share, he shall not be entitled to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of that class of Shares.

Alteration of capital

---

Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital

8.1	To<br> the fullest extent permitted by the Act, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution do any of<br> the following and amend its Memorandum for that purpose:
(a)	increase<br> its share capital by new Shares of the amount fixed by that Ordinary Resolution and with<br> the attached rights, priorities and privileges set out in that Ordinary Resolution;
---	---
(b)	consolidate<br> and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing<br> Shares;
---	---
(c)	convert<br> all or any of its Paid Up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into Paid Up Shares<br> of any denomination;
---	---

(d)	sub-divide<br> its Shares or any of them into Shares of an amount smaller than that fixed by the Memorandum,<br> so, however, that in the sub-division, the proportion between the amount paid and the amount,<br> if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from<br> which the reduced Share is derived; and
(e)	cancel<br> Shares which, at the date of the passing of that Ordinary Resolution, have not been taken<br> or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the<br> amount of the Shares so cancelled or, in the case of Shares without nominal par value, diminish<br> the number of Shares into which its capital is divided.
---	---

Dealing with fractions resulting from consolidation of Shares

8.2	Whenever,<br> as a result of a consolidation of Shares, any Members would become entitled to fractions<br> of a Share the Directors may on behalf of those Members deal with the fractions as it thinks<br> fit, including (without limitation):
(a)	either<br> round up or down the fraction to the nearest whole number, such rounding to be determined<br> by the Directors acting in their sole discretion;
---	---
(b)	sell<br> the Shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person<br> (including, subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company); or
---	---
(c)	distribute<br> the net proceeds in due proportion among those Members.
---	---
8.3	For<br> the purposes of Article 8.2, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument<br> of transfer of the Shares to, in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee<br> shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall the transferee’s<br> title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of, the proceedings<br> in respect of the sale.
---	---

Reducing share capital

8.4	Subject<br> to the Act and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular<br> class of Shares, the Company may, by Special Resolution, reduce its share capital in any<br> way.

9	Redemption and purchase of own Shares

Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase own Shares

9.1	Subject<br> to the Act and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular<br> class of Shares, the Company may by its Directors:
(a)	issue<br> Shares that are to be redeemed or liable to be redeemed, at the option of the Company or<br> the Member holding those redeemable Shares, on the terms and in the manner its Directors<br> determine before the issue of those Shares;
---	---
(b)	with<br> the consent by Special Resolution of the Members holding Shares of a particular class, vary<br> the rights attaching to that class of Shares so as to provide that those Shares are to be<br> redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company on the terms and in the<br> manner which the Directors determine at the time of such variation; and
---	---
(c)	purchase<br> all or any of its own Shares of any class including any redeemable Shares on the terms and<br> in the manner which the Directors determine at the time of such purchase.
---	---

The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorised by the Act, including out of any combination of the following: capital, its profits and the proceeds of a fresh issue of Shares.

Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie

9.2	When<br> making a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of Shares, the Directors may make<br> the payment in cash or in specie (or partly in one and partly in the other) if so<br> authorised by the terms of the allotment of those Shares or by the terms applying to those<br> Shares in accordance with Article 9.1, or otherwise by agreement with the Member holding<br> those Shares.

Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share

9.3	Upon<br> the date of redemption or purchase of a Share:
(a)	the<br> Member holding that Share shall cease to be entitled to any rights in respect of the Share<br> other than the right to receive:
---	---
(i)	the<br> price for the Share; and
---	---
(ii)	any<br> dividend declared in respect of the Share prior to the date of redemption or purchase;
---	---
(b)	the<br> Member’s name shall be removed from the register of Members with respect to the Share;<br> and
---	---
(c)	the<br> Share shall be cancelled or held as a Treasury Share, as the Directors may determine.
---	---

9.4	For<br> the purpose of Article 9.3, the date of redemption or purchase is the date when the Member’s<br> name is removed from the register of Members with respect to the Shares the subject of the<br> redemption or purchase.
10	Meetings of Members
---	---

Annual and extraordinary general meetings

10.1	The<br> Company may, but shall not (unless required by the applicable Designated Stock Exchange Rules)<br> be obligated to, in each year hold a general meeting as an annual general meeting, which,<br> if held, shall be convened by the Board, in accordance with these Articles.
10.2	All<br> general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general<br> meetings.
---	---

Power to call meetings

10.3	The<br> Directors may call a general meeting at any time.
10.4	If<br> there are insufficient Directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining Directors are unable<br> to agree on the appointment of additional Directors, the Directors must call a general meeting<br> for the purpose of appointing additional Directors.
---	---
10.5	The<br> Directors must also call a general meeting if requisitioned in the manner set out in the<br> next two Articles.
---	---
10.6	The<br> requisition must be in writing and given by one or more Members who together hold at least<br> ten (10) per cent of the rights to vote at such general meeting.
---	---
10.7	The<br> requisition must also:
---	---
(a)	specify<br> the purpose of the meeting.
---	---
(b)	be<br> signed by or on behalf of each requisitioner (and for this purpose each joint holder shall<br> be obliged to sign). The requisition may consist of several documents in like form signed<br> by one or more of the requisitioners; and
---	---
(c)	be<br> delivered in accordance with the notice provisions.
---	---
10.8	Should<br> the Directors fail to call a general meeting within 21 Clear Days’ from the date of<br> receipt of a requisition, the requisitioners or any of them may call a general meeting within<br> three months after the end of that period.
---	---
10.9	Without<br> limitation to the foregoing, if there are insufficient Directors to constitute a quorum and<br> the remaining Directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional Directors, any<br> one or more Members who together hold at least five (5) per cent of the rights to vote at<br> a general meeting may call a general meeting for the purpose of considering the business<br> specified in the notice of meeting which shall include as an item of business the appointment<br> of additional Directors.
---	---
10.10	If<br> the Members call a meeting under the above provisions, the Company shall reimburse their<br> reasonable expenses.
---	---

Content of notice

10.11	Notice<br> of a general meeting shall specify each of the following:
(a)	the<br> place, the date and the hour of the meeting;
---	---
(b)	whether<br> the meeting will be held virtually, at a physical place or both;
---	---
(c)	if<br> the meeting is to be held in any part at a physical place, the address of such place;
---	---
(d)	if<br> the meeting is to be held in two or more places, or in any part virtually, the Electronic<br> Communication Facilities that will be used to facilitate the meeting, including the procedures<br> to be followed by any Member or other participant of the meeting who wishes to utilise such<br> Electronic Communication Facilities for the purposes of attending and participating in such<br> meeting;
---	---
(e)	subject<br> to paragraph (f) and the requirements of (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock<br> Exchange Rules, the general nature of the business to be transacted; and
---	---
(f)	if<br> a resolution is proposed as a Special Resolution, the text of that resolution.
---	---
10.12	In<br> each notice there shall appear with reasonable prominence the following statements:
---	---
(a)	that<br> a Member who is entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to<br> attend and vote instead of that Member; and
---	---
(b)	that<br> a proxyholder need not be a Member.
---	---

Period of notice

10.13	At<br> least five (5) Clear Days’ notice must be given to Members for any general meeting.
10.14	Subject<br> to the Act, a meeting may be convened on shorter notice, subject to the Act with the consent<br> of the Member or Members who, individually or collectively, hold at least ninety (90%) per<br> cent of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote at that meeting.
---	---

Persons entitled to receive notice

10.15	Subject<br> to the provisions of these Articles and to any restrictions imposed on any Shares, the notice<br> shall be given to the following people:
(a)	the<br> Members
---	---
(b)	persons<br> entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member;
---	---
(c)	the<br> Directors; and
---	---
(d)	the<br> Auditors (if appointed).
---	---
10.16	The<br> Board may determine that the Members entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at a<br> meeting are those persons entered on the register of Members at the close of business on<br> a day determined by the Board.
---	---

Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice

10.17	Proceedings<br> at a meeting shall not be invalidated by the following:
(a)	an<br> accidental failure to give notice of the meeting to any person entitled to notice; or
---	---
(b)	non-receipt<br> of notice of the meeting by any person entitled to notice.
---	---
10.18	In<br> addition, where a notice of meeting is published on a website proceedings at the meeting<br> shall not be invalidated merely because it is accidentally published:
---	---
(a)	in<br> a different place on the website; or
---	---
(b)	for<br> part only of the period from the date of the notification until the conclusion of the meeting<br> to which the notice relates.
---	---
11	Proceedings at meetings of Members
---	---

Quorum

11.1	Save<br> as provided in the following Article, no business shall be transacted at any meeting unless<br> a quorum is present in person or by proxy at the meeting. A quorum is as follows:
(a)	if<br> the Company has only one Member: that Member;
---	---
(b)	if<br> the Company has more than one Member: one or more Members holding Shares that represent not<br> less than one-third of the outstanding Shares carrying the right to vote at such general<br> meeting.
---	---

Lack of quorum

11.2	If<br> a quorum is not present at the meeting within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the<br> meeting, or if at any time during the meeting it becomes inquorate, then the following provisions<br> apply:
(a)	If<br> the meeting was requisitioned by Members, it shall be cancelled.
---	---
(b)	In<br> any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same time and place seven days hence,<br> or to such other time or place as is determined by the Directors. If a quorum is not present<br> at the meeting within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the adjourned meeting, then<br> the Members present in person or by proxy at the meeting shall constitute a quorum.
---	---

Chairman

11.3

The chairman of a general meeting (including any Virtual Meeting) shall be the chairman of the Board or such other Director as the Directors may determine. Absent any such person being present at the meeting within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to chair the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to attend and participate at any such general meeting by means of Electronic Communication Facilities, and to act as the chairman of such general meeting, in which event the chairman of the meeting shall be deemed to be present at the meeting.

11.4

If no Director is present within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if no Director is willing to act as chairman, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to chair the meeting.

---

Right of a Director to attend and speak

11.5	Even<br> if a Director is not a Member, he shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting<br> and at any separate meeting of Members holding a particular class of Shares.

Accommodation of Members at Virtual Meeting

11.6	A<br> Member entitled to receive notice and attend a meeting will be deemed to be in attendance<br> at such meeting despite their attendance being virtual if adequate facilities are available<br> to ensure that the Member is able to:
(a)	to<br> participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened; and
---	---
(b)	to<br> hear all that happens at the meeting.
---	---

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Directors may determine that any general meeting may be held as a Virtual Meeting.

Security

11.7

In addition to any measures which the Board may be required to take due to the location or venue of the meeting, the Board may make any arrangement and impose any restriction it considers appropriate and reasonable in the circumstances to ensure the security of a meeting including, without limitation, the searching of any person attending the meeting and the imposing of restrictions on the items of personal property that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board may refuse entry to, or eject from, a meeting a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements or restrictions.

Adjournment, postponement and cancellation

11.8	A<br> meeting may be:
(a)	postponed<br> or cancelled prior to the meeting at the discretion of the Directors by written notice provided<br> to all persons entitled to attend the meeting, unless the meeting was requisitioned by Members<br> or otherwise called by Members pursuant to Article 10; or
---	---
(b)	adjourned,<br> with or without an appointed date for resumption, at any time during the meeting at the discretion<br> of the chairman with the consent of the Members constituting a quorum.
---	---

The chairman must adjourn the meeting if so directed by the Members constituting a quorum at the meeting. No business, however, can be transacted at an adjourned or postponed meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the original meeting.

11.9	Should<br> a meeting be adjourned for more than seven (7) Clear Days, whether because of a lack of quorum<br> or otherwise, Members shall be given at least seven (7) Clear Days’ notice of the date,<br> time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted.<br> Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjournment.

Method of voting

11.10	A<br> resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.

Taking of a poll

11.11

A poll shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs. He may appoint scrutineers (who need not be Members) and fix a place and time for declaring the result of the poll. If, through the aid of technology, the meeting is held as a Virtual Meeting or in more than one place, the chairman may appoint scrutineers virtually and in more than one place; but if he considers that the poll cannot be effectively monitored at that meeting, the chairman shall adjourn the holding of the poll to a date, place and time when that can occur.

Chairman’s casting vote

11.12	In<br> the case of an equality of votes, the Chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to a second<br> or casting vote.

Written resolutions

11.13	Without<br> limitation to section 60(1) of the Act, Members may pass a Special Resolution in writing<br> without holding a meeting if the following conditions are met:
(a)	all<br> Members entitled to vote on the resolution are given notice of the resolution as if the same<br> were being proposed at a meeting of Members;
---	---
(b)	all<br> Members entitled so to vote:
---	---
(i)	sign<br>a document; or
---	---
(ii)	sign<br>several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Members; and
---	---
(c)	the<br> signed document or documents is or are delivered to the Company, including, if the Company<br> so nominates, by delivery of an Electronic Record by Electronic means to the address specified<br> for that purpose.
---	---

Such written resolution, which shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Members entitled to vote duly convened and held, is passed when all such Members have so signified their agreement to the resolution.

11.14	Members<br> may pass an Ordinary Resolution in writing without holding a meeting if the following conditions<br> are met:
(a)	all<br> Members entitled to vote on the resolution are:
---	---
(i)	given<br> notice of the resolution as if the same were being proposed at a meeting of Members; and
---	---
(ii)	notified<br> in the same or an accompanying notice of the date by which the resolution must be passed<br> if it is not to lapse, being a period of five (5) Clear Days beginning with the date that<br> the notice is first given;
---	---

(b)	the<br> required majority of the Members entitled so to vote:
(i)	sign<br> a document; or
---	---
(ii)	sign<br> several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Members; and
---	---
(c)	the<br> signed document or documents is or are delivered to the Company, including, if the Company<br> so nominates, by delivery of an Electronic Record by Electronic means to the address specified<br> for that purpose.
---	---

Such written resolution, which shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Members entitled to vote duly convened and held, is passed upon the later of these dates: (i) subject to the following Article, the date next immediately following the end of the period of five (5) Clear Days beginning with the date that notice of the resolution is first given and (ii) the date when the required majority have so signified their agreement to the resolution. However, the proposed written resolution lapses if it is not passed before the end of the period of fourteen (14) days beginning with the date that notice of it is first given.

11.15	If<br> all Members entitled to be given notice of the Ordinary Resolution consent, a written resolution<br> may be passed as soon as the required majority have signified their agreement to the resolution,<br> without any minimum period of time having first elapsed. Save that the consent of the majority<br> may be incorporated in the written resolution, each consent shall be in writing or given<br> by Electronic Record and shall otherwise be given to the Company in accordance with Article<br> 28 (Notices) prior to the written resolution taking effect.
11.16	The<br> Directors may determine the manner in which written resolutions shall be put to Members.<br> In particular, they may provide, in the form of any written resolution, for each Member to<br> indicate, out of the number of votes the Member would have been entitled to cast at a meeting<br> to consider the resolution, how many votes he wishes to cast in favour of the resolution<br> and how many against the resolution or to be treated as abstentions. The result of any such<br> written resolution shall be determined on the same basis as on a poll.
---	---
11.17	If<br> a written resolution is described as a Special Resolution or as an Ordinary Resolution, it<br> has effect accordingly.
---	---

11.18

The Directors may determine the manner in which written resolutions shall be put to Members. In particular, they may provide, in the form of any written resolution, for each Member to indicate, out of the number of votes the Member would have been entitled to cast at a meeting to consider the resolution, how many votes he wishes to cast in favour of the resolution and how many against the resolution or to be treated as abstentions. The result of any such written resolution shall be determined on the same basis as on a poll.

12	Voting rights of Members

Right to vote

12.1	Unless<br> their Shares carry no right to vote, or unless a call or other amount presently payable has<br> not been paid, all Members are entitled to vote at a general meeting and all Members holding<br> Shares of a particular class of Shares are entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of<br> that class of Shares.
12.2	Members<br> may vote in person or by proxy.
---	---
12.3	A<br> Member shall have one vote for each Share he holds, unless any Share carries special voting<br> rights. A fraction of a Share shall entitle its holder to an equivalent fraction of one (1)<br> vote (or a fraction of such number of votes which such Share carries pursuant to its special<br> voting rights).
---	---
12.4	No<br> Member is bound to vote on his Shares or any of them; nor is he bound to vote each of his<br> Shares in the same way.
---	---

Rights of joint holders

12.5	If<br> Shares are held jointly, only one of the joint holders may vote. If more than one of the<br> joint holders tenders a vote, the vote of the holder whose name in respect of those Shares<br> appears first in the register of Members shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes<br> of the other joint holder.

Representation of corporate Members

12.6	Save<br> where otherwise provided, a corporate Member must act by a duly authorised representative.
12.7	A<br> corporate Member wishing to act by a duly authorised representative must identify that person<br> to the Company by notice in writing.
---	---
12.8	The<br> authorisation may be for any period of time, and must be delivered to the Company before<br> the commencement of the meeting at which it is first used.
---	---
12.9	The<br> Directors of the Company may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary<br> to determine the validity of the notice.
---	---
12.10	Where<br> a duly authorised representative is present at a meeting that Member is deemed to be present<br> in person; and the acts of the duly authorised representative are personal acts of that Member.
---	---
12.11	A<br> corporate Member may revoke the appointment of a duly authorised representative at any time<br> by notice to the Company; but such revocation will not affect the validity of any acts carried<br> out by the duly authorised representative before the Directors of the Company had actual<br> notice of the revocation.
---	---

12.12

If a clearing house or a central depository house (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any general meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that, if more than one person is so authorised, the authorisation shall specify the number and class of Shares in respect of which each such person is so authorised. A person so authorised pursuant to this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house or central depository house (or its nominee(s)) which he represents as if such person was the registered holder of such Shares held by the clearing house (or its nominee(s)).

Member with mental disorder

12.13

A Member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote by that Member’s receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised in that behalf appointed by that court.

12.14

For the purpose of the preceding Article, evidence to the satisfaction of the Directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote must be received not less than 24 hours before holding the relevant meeting or the adjourned meeting in any manner specified for the delivery of forms of appointment of a proxy, whether in writing or by Electronic means. In default, the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

---

Objections to admissibility of votes

12.15	An<br> objection to the validity of a person’s vote may only be raised at the meeting or at<br> the adjourned meeting at which the vote is sought to be tendered. Any objection duly made<br> shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

Form of proxy

12.16	An<br> instrument appointing a proxy shall be in any common form or in any other form approved by<br> the Directors.
12.17	The<br> instrument must be in writing and signed in one of the following ways:
---	---
(a)	by<br> the Member; or
---	---
(b)	by<br> the Member’s authorised attorney; or
---	---

(c)	if<br> the Member is a corporation or other body corporate, under seal or signed by an authorised<br> officer, secretary or attorney.

If the Directors so resolve, the Company may accept an Electronic Record of that instrument delivered in the manner specified below and otherwise satisfying the Articles about authentication of Electronic Records.

12.18	The<br> Directors may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine<br> the validity of any appointment of a proxy.
12.19	A<br> Member may revoke the appointment of a proxy at any time by notice to the Company duly signed<br> in accordance with Article 12.17.
---	---
12.20	No<br> revocation by a Member of the appointment of a proxy made in accordance with Article 12.19<br> will affect the validity of any acts carried out by the relevant proxy before the Directors<br> of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.
---	---

How and when proxy is to be delivered

12.21	Subject<br> to the following Articles, the Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned<br> meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which<br> the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not<br> later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to<br> which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In<br> the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting<br> or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the form of appointment<br> of a proxy and any authority under which it is signed (or a copy of the authority certified<br> notarially or in any other way approved by the Directors) must be delivered so that it is<br> received by the Company before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which<br> the person named in the form of appointment of proxy proposes to vote. They must be delivered<br> in either of the following ways:
(a)	In<br> the case of an instrument in writing, it must be left at or sent by post:
---	---
(i)	to<br> the registered office of the Company; or
---	---
(ii)	to<br> such other place specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any form of appointment<br> of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting.
---	---

(b)	If,<br> pursuant to the notice provisions, a notice may be given to the Company in an Electronic<br> Record, an Electronic Record of an appointment of a proxy must be sent to the address specified<br> pursuant to those provisions unless another address for that purpose is specified:
(i)	in<br> the notice convening the meeting; or
---	---
(ii)	in<br> any form of appointment of a proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting; or
---	---
(iii)	in<br> any invitation to appoint a proxy issued by the Company in relation to the meeting.
---	---
(c)	Notwithstanding<br> Article 12.21(a) and Article 12.21(b), the chairman of the Company may, in any event at his<br> discretion, direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited.
---	---
12.22	If<br> the form of appointment of proxy is not delivered on time, it is invalid.
---	---
12.23	When<br> two or more valid but differing appointments of proxy are delivered or received in respect<br> of the same Share for use at the same meeting and in respect of the same matter, the one<br> which is last validly delivered or received (regardless of its date or of the date of its<br> execution) shall be treated as replacing and revoking the other or others as regards that<br> Share. lf the Company is unable to determine which appointment was last validly delivered<br> or received, none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that Share.
---	---
12.24	The<br> Board may at the expense of the Company send forms of appointment of proxy to the Members<br> by post (that is to say, pre-paying and posting a letter), or by Electronic communication<br> or otherwise (with or without provision for their return by pre-paid post) for use at any<br> general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of Shares, either<br> blank or nominating as proxy in the alternative any one or more of the Directors or any other<br> person. lf for the purpose of any meeting invitations to appoint as proxy a person or one<br> of a number of persons specified in the invitations are issued at the Company’s expense,<br> they shall be issued to all (and not to some only) of the Members entitled to be sent notice<br> of the meeting and to vote at it. The accidental omission to send such a form of appointment<br> or to give such an invitation to, or the non-receipt of such form of appointment by, any<br> Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that<br> meeting
---	---

Voting by proxy

12.25

A proxy shall have the same voting rights at a meeting or adjourned meeting as the Member would have had except to the extent that the instrument appointing him limits those rights. Notwithstanding the appointment of a proxy, a Member may attend and vote at a meeting or adjourned meeting. If a Member votes on any resolution a vote by his proxy on the same resolution, unless in respect of different Shares, shall be invalid.

12.26

The instrument appointing a proxy to vote at a meeting shall not confer any further right to speak at the meeting, except with the permission of the chairman of the meeting.

---

13	Number of Directors
13.1	There<br> shall be a Board consisting of not less than one person provided however that the Company<br> may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors. Unless<br> fixed by Ordinary Resolution, the maximum number of Directors shall be unlimited.
---	---
13.2	For<br> so long as any Shares are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall include<br> at least such number of independent Directors as the applicable law, rules or regulations<br> or the Designated Stock Exchange Rules require.
---	---
14	Appointment, disqualification and removal of Directors
---	---

First Directors

14.1	The<br> first Directors shall be appointed in writing by the subscriber or subscribers to the Memorandum,<br> or a majority of them.

No age limit

14.2	There<br> is no age limit for Directors save that they must be at least eighteen years of age.

Corporate Directors

14.3	Unless<br> prohibited by law, a body corporate may be a Director. If a body corporate is a Director,<br> the Articles about representation of corporate Members at general meetings apply, mutatis<br> mutandis, to the Articles about Directors’ meetings.

No shareholding qualification

14.4	Unless<br> a shareholding qualification for Directors is fixed by Ordinary Resolution, no Director shall<br> be required to own Shares as a condition of his appointment.

Appointment of Directors

14.5	A<br> Director may be appointed by Ordinary Resolution or by the Directors. Any appointment may<br> be to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director.
14.6	The<br> remaining Director(s) may appoint a Director even though there is not a quorum of Directors.
---	---
14.7	No<br> appointment can cause the number of Directors to exceed the maximum (if one is set); and<br> any such appointment shall be invalid.
---	---

Board’s power to appoint Directors

14.8

Without prejudice to the Company’s power to appoint a person to be a Director pursuant to these Articles, the Board shall have power at any time to appoint any person who is willing to act as a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board, subject to the total number of Directors not exceeding any maximum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles.

Term of office

14.9

An appointment of a Director may be on terms that the Director shall automatically retire from office (unless he has sooner vacated office) at the next or a subsequent annual general meeting or upon any specified event or after any specified period in a written agreement between the Company and the Director, if any; but no such term shall be implied in the absence of express provision. Each Director whose term of office expires shall be eligible for re-election at a meeting of the Members or re-appointment by the Board.

Removal of Directors

14.10	A<br> Director may be removed by Ordinary Resolution.

Resignation of Directors

14.11	A<br> Director may at any time resign office by giving to the Company notice in writing or, if<br> permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in an Electronic Record delivered in either<br> case in accordance with those provisions.
14.12	Unless<br> the notice specifies a different date, the Director shall be deemed to have resigned on the<br> date that the notice is delivered to the Company.
---	---

Termination of the office of Director

14.13	A<br> Director may retire from office as a Director by giving notice in writing to that effect<br> to the Company at the registered office, which notice shall be effective upon such date as<br> may be specified in the notice, failing which upon delivery to the registered office.
14.14	Without<br> prejudice to the provisions in these Articles for retirement (by rotation or otherwise),<br> a Director’s office shall be terminated forthwith if:
---	---
(a)	he<br> is prohibited by the law of the Cayman Islands from acting as a Director; or
---	---
(b)	he<br> is made bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or
---	---
(c)	he<br> resigns his office by notice to the Company; or
---	---

(d)	he<br> only held office as a Director for a fixed term and such term expires; or
(e)	in<br> the opinion of a registered medical practitioner by whom he is being treated he becomes physically<br> or mentally incapable of acting as a Director; or
---	---
(f)	he<br> is given notice by the majority of the other Directors (not being less than two in number)<br> to vacate office (without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any agreement<br> relating to the provision of the services of such Director); or
---	---
(g)	he<br> is made subject to any law relating to mental health or incompetence, whether by court order<br> or otherwise; or
---	---
(h)	without<br> the consent of the other Directors, he is absent from meetings of Directors for a continuous<br> period of six months.
---	---
15	Alternate Directors
---	---

Appointment and removal

15.1	Any<br> Director may appoint any other person, including another Director, to act in his place as<br> an alternate Director. No appointment shall take effect until the Director has given notice<br> of the appointment to the Board.
15.2	A<br> Director may revoke his appointment of an alternate at any time. No revocation shall take<br> effect until the Director has given notice of the revocation to the Board.
---	---
15.3	A<br> notice of appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effective only if given<br> to the Company by one or more of the following methods:
---	---
(a)	by<br> notice in writing in accordance with the notice provisions contained in these Articles;
---	---
(b)	if<br> the Company has a facsimile address for the time being, by sending by facsimile transmission<br> to that facsimile address a facsimile copy or, otherwise, by sending by facsimile transmission<br> to the facsimile address of the Company’s registered office a facsimile copy (in either<br> case, the facsimile copy being deemed to be the notice unless Article 29.7 applies), in which<br> event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of an error-free transmission report<br> from the sender’s fax machine;
---	---
(c)	if<br> the Company has an email address for the time being, by emailing to that email address a<br> scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment or, otherwise, by emailing to the email address<br> provided by the Company’s registered office a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment<br> (in either case, the PDF version being deemed to be the notice unless Article 29.7 applies),<br> in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of receipt by the Company or<br> the Company’s registered office (as appropriate) in readable form; or
---	---
(d)	if<br> permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in some other form of approved Electronic Record<br> delivered in accordance with those provisions in writing.
---	---

Notices

15.4	All<br> notices of meetings of Directors shall continue to be given to the appointing Director and<br> not to the alternate.

Rights of alternate Director

15.5

An alternate Director shall be entitled to attend and vote at any Board meeting or meeting of a committee of the Directors at which the appointing Director is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of the appointing Director in his absence. An alternate Director, however, is not entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company for services rendered as an alternate Director.

Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a Director

15.6	An<br> alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if:
(a)	the<br> Director who appointed him ceases to be a Director; or
---	---
(b)	the<br> Director who appointed him revokes his appointment by notice delivered to the Board or to<br> the registered office of the Company or in any other manner approved by the Board; or
---	---
(c)	in<br> any event happens in relation to him which, if he were a Director of the Company, would cause<br> his office as Director to be vacated.
---	---

Status of alternate Director

15.7	An<br> alternate Director shall carry out all functions of the Director who made the appointment.
15.8	Save<br> where otherwise expressed, an alternate Director shall be treated as a Director under these<br> Articles.
---	---
15.9	An<br> alternate Director is not the agent of the Director appointing him.
---	---
15.10	An<br> alternate Director is not entitled to any remuneration for acting as alternate Director.
---	---

Status of the Director making the appointment

15.11	A<br> Director who has appointed an alternate is not thereby relieved from the duties which he<br> owes the Company.
16	Powers of Directors
---	---

Powers of Directors

16.1	Subject<br> to the provisions of the Act, the Memorandum and these Articles the business of the Company<br> shall be managed by the Directors who may for that purpose exercise all the powers of the<br> Company.
16.2	No<br> prior act of the Directors shall be invalidated by any subsequent alteration of the Memorandum<br> or these Articles. However, to the extent allowed by the Act, Members may, by Special Resolution,<br> validate any prior or future act of the Directors which would otherwise be in breach of their<br> duties.
---	---

Directors below the minimum number

16.3

lf the number of Directors is less than the minimum prescribed in accordance with these Articles, the remaining Director or Directors shall act only for the purposes of appointing an additional Director or Directors to make up such minimum or of convening a general meeting of the Company for the purpose of making such appointment. lf there are no Director or Directors able or willing to act, any two Members may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors. Any additional Director so appointed shall hold office (subject to these Articles) only until the dissolution of the annual general meeting next following such appointment unless he is re-elected during such meeting.

Appointments to office

16.4	The<br> Directors may appoint a Director:
(a)	as<br> chairman of the Board;
---	---
(b)	as<br> managing Director;
---	---
(c)	to<br> any other executive office,
---	---

for such period, and on such terms, including as to remuneration as they think fit.

16.5	The<br> appointee must consent in writing to holding that office.

16.6	Where<br> a chairman is appointed he shall, unless unable to do so, preside at every meeting of Directors.
16.7	If<br> there is no chairman, or if the chairman is unable to preside at a meeting, that meeting<br> may select its own chairman; or the Directors may nominate one of their number to act in<br> place of the chairman should he ever not be available.
---	---
16.8	Subject<br> to the provisions of the Act, the Directors may also appoint and remove any person, who need<br> not be a Director:
---	---
(a)	as<br> Secretary; and
---	---
(b)	to<br> any office that may be required
---	---

for such period and on such terms, including as to remuneration, as they think fit. In the case of an Officer, that Officer may be given any title the Directors decide.

16.9	The<br> Secretary or Officer must consent in writing to holding that office.
16.10	A<br> Director, Secretary or other Officer of the Company may not the hold the office, or perform<br> the services, of auditor.
---	---

Provisions for employees

16.11	The<br> Board may make provision for the benefit of any persons employed or formerly employed by<br> the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings (or any member of his family or any person<br> who is dependent on him) in connection with the cessation or the transfer to any person of<br> the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings.

Exercise of voting rights

16.12

The Board may exercise the voting power conferred by the Shares in any body corporate held or owned by the Company in such manner in all respects as it thinks fit (including, without limitation, the exercise of that power in favour of any resolution appointing any Director as a Director of such body corporate, or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the Directors of such body corporate).

Remuneration

16.13	Every<br> Director may be remunerated by the Company for the services he provides for the benefit of<br> the Company, whether as Director, employee or otherwise, and shall be entitled to be paid<br> for the expenses incurred in the Company’s business including attendance at Directors’<br> meetings.
16.14	Until<br> otherwise determined by the Company by Ordinary Resolution, the Directors (other than alternate<br> Directors) shall be entitled to such remuneration by way of fees for their services in the<br> office of Director as the Directors may determine.
---	---

16.15	Remuneration<br> may take any form and may include arrangements to pay pensions, health insurance, death or<br> sickness benefits, whether to the Director or to any other person connected to or related<br> to him.
16.16	Unless<br> his fellow Directors determine otherwise, a Director is not accountable to the Company for<br> remuneration or other benefits received from any other company which is in the same group<br> as the Company or which has common shareholdings.
---	---

Disclosure of information

16.17	Subject<br> to compliance with applicable laws, including the applicable federal securities laws of the<br> United States, the Directors may release or disclose to a third party any information regarding<br> the affairs of the Company, including any information contained in the register of Members<br> relating to a Member, (and they may authorise any Director, Officer or other authorised agent<br> of the Company to release or disclose to a third party any such information in his possession)<br> if:
(a)	the<br> Company or that person, as the case may be, is lawfully required to do so under the laws<br> of any jurisdiction to which the Company is subject; or
---	---
(b)	such<br> disclosure is in compliance with the Designated Stock Exchange Rules; or
---	---
(c)	such<br> disclosure is in accordance with any contract entered into by the Company; or
---	---
(d)	the<br> Directors are of the opinion such disclosure would assist or facilitate the Company’s<br> operations.
---	---
17	Delegation of powers
---	---

Power to delegate any of the Directors’ powers to a committee

17.1	The<br> Directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more persons<br> who need not be Members. Persons on the committee may include non-Directors so long as the<br> majority of those persons are Directors. For so long as Shares are listed on a Designated<br> Stock Exchange, any such committee shall be made up of such number of Independent Directors<br> as required from time to time by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules or otherwise required<br> by applicable law.
17.2	The<br> delegation may be collateral with, or to the exclusion of, the Directors’ own powers.
---	---
17.3	The<br> delegation may be on such terms as the Directors think fit, including provision for the committee<br> itself to delegate to a sub-committee; save that any delegation must be capable of being<br> revoked or altered by the Directors at will.
---	---

17.4

Unless otherwise permitted by the Directors, a committee must follow the procedures prescribed for the taking of decisions by Directors.

17.5

For so long as Shares are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall, but only if required by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of these committees shall be empowered to do all things necessary to exercise the rights of such committee set forth in these Articles. Each of the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee (if so established) shall be made up of such number of Independent Directors as required from time to time by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules or otherwise required by applicable law, subject to any exemptions permitted under the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and other applicable laws.

---

Local boards

17.6	The<br> Board may establish any local or divisional board or agency for managing any of the affairs<br> of the Company whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere and may appoint any persons to<br> be members of a local or divisional Board, or to be managers or agents, and may fix their<br> remuneration.
17.7	The<br> Board may delegate to any local or divisional board, manager or agent any of its powers and<br> authorities (with power to sub-delegate) and may authorise the members of any local or divisional<br> board or any of them to fill any vacancies and to act notwithstanding vacancies.
---	---
17.8	Any<br> appointment or delegation under this Article 17.8 may be made on such terms and subject to<br> such conditions as the Board thinks fit and the Board may remove any person so appointed,<br> and may revoke or vary any delegation.
---	---

Power to appoint an agent of the Company

17.9	The<br> Directors may appoint any person, either generally or in respect of any specific matter,<br> to be the agent of the Company with or without authority for that person to delegate all<br> or any of that person’s powers. The Directors may make that appointment:
(a)	by<br> causing the Company to enter into a power of attorney or agreement; or
---	---
(b)	in<br> any other manner they determine.
---	---

Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company

17.10	The<br> Directors may appoint any person, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors,<br> to be the attorney or the authorised signatory of the Company. The appointment may be:
(a)	for<br> any purpose;
---	---
(b)	with<br> the powers, authorities and discretions;
---	---
(c)	for<br> the period; and
---	---
(d)	subject<br> to such conditions
---	---

as they think fit. The powers, authorities and discretions, however, must not exceed those vested in, or exercisable, by the Directors under these Articles. The Directors may do so by power of attorney or any other manner they think fit.

17.11

Any power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provision for the protection and convenience for persons dealing with the attorney or authorised signatory as the Directors think fit. Any power of attorney or other appointment may also authorise the attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in that person.

17.12

The Board may remove any person appointed under Article 17.10 and may revoke or vary the delegation.

---

Borrowing Powers

17.13

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets both present and future and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or its parent undertaking (if any) or any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or of any third party.

Corporate Governance

17.14

The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law and (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives of the Company, which shall be intended to set forth the guiding principles and policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.

Meetings of Directors

---

Regulation of Directors’ meetings

18.1	Subject<br> to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they<br> think fit.

Calling meetings

18.2	Any<br> Director may call a meeting of Directors at any time. The Secretary must call a meeting of<br> the Directors if requested to do so by a Director.

Notice of meetings

18.3	Notice<br> of a Board meeting may be given to a Director personally or by word of mouth or given in<br> writing or by Electronic communications at such address as he may from time to time specify<br> for this purpose (or, if he does not specify an address, at his last known address). A Director<br> may waive his right to receive notice of any meeting either prospectively or retrospectively.

Use of technology

18.4	A<br> Director may participate in a meeting of Directors through the medium of conference telephone,<br> video or any other form of communications equipment providing all persons participating in<br> the meeting are able to hear and speak to each other throughout the meeting.
18.5	A<br> Director participating in this way is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.
---	---

Quorum

18.6	The<br> quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of Directors shall be two unless the<br> Directors fix some other number.

Chairman or deputy to preside

18.7

The Board may appoint a chairman and one or more deputy chairman or chairmen and may at any time revoke any such appointment.

18.8

The chairman, or failing him any deputy chairman (the longest in office taking precedence if more than one is present), shall preside at all Board meetings. If no chairman or deputy chairman has been appointed, or if he is not present within five minutes after the time fixed for holding the meeting, or is unwilling to act as chairman of the meeting, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act as chairman of the meeting.

---

Voting

18.9	A<br> question which arises at a Board meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. If votes<br> are equal the chairman may, if he wishes, exercise a casting vote.

Recording of dissent

18.10	A<br> Director present at a meeting of Directors shall be presumed to have assented to any action<br> taken at that meeting unless:
(a)	his<br> dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or
---	---
(b)	he<br> has filed with the meeting before it is concluded signed dissent from that action; or
---	---
(c)	he<br> has forwarded to the Company as soon as practical following the conclusion of that meeting<br> signed dissent.
---	---

A Director who votes in favour of an action is not entitled to record his dissent to it.

Written resolutions

18.11	The<br> Directors may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if all Directors sign<br> a document or sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those<br> Directors.
18.12	A<br> written resolution signed by a validly appointed alternate Director need not also be signed<br> by the appointing Director.
---	---
18.13	A<br> written resolution signed personally by the appointing Director need not also be signed by<br> his alternate.
---	---
18.14	A<br> resolution in writing passed pursuant to Article 18.11, Article 18.12 and/or Article 18.13<br> shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly convened<br> and held; and it shall be treated as having been passed on the day and at the time that the<br> last Director signs (and for the avoidance of doubt, such day may or may not be a Business<br> Day).
---	---

Validity of acts of Directors in spite of formal defect

18.15

All acts done by a meeting of the Board, or of a committee of the Board, or by any person acting as a Director or an alternate Director, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director or member of the committee, or that any of them were disqualified or had vacated office or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and qualified and had continued to be a Director or alternate Director and had been entitled to vote.

19	Permissible Directors’ interests and disclosure
19.1	A<br> Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or transaction<br> or proposed contract or transaction with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest<br> at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to<br> the effect that he is a member of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as<br> interested in any contract or transaction which may thereafter be made with that company<br> or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so<br> made or transaction so consummated. Subject to the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and disqualification<br> by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract<br> or transaction or proposed contract or transaction notwithstanding that he may be interested<br> therein provided the Director discloses to his fellow Directors the nature and extent of<br> any material interests in respect of any contract or transaction or proposed contract or<br> transaction and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum<br> at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or transaction or proposed contract<br> or transaction shall come before the meeting for consideration.
---	---
20	Minutes
---	---
20.1	The<br> Company shall cause minutes to be made in books of:
---	---
(a)	all<br> appointments of Officers and committees made by the Board and of any such Officer’s<br> remuneration; and
---	---
(b)	the<br> names of Directors present at every meeting of the Directors, a committee of the Board, the<br> Company or the holders of any class of shares or debentures, and all orders, resolutions<br> and proceedings of such meetings.
---	---
20.2	Any<br> such minutes, if purporting to be signed by the chairman of the meeting at which the proceedings<br> were held or by the chairman of the next succeeding meeting or the Secretary, shall be prima<br> facie evidence of the matters stated in them.
---	---
21	Accounts and audit
---	---
21.1	The<br> Directors must ensure that proper accounting and other records are kept, and that accounts<br> and associated reports are distributed in accordance with the requirements of the Act.
---	---
21.2	The<br> books of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company and shall always be<br> open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right<br> of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Act<br> or as authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.
---	---
21.3	Unless<br> the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31 December<br> in each year and begin on 1 January in each year.
---	---

Auditors

21.4	The<br> Directors may appoint or remove an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms<br> as the Directors determine, provided that for so long as Shares are listed on a Designated<br> Stock Exchange, such appointment or removal shall be made in accordance with the applicable<br> Designated Stock Exchange Rules.
21.5	At<br> any general meeting convened and held at any time in accordance with these Articles, the<br> Members may, by Ordinary Resolution, remove the Auditor before the expiration of his term<br> of office. If they do so, the Members shall, by Ordinary Resolution, at that meeting appoint<br> another Auditor in his stead for the remainder of his term.
---	---
21.6	The<br> Auditors shall examine such books, accounts and vouchers; as may be necessary for the performance<br> of their duties.
---	---
21.7	The<br> Auditors shall, if so requested by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company<br> during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment,<br> and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general<br> meeting of the Company.
---	---
22	Record dates
---	---
22.1	Except<br> to the extent of any conflicting rights attached to Shares, the resolution declaring a dividend<br> on Shares of any class, whether it be an Ordinary Resolution of the Members or a Director’s<br> resolution, may specify that the dividend is payable or distributable to the persons registered<br> as the holders of those Shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding<br> that the date may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed.
---	---
22.2	If<br> the resolution does so specify, the dividend shall be payable or distributable to the persons<br> registered as the holders of those Shares at the close of business on the specified date<br> in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the<br> rights inter se in respect of the dividend of transferors and transferees of any of<br> those Shares.
---	---
22.3	The<br> provisions of this Article apply, mutatis mutandis, to bonuses, capitalisation issues,<br> distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the<br> Members.
---	---

23	Dividends

Source of dividends

23.1	Dividends<br> may be declared and paid out of any funds of the Company lawfully available for distribution.
23.2	Subject<br> to the requirements of the Act regarding the application of a company’s Share premium<br> account and with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, dividends may also be declared and<br> paid out of any share premium account.
---	---

Declaration of dividends by Members

23.3	Subject<br> to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution declare dividends in<br> accordance with the respective rights of the Members but no dividend shall exceed the amount<br> recommended by the Directors.

Payment of interim dividends and declaration of final dividends by Directors

23.4	The<br> Directors may declare and pay interim dividends or recommend final dividends in accordance<br> with the respective rights of the Members if it appears to them that they are justified by<br> the financial position of the Company and that such dividends may lawfully be paid.
23.5	Subject<br> to the provisions of the Act, in relation to the distinction between interim dividends and<br> final dividends, the following applies:
---	---
(a)	Upon<br> determination to pay a dividend or dividends described as interim by the Directors in the<br> dividend resolution, no debt shall be created by the declaration until such time as payment<br> is made.
---	---
(b)	Upon<br> declaration of a dividend or dividends described as final by the Directors in the dividend<br> resolution, a debt shall be created immediately following the declaration, the due date to<br> be the date the dividend is stated to be payable in the resolution.
---	---

If the resolution fails to specify whether a dividend is final or interim, it shall be assumed to be interim.

23.6	In<br> relation to Shares carrying differing rights to dividends or rights to dividends at a fixed<br> rate, the following applies:
(a)	If<br> the share capital is divided into different classes, the Directors may pay dividends on Shares<br> which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividends as well as on Shares<br> which confer preferential rights with regard to dividends but no dividend shall be paid on<br> Shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential<br> dividend is in arrears.
---	---
(b)	The<br> Directors may also pay, at intervals settled by them, any dividend payable at a fixed rate<br> if it appears to them that there are sufficient funds of the Company lawfully available for<br> distribution to justify the payment.
---	---
(c)	If<br> the Directors act in good faith, they shall not incur any liability to the Members holding<br> Shares conferring preferred rights for any loss those Members may suffer by the lawful payment<br> of the dividend on any Shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.
---	---

Apportionment of dividends

23.7

Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to Shares all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts Paid Up on the Shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amount Paid Up on the Shares during the time or part of the time in respect of which the dividend is paid. But if a Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

Right of set off

23.8	The<br> Directors may deduct from a dividend or any other amount payable to a person in respect of<br> a Share any amount due by that person to the Company on a call or otherwise in relation to<br> a Share.

Power to pay other than in cash

23.9	If<br> the Directors so determine, any resolution declaring a dividend may direct that it shall<br> be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets. If a difficulty arises in relation<br> to the distribution, the Directors may settle that difficulty in any way they consider appropriate.<br> For example, they may do any one or more of the following:
(a)	issue<br> fractional Shares;
---	---
(b)	fix<br> the value of assets for distribution and make cash payments to some Members on the footing<br> of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of Members; and
---	---
(c)	vest<br> some assets in trustees.
---	---

How payments may be made

23.10	A<br> dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of a Share may be paid in any of the following<br> ways:
(a)	if<br> the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share nominates a bank account<br> for that purpose - by wire transfer to that bank account; or
---	---
(b)	by<br> cheque or warrant sent by post to the registered address of the Member holding that Share<br> or other person entitled to that Share.
---	---
23.11	For<br> the purposes of Article 23.10(a), the nomination may be in writing or in an Electronic Record<br> and the bank account nominated may be the bank account of another person. For the purposes<br> of Article 23.10(b), subject to any applicable law or regulation, the cheque or warrant shall<br> be made to the order of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to the Share<br> or to his nominee, whether nominated in writing or in an Electronic Record, and payment of<br> the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company.
---	---
23.12	If<br> two or more persons are registered as the holders of the Share or are jointly entitled to<br> it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the registered holder (Joint Holders),<br> a dividend (or other amount) payable on or in respect of that Share may be paid as follows:
---	---
(a)	to<br> the registered address of the Joint Holder of the Share who is named first on the register<br> of Members or to the registered address of the deceased or bankrupt holder, as the case may<br> be; or
---	---
(b)	to<br> the address or bank account of another person nominated by the Joint Holders, whether that<br> nomination is in writing or in an Electronic Record.
---	---
23.13	Any<br> Joint Holder of a Share may give a valid receipt for a dividend (or other amount) payable<br> in respect of that Share.
---	---

Dividends or other monies not to bear interest in absence of special rights

23.14	Unless<br> provided for by the rights attached to a Share, no dividend or other monies payable by the<br> Company in respect of a Share shall bear interest.

Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed

23.15	If<br> a dividend cannot be paid to a Member or remains unclaimed within six weeks after it was<br> declared or both, the Directors may pay it into a separate account in the Company’s<br> name. If a dividend is paid into a separate account, the Company shall not be constituted<br> trustee in respect of that account and the dividend shall remain a debt due to the Member.
23.16	A<br> dividend that remains unclaimed for a period of six years after it became due for payment<br> shall be forfeited to, and shall cease to remain owing by, the Company.
---	---

24	Capitalisation of profits

Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve;

24.1	The<br> Directors may resolve to capitalise:
(a)	any<br> part of the Company’s profits not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether<br> or not those profits are available for distribution); or
---	---
(b)	any<br> sum standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or capital redemption<br> reserve, if any.
---	---
24.2	The<br> amount resolved to be capitalised must be appropriated to the Members who would have been<br> entitled to it had it been distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions. The<br> benefit to each Member so entitled must be given in either or both of the following ways::
---	---
(a)	by<br> paying up the amounts unpaid on that Member’s Shares;
---	---
(b)	by<br> issuing Fully Paid Up Shares, debentures or other securities of the Company to that Member<br> or as that Member directs. The Directors may resolve that any Shares issued to the Member<br> in respect of Partly Paid Up Shares (Original Shares) rank for dividend only to the<br> extent that the Original Shares rank for dividend while those Original Shares remain Partly<br> Paid Up.
---	---

Applying an amount for the benefit of Members

24.3	The<br> amount capitalised must be applied to the benefit of Members in the proportions to which<br> the Members would have been entitled to dividends if the amount capitalised had been distributed<br> as a dividend.
24.4	Subject<br> to the Act, if a fraction of a Share, a debenture or other security is allocated to a Member,<br> the Directors may issue a fractional certificate to that Member or pay him the cash equivalent<br> of the fraction.
---	---
25	Share Premium Account
---	---

Directors to maintain share premium account

25.1	The<br> Directors shall establish a share premium account in accordance with the Act. They shall<br> carry to the credit of that account from time to time an amount equal to the amount or value<br> of the premium paid on the issue of any Share or capital contributed or such other amounts<br> required by the Act.

Debits to share premium account

25.2	The<br> following amounts shall be debited to any share premium account:
(a)	on<br> the redemption or purchase of a Share, the difference between the nominal value of that Share<br> and the redemption or purchase price; and
---	---
(b)	any<br> other amount paid out of a share premium account as permitted by the Act.
---	---
25.3	Notwithstanding<br> the preceding Article, on the redemption or purchase of a Share, the Directors may pay the<br> difference between the nominal value of that Share and the redemption purchase price out<br> of the profits of the Company or, as permitted by the Act, out of capital.
---	---

26	Seal

Company seal

26.1	The<br> Company may have a seal if the Directors so determine.

Duplicate seal

26.2	Subject<br> to the provisions of the Act, the Company may also have a duplicate seal or seals for use<br> in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands. Each duplicate seal shall be a facsimile<br> of the original seal of the Company. However, if the Directors so determine, a duplicate<br> seal shall have added on its face the name of the place where it is to be used.

When and how seal is to be used

26.3	A<br> seal may only be used by the authority of the Directors. Unless the Directors otherwise determine,<br> a document to which a seal is affixed must be signed in one of the following ways:
(a)	by<br> a Director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or
---	---
(b)	by<br> a single Director (or his alternate).
---	---

If no seal is adopted or used

26.4	If<br> the Directors do not adopt a seal, or a seal is not used, a document may be executed in the<br> following manner:
(a)	by<br> a Director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or
---	---
(b)	by<br> a single Director (or his alternate); or
---	---
(c)	in<br> any other manner permitted by the Act.
---	---

Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal

26.5	The<br> Directors may determine that either or both of the following applies:
(a)	that<br> the seal or a duplicate seal need not be affixed manually but may be affixed by some other<br> method or system of reproduction;
---	---
(b)	that<br> a signature required by these Articles need not be manual but may be a mechanical or Electronic<br> Signature.
---	---

Validity of execution

26.6	If<br> a document is duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company, it shall not be<br> regarded as invalid merely because, at the date of the delivery, the Secretary, or the Director,<br> or other Officer or person who signed the document or affixed the seal for and on behalf<br> of the Company ceased to be the Secretary or hold that office and authority on behalf of<br> the Company.
27	Indemnity
---	---
27.1	To<br> the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each existing or former Director<br> (including alternate Director), Secretary and other Officer of the Company (including an<br> investment adviser or an administrator or liquidator) and their personal representatives<br> against:
---	---
(a)	all<br> actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or<br> sustained by the existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or<br> Officer in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs or in the execution<br> or discharge of the existing or former Director’s (including alternate Director’s),<br> Secretary’s or Officer’s duties, powers, authorities or discretions; and
---	---
(b)	without<br> limitation to paragraph (a), all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by the existing<br> or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer in defending (whether<br> successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings<br> (whether threatened, pending or completed) concerning the Company or its affairs in any court<br> or tribunal, whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.
---	---

No such existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer, however, shall be indemnified in respect of any matter arising out of his own dishonesty, fraud, wilful default and wilful neglect.

27.2

To the extent permitted by Act, the Company may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by an existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer of the Company in respect of any matter identified in Article 27.1 on condition that the Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer must repay the amount paid by the Company to the extent that it is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or that Officer for those legal costs.

Release

27.3

To the extent permitted by Act, the Company may by Special Resolution release any existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or other Officer of the Company from liability for any loss or damage or right to compensation which may arise out of or in connection with the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities or discretions of his office; but there may be no release from liability arising out of or in connection with that person’s own dishonesty, fraud, wilful default and wilful neglect.

Insurance

27.4	To<br> the extent permitted by Act, the Company may pay, or agree to pay, a premium in respect of<br> a contract insuring each of the following persons against risks determined by the Directors,<br> other than liability arising out of that person’s own dishonesty, fraud, wilful default<br> and wilful neglect:
(a)	an<br> existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer or auditor<br> of:
---	---
(i)	the<br> Company;
---	---
(ii)	a<br> company which is or was a subsidiary of the Company;
---	---
(iii)	a<br> company in which the Company has or had an interest (whether direct or indirect); and
---	---
(b)	a<br> trustee of an employee or retirement benefits scheme or other trust in which any of the persons<br> referred to in paragraph (a) is or was interested.
---	---

28	Notices

Form of notices

28.1	Save<br> where these Articles provide otherwise, and subject to the Designated Stock Exchange Rules<br> (to the extent applicable), any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to these<br> Articles shall be:
(a)	in<br> writing signed by or on behalf of the giver in the manner set out below for written notices;<br> or
---	---
(b)	subject<br> to the next Article, in an Electronic Record signed by or on behalf of the giver by Electronic<br> Signature and authenticated in accordance with Articles about authentication of Electronic<br> Records; or
---	---
(c)	where<br> these Articles expressly permit, by the Company by means of a website.
---	---

Electronic communications

28.2	A<br> notice may only be given to the Company in an Electronic Record if:
(a)	the<br> Directors so resolve or otherwise accept the notice; or
---	---
(b)	any<br> Director or Officer provides the giver of the notice an electronic address to which the notice<br> may be sent and a notice is sent to that address within a reasonable period of time.
---	---
28.3	A<br> notice may not be given by Electronic Record to a person other than the Company unless the<br> recipient has provided the giver of the notice with an Electronic address to which notice<br> may be sent.
---	---
28.4	Subject<br> to the Act, (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and to any other<br> rules which the Company is bound to follow, the Company may also send any notice or other<br> document pursuant to these Articles to a Member by publishing that notice or other document<br> on a website where:
---	---
(a)	the<br> Company and the Member have agreed to his having access to the notice or document on a website<br> (instead of it being sent to him);
---	---
(b)	the<br> notice or document is one to which that agreement applies;
---	---
(c)	the<br> Member is notified (in accordance with any requirements laid down by the Act and, in a manner<br> for the time being agreed between him and the Company for the purpose) of:
---	---
(i)	the<br> publication of the notice or document on a website;
---	---
(ii)	the<br> address of that website; and
---	---
(iii)	the<br> place on that website where the notice or document may be accessed, and how it may be accessed;<br> and
---	---

(d)

the notice or document is published on that website throughout the publication period, provided that, if the notice or document is published on that website for a part, but not all of, the publication period, the notice or document shall be treated as being published throughout that period if the failure to publish that notice of document throughout that period is wholly attributable to circumstances which it would not be reasonable to have expected the Company to prevent or avoid. For the purposes of this Article 28.4 “publication period” means a period of not less than twenty-one days, beginning on the day on which the notification referred to in Article 28.4(c) is deemed sent.

Persons entitled to notices

28.5

Any notice or other document to be given to a Member may be given by reference to the register of Members as it stands at any time within the period of twenty-one days before the day that the notice is given or (where and as applicable) within any other period permitted by, or in accordance with the requirements of, (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and/or the Designated Stock Exchanges. No change in the register of Members after that time shall invalidate the giving of such notice or document or require the Company to give such item to any other person.

Persons authorised to give notices

28.6	A<br> notice by either the Company or a Member pursuant to these Articles may be given on behalf<br> of the Company or a Member by a Director or company secretary of the Company or a Member.

Delivery of written notices

28.7	Save<br> where these Articles provide otherwise, a notice in writing may be given personally to the<br> recipient, or left at (as appropriate) the Member’s or Director’s registered<br> address or the Company’s registered office, or posted to that registered address or<br> registered office.

Joint holders

28.8	Where<br> Members are joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to the Member whose name<br> first appears in the register of Members.

Signatures

28.9	A<br> written notice shall be signed when it is autographed by or on behalf of the giver, or is<br> marked in such a way as to indicate its execution or adoption by the giver.
28.10	An<br> Electronic Record may be signed by an Electronic Signature.
---	---

Evidenceof transmission

28.11	A<br> notice given by Electronic Record shall be deemed sent if an Electronic Record is kept demonstrating<br> the time, date and content of the transmission, and if no notification of failure to transmit<br> is received by the giver.
28.12	A<br> notice given in writing shall be deemed sent if the giver can provide proof that the envelope<br> containing the notice was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted, or that the written notice<br> was otherwise properly transmitted to the recipient.
---	---
28.13	A<br> Member present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company or of the holders<br> of any class of Shares shall be deemed to have received due notice of the meeting and, where<br> requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.
---	---

Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member

28.14

A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by these Articles for the giving of notice to a Member, addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled.

28.15

Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

---

Date of giving notices

28.16	A<br> notice is given on the date identified in the following table
Method for giving notices	When taken to be given
---	---
(A)<br> Personally	At<br> the time and date of delivery
(B)<br> By leaving it at the Member’s registered address	At<br> the time and date it was left
(C)<br> By posting it by prepaid post to the street or postal address of that recipient	48<br> hours after the date it was posted
(D)<br> By Electronic Record (other than publication on a website), to recipient’s Electronic address	48<br> hours after the date it was sent
(E)<br> By publication on a website	24<br> hours after the date on which the Member is deemed to have been notified of the publication of the notice or document on the website

Saving provision

28.17	None<br> of the preceding notice provisions shall derogate from the Articles about the delivery of<br> written resolutions of Directors and written resolutions of Members.
29	Authentication of Electronic Records
---	---

Application of Articles

29.1	Without<br> limitation to any other provision of these Articles, any notice, written resolution or other<br> document under these Articles that is sent by Electronic means by a Member, or by the Secretary,<br> or by a Director or other Officer of the Company, shall be deemed to be authentic if either<br> Article 29.2 or Article 29.4 applies.

Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means

29.2	An<br> Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by Electronic means<br> by or on behalf of one or more Members shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions<br> are satisfied:
(a)	the<br> Member or each Member, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose<br> Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by one or more of<br> those Members; and
---	---
(b)	the<br> Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction<br> of, that Member to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose<br> for which it was sent; and
---	---
(c)	Article<br> 29.7 does not apply.
---	---
29.3	For<br> example, where a sole Member signs a resolution and sends the Electronic Record of the original<br> resolution, or causes it to be sent, by facsimile transmission to the address in these Articles<br> specified for that purpose, the facsimile copy shall be deemed to be the written resolution<br> of that Member unless Article 29.7 applies.
---	---

Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers of the Company by Electronic means

29.4	An<br> Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by or on behalf<br> of the Secretary or an Officer or Officers of the Company shall be deemed to be authentic<br> if the following conditions are satisfied:
(a)	the<br> Secretary or the Officer or each Officer, as the case may be, signed the original document,<br> and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed<br> by the Secretary or one or more of those Officers; and
---	---
(b)	the<br> Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction<br> of, the Secretary or that Officer to an address specified in accordance with these Articles<br> for the purpose for which it was sent; and
---	---
(c)	Article<br> 29.7 does not apply.
---	---

This Article 29.4 applies whether the document is sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or Officer in his own right or as a representative of the Company.

29.5	For<br> example, where a sole Director signs a resolution and scans the resolution, or causes it<br> to be scanned, as a PDF version which is attached to an email sent to the address in these<br> Articles specified for that purpose, the PDF version shall be deemed to be the written resolution<br> of that Director unless Article 29.7 applies.

Manner of signing

29.6	For<br> the purposes of these Articles about the authentication of Electronic Records, a document<br> will be taken to be signed if it is signed manually or in any other manner permitted by these<br> Articles.

Saving provision

29.7	A<br> notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles will not be deemed to be<br> authentic if the recipient, acting reasonably:
(a)	believes<br> that the signature of the signatory has been altered after the signatory had signed the original<br> document; or
---	---
(b)	believes<br> that the original document, or the Electronic Record of it, was altered, without the approval<br> of the signatory, after the signatory signed the original document; or
---	---
(c)	otherwise<br> doubts the authenticity of the Electronic Record of the document
---	---

and the recipient promptly gives notice to the sender setting the grounds of its objection. If the recipient invokes this Article, the sender may seek to establish the authenticity of the Electronic Record in any way the sender thinks fit.

30	Transfer by way of continuation
30.1	The<br> Company may, by Special Resolution, resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a<br> jurisdiction outside:
---	---
(a)	the<br> Cayman Islands; or
---	---
(b)	such<br> other jurisdiction in which it is, for the time being, incorporated, registered or existing.
---	---
30.2	To<br> give effect to any resolution made pursuant to the preceding Article, the Directors may cause<br> the following:
---	---
(a)	an<br> application be made to the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands to deregister the<br> Company in the Cayman Islands or in the other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being<br> incorporated, registered or existing; and
---	---
(b)	all<br> such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way<br> of continuation of the Company.
---	---
31	Winding up
---	---

Distribution of assets in specie

31.1	If<br> the Company is wound up the Members may, subject to these Articles and any other sanction<br> required by the Act, pass a Special Resolution allowing the liquidator to do either or both<br> of the following:
(a)	to<br> divide in specie among the Members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and,<br> for that purpose, to value any assets and to determine how the division shall be carried<br> out as between the Members or different classes of Members; and/or
---	---
(b)	to<br> vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees for the benefit of Members and those<br> liable to contribute to the winding up.
---	---

No obligation to accept liability

31.2	No<br> Member shall be compelled to accept any assets if an obligation attaches to them.
31.3	The<br> Directors are authorised to present a winding up petition
---	---
31.4	The<br> Directors have the authority to present a petition for the winding up of the Company to the<br> Grand Court of the Cayman Islands on behalf of the Company without the sanction of a resolution<br> passed at a general meeting.
---	---

32	Amendment of Memorandum and Articles

Power to change name or amend Memorandum

32.1	Subject<br> to the Act, the Company may, by Special Resolution:
(a)	change<br> its name; or
---	---
(b)	change<br> the provisions of its Memorandum with respect to its objects, powers or any other matter<br> specified in the Memorandum.
---	---

Power to amend these Articles

32.2	Subject<br> to the Act and as provided in these Articles, the Company may, by Special Resolution, amend<br> these Articles in whole or in part.
33	Disclosures
---	---
33.1	The<br> Directors, Secretary, assistant Secretary, or other Officer or any authorised service providers<br> (including the registered office agent of the Company), shall be entitled to disclose to<br> any regulatory or judicial authority, or to any Designated Stock Exchange on which the Shares<br> may from time to time be listed, any information regarding the affairs of the Company including,<br> without limitation, information contained in the register of Members and books of the Company.
---	---

Exhibit 8.1

List of Principal Subsidiaries

Name of Subsidiaries	Jurisdiction of Incorporation
SL BIO Ltd.	Cayman Islands
Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp.	Cayman Islands

Exhibit 11.1

SL SCIENCE HOLDING LIMITED

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

I. PURPOSE

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) contains general guidelines for conducting the business of SL Science Holding Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, the “Company”), and is intended to qualify as a “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406(c) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder. To the extent this Code requires a higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, we adhere to these higher standards.

This Code is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

●	honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;
●	full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications made by the Company;
---	---
●	compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;
---	---
●	prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code; and
---	---
●	accountability for adherence to the Code.
---	---

II. APPLICABILITY

This Code applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, whether they work for the Company on a full-time, part-time, consultative or temporary basis (each, an “employee” and collectively, the “employees”). Certain provisions of the Code apply specifically to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, senior finance officer and any other persons who perform similar functions for the Company (each, a “senior officer,” and collectively, the “senior officers”).

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has appointed the Company’s Chief Financial Officer as the Compliance Officer for the Company (the “Compliance Officer”). If you have any questions regarding the Code or would like to report any violation of the Code, please contact the Compliance Officer.

This Code has been adopted by the Board. The Board and the Compliance Officer, as well as any duly appointed committee charged with enforcing this Code, shall be entitled to enforce this Code to the full extent permitted by law.

III. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Identifying Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest occurs when an employee’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, in any way with the interests of the Company as a whole. An employee should actively avoid any private interest that may impact such employee’s ability to act in the interests of the Company or that may make it difficult to perform the employee’s work objectively and effectively. In general, the following should be considered conflicts of interest:

●	Competing Business. No employee may be employed by a business that competes with the Company or deprives it of any business.
●	Corporate Opportunity. No employee should use corporate property, information or his/her position with the Company to secure a business opportunity that would otherwise be available to the Company. If an employee discovers a business opportunity that is in the Company’s line of business through the use of the Company’s property, information or position, the employee must first present the business opportunity to the Company and obtain approval from the Company’s Audit Committee before pursuing the opportunity in his/her individual capacity.
---	---
●	Financial Interests
---	---
i.	No employee may have any financial interest (ownership or otherwise), either directly or indirectly through a spouse or other family member, in any other business or entity if such interest adversely affects the employee’s performance of duties or responsibilities to the Company, or requires the employee to devote time to it during such employee’s working hours at the Company; provided, however that an officer or director may devote time to such other interest during working hours so long as it does not interfere with his/her ability to carry out his/her duties at the Company;
---	---
ii.	No employee may hold any ownership interest in a privately held company that is in competition with the Company;
---	---
iii.	An employee may hold up to 5% ownership interest in a publicly traded company that is in competition with the Company; provided that if the employee’s ownership interest in such publicly traded company increases to more than 5%, the employee must immediately report such ownership to the Compliance Officer;
---	---
iv.	No employee may hold any ownership interest in a company that has a business relationship with the Company if such employee’s duties at the Company include managing or supervising the Company’s business relations with that company; and
---	---
v.	Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Code,
---	---
(a)	a director or any immediate family member of such director (collectively, “Director Affiliates”) or a senior officer or any immediate family member of such senior officer (collectively, “Officer Affiliates”) may continue to hold his/her investment or other financial interest in a business or entity (an “Interested Business”) that:
---	---
(1)	was made or obtained either (x) before the Company invested in or otherwise became interested in such business or entity; or (y) before the director or senior officer joined the Company (for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of whether the Company had or had not already invested in or otherwise become interested in such business or entity at the time the director or senior officer joined the Company); or
---	---
(2)	may in the future be made or obtained by the director or senior officer, provided that at the time such investment or other financial interest is made or obtained, the Company has not yet invested in or otherwise become interested in such business or entity;
---	---

provided that such director or senior officer shall disclose such investment or other financial interest to the Board;

(b)	an interested director or senior officer shall refrain from participating in any discussion among senior officers of the Company relating to an Interested Business and shall not be involved in any proposed transaction between the Company and an Interested Business; and
(c)	before any Director Affiliate or Officer Affiliate (i) invests, or otherwise acquires any equity or other financial interest, in a business or entity that is in competition with the Company; or (ii) enters into any transaction with the Company, the related director or senior officer shall obtain prior approval from the Audit Committee of the Board.
---	---

For purposes of this Code, a company or entity is deemed to be “in competition with the Company” if it competes with the Company’s business of providing corporate business training services, corporate consulting services, advisory and transaction services, and/or any other business in which the Company is engaged.

●

Loans or Other Financial Transactions. No employee may obtain loans or guarantees of personal obligations from, or enter into any other personal financial transaction with, any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with recognized banks or other financial institutions.

●

Service on Boards and Committees. No employee shall serve on a board of directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit) whose interests could reasonably be expected to conflict with those of the Company. Employees must obtain prior approval from the Board or the Company’s Audit Committee, as required by the rules of Nasdaq, before accepting any such board or committee position. The Company may revisit its approval of any such position at any time to determine whether an employee’s service in such position is still appropriate.

---

The above is in no way a complete list of situations where conflicts of interest may arise. The following questions might serve as a useful guide in assessing a potential conflict of interest situation not specifically addressed above:

●	Is the action to be taken legal?
●	Is it honest and fair?
---	---
●	Is it in the best interests of the Company?
---	---

Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

The Company requires that employees fully disclose any situations that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If an employee suspects that he/she has a conflict of interest, or a situation that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of interest, the employee must report it immediately to the Compliance Officer. Conflicts of interest may only be waived by the Board, the appropriate committee of the Board and in some cases, as in accordance with Nasdaq rules, only by the Company’s Audit Committee, and will be promptly disclosed to the public to the extent required by law and applicable rules of Nasdaq.

Family Members and Work

The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to conflicts of interest because they may influence an employee’s objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the Company. If a member of an employee’s family is interested in doing business with the Company, the criteria as to whether to enter into or continue the business relationship and the terms and conditions of the relationship must be no less favorable to the Company compared with those that would apply to an unrelated party seeking to do business with the Company under similar circumstances.

Employees should report any situation involving family members that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest to their supervisor or the Compliance Officer. For purposes of this Code, “family members” or “members of employee’s family” include an employee’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mothers and fathers-in-law, sons and daughters-in-law, brothers and sisters-in-law, and anyone (other than domestic employees) who shares such employee’s home.

IV. GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

The giving and receiving of appropriate gifts may be considered common business practice. Appropriate business gifts and entertainment are welcome courtesies designed to build relationships and understanding among business connections. However, gifts and entertainment should never compromise, or appear to compromise, an employee’s ability to make objective and fair business decisions.

It is the responsibility of employees to use good judgment in this area. As a general rule, employees may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from customers or suppliers only if the gift or entertainment is in compliance with applicable law, insignificant in amount and not given in consideration or expectation of any action by the recipient. All gifts and entertainment expenses made on behalf of the Company must be properly accounted for on expense reports.

We encourage employees to submit gifts received to the Company. While it is not mandatory to submit small gifts, gifts of over USD 100 must be submitted immediately to the Compliance Officer.

Bribes and kickbacks are criminal acts, strictly prohibited by law. An employee must not offer, give, solicit or receive any form of bribe or kickback anywhere in the world.

V. FCPA COMPLIANCE

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to officials of foreign governments or foreign political candidates in order to obtain or retain business. A violation of FCPA does not only violate the Company’s policy but also constitute a civil or criminal offense under FCPA which the Company is subject to after the Effective Time. No employee shall give or authorize directly or indirectly any illegal payments to government officials of any country. While the FCPA does, in certain limited circumstances, allow nominal “facilitating payments” to be made, any such payment must be discussed with and approved by an employee’s supervisor in advance before it can be made.

VI. PROTECTION AND USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

Employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate business purposes only. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. Any use of the funds or assets of the Company, whether for personal gain or not, for any unlawful or improper purpose is strictly prohibited.

To ensure the protection and proper use of the Company’s assets, each employee should:

●	Exercise reasonable care to prevent theft, damage or misuse of Company property;
●	Promptly report any actual or suspected theft, damage or misuse of Company property;
---	---
●	Safeguard all electronic programs, data, communications and written materials from unauthorized access; and
---	---
●	Use Company property only for legitimate business purposes.
---	---

Except as approved in advance by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the Company prohibits political contributions (directly or through trade associations) by any employee on behalf of the Company. Prohibited political contributions include:

●	any contributions of the Company’s funds or other assets for political purposes;
●	encouraging individual employees to make any such contribution; and
---	---
●	reimbursing an employee for any political contribution.
---	---

VII. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND CONFIDENTIALITY

Employees should abide by the Company’s rules and policies in protecting the intellectual property and confidential information, including the following:

●	All inventions, creative works, computer software, and technical or trade secrets developed by an employee in the course of performing the employee’s duties or primarily through the use of the Company’s assets or resources while working at the Company shall be the property of the Company.
●	Employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company or entities with which the Company has business relations, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the Company or its business associates, if disclosed.
---	---
●	The Company maintains a strict confidentiality policy. During an employee’s term of employment with the Company, the employee shall comply with any and all written or unwritten rules and policies concerning confidentiality and shall fulfill the duties and responsibilities concerning confidentiality applicable to the employee.
---	---
●	In addition to fulfilling the responsibilities associated with his/her position in the Company, an employee shall not, without obtaining prior approval from the Company, disclose, announce or publish trade secrets or other confidential business information of the Company, nor shall an employee use such confidential information outside the course of his/her duties to the Company.
---	---
●	Even outside the work environment, an employee must maintain vigilance and refrain from disclosing important information regarding the Company or its business, business associates or employees.
---	---
●	An employee’s duty of confidentiality with respect to the confidential information of the Company survives the termination of such employee’s employment with the Company for any reason until such time as the Company discloses such information publicly or the information otherwise becomes available in the public sphere through no fault of the employee.
---	---
●	Upon termination of employment, or at such time as the Company requests, an employee must return to the Company all of its property without exception, including all forms of medium containing confidential information, and may not retain duplicate materials.
---	---

VIII. ACCURACY OF FINANCIAL REPORTS AND OTHER PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS

The Company is required to report its financial results and other material information about its business to the public and the SEC. It is the Company’s policy to promptly disclose accurate and complete information regarding its business, financial condition and results of operations. Employees must strictly comply with all applicable standards, laws, regulations and policies for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts. Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely damage the Company and result in legal liability.

Employees should be on guard for, and promptly report, any possibility of inaccurate or incomplete financial reporting. Particular attention should be paid to:

●	Financial results that seem inconsistent with the performance of the underlying business;
●	Transactions that do not seem to have an obvious business purpose; and
---	---
●	Requests to circumvent ordinary review and approval procedures.
---	---

The Company’s senior financial officers and other employees working in the finance department have a special responsibility to ensure that all of the Company’s financial disclosures are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. Any practice or situation that might undermine this objective should be reported to the Compliance Officer.

Employees are prohibited from directly or indirectly taking any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead or fraudulently influence the Company’s independent auditors for the purpose of rendering the financial statements of the Company materially misleading. Prohibited actions include but are not limited to:

●	issuing or reissuing a report on the Company’s financial statements that is not warranted in the circumstances (due to material violations of U.S. GAAP, generally accepted auditing standards or other professional or regulatory standards);
●	not performing audit, review or other procedures required by generally accepted auditing standards or other professional standards;
---	---
●	not withdrawing an issued report when withdrawal is warranted under the circumstances; or
---	---
●	not communicating matters required to be communicated to the Company’s Audit Committee.
---	---

IX. COMPANY RECORDS

Accurate and reliable records are crucial to the Company’s business and form the basis of its earnings statements, financial reports and other disclosures to the public. The Company’s records are a source of essential data that guides business decision-making and strategic planning. Company records include, but are not limited to, booking information, payroll, timecards, travel and expense reports, e-mails, accounting and financial data, measurement and performance records, electronic data files and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of business.

All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects. There is never an acceptable reason to make false or misleading entries. Undisclosed or unrecorded funds, payments or receipts are strictly prohibited. An employee is responsible for understanding and complying with the Company’s recordkeeping policy. An employee should contact the Compliance Officer if he/she has any questions regarding the recordkeeping policy.

X. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Each employee has an obligation to comply with the laws of the cities, provinces, regions and countries in which the Company operates. This includes, without limitation, laws covering commercial bribery and kickbacks, patent, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy, insider trading, offering or receiving gratuities, employment harassment, environmental protection, occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information, misuse of corporate assets and foreign currency exchange activities. Employees are expected to understand and comply with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to their positions at the Company. If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, the employee should seek advice immediately from the Compliance Officer.

XI. DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT

The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment based on race, ethnicity, religion, gender, age, national origin or any other protected class. For further information, employees should consult the Compliance Officer.

XII. FAIR DEALING

Each employee should endeavor to deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. None should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair-dealing practice.

XIII. HEALTH AND SAFETY

The Company strives to provide employees with a safe and healthy work environment. Each employee has responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for other employees by following environmental, safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions. Violence or threats of violence are not permitted.

Each employee is expected to perform his/her duty to the Company in a safe manner, not under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or other controlled substances. The use of illegal drugs or other controlled substances in the workplace is prohibited.

XIV. VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE

All employees have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including any violation of laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company. Reporting a known or suspected violation of this Code by others will not be considered an act of disloyalty, but an action to safeguard the reputation and integrity of the Company and its employees.

If an employee knows of or suspects a violation of this Code, it is such employee’s responsibility to immediately report the violation to the Compliance Officer, who will work with the employee to investigate his/her concern. All questions and reports of known or suspected violations of this Code will be treated with sensitivity and discretion. The Compliance Officer and the Company will protect the employee’s confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with the law and the Company’s need to investigate the employee’s concern.

It is the Company’s policy that any employee who violates this Code will be subject to appropriate disciplinary action, including termination of employment, based upon the facts and circumstances of each particular situation. An employee’s conduct, if it does not comply with the law or with this Code, can result in serious consequences for both the employee and the Company.

The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, seeks help or reports known or suspected violations. An employee inflicting reprisal or retaliation against another employee for reporting a known or suspected violation will be subject to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

XV. WAIVERS OF THE CODE

Waivers of this Code will be granted on a case-by-case basis and only in extraordinary circumstances. Waivers of this Code may be made only by the Board, or the appropriate committee of the Board, and may be promptly disclosed to the public if so required by applicable laws and regulations and rules of the Nasdaq. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any waiver of this Code for a senior officer or a director may only be granted by the Board and must be publicly disclosed in accordance with the applicable rules of the Nasdaq.

XVI. CONCLUSION

This Code contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. If employees have any questions about these guidelines, they should contact the Compliance Officer. We expect all employees to adhere to these standards. Each employee is separately responsible for his/her actions. Conduct that violates the law or this Code cannot be justified by claiming that it was ordered by a supervisor or someone in higher management positions. If an employee engages in conduct prohibited by the law or this Code, such employee will be deemed to have acted outside the scope of his/her employment. Such conduct will subject the employee to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

* * * * * * * * * * * * *

Exhibit 11.2

SL Science Holding Limited

Statement of Policy Concerning Trading in Company Securities

Adopted on April 13, 2026

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page No.
I.	Summary of Policy Concerning Trading in Company Securities		3
II.	The Use of Inside Information in Connection with Trading in Securities		3
	A.	General Rule.	3
	B.	Who Does the Policy Apply To?	4
	C.	Other Companies’ Stock.	4
	D.	Hedging and Derivatives.	4
	E.	Pledging of Securities, Margin Accounts.	5
	F.	General Guidelines.	5
	G.	Applicability of U.S. Securities Laws to International Transactions.	6
III.	Other Limitations on Securities Transactions		7
	A.	Public Resales – Rule 144.	7
	B.	Private Resales.	8
	C.	Restrictions on Purchases of Company Securities.	8
	D.	Filing Requirements.	8

I.	SUMMARY OF POLICY CONCERNING TRADING IN COMPANY SECURITIES

It is the policy of SL Science Holding Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) that it will, without exception, comply with all applicable laws and regulations in conducting its business. Each employee, each executive officer and each director is expected to abide by this policy. When carrying out Company business, employees, executive officers and directors must avoid any activity that violates applicable laws or regulations. In order to avoid even an appearance of impropriety, the Company’s directors, officers and certain other employees are subject to pre-approval requirements and other limitations on their ability to enter into transactions involving the Company’s securities. Although these limitations do not apply to transactions pursuant to written plans for trading securities that comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the entry into, amendment or termination of any such written trading plan is subject to pre-approval requirements and other limitations.

II.	THE USE OF INSIDE INFORMATION IN CONNECTION WITH TRADING IN SECURITIES
A.	General Rule.
---	---

The U.S. securities laws regulate the sale and purchase of securities in the interest of protecting the investing public. U.S. securities laws give the Company, its officers and directors, and other employees the responsibility to ensure that information about the Company is not used unlawfully in the purchase and sale of securities.

All employees, executive officers and directors should pay particularly close attention to the laws against trading on “inside” information. These laws are based upon the belief that all persons trading in a company’s securities should have equal access to all “material” information about that company. Information is considered to be “material” if its disclosure would be reasonably likely to affect (1) an investor’s decision to buy or sell the securities of the company to which the information relates, or (2) the market price of that company’s securities. While it is not possible to identify in advance all information that will be deemed to be material, some examples of such information would include the following: earnings; financial results or projections; dividend actions; mergers and acquisitions; capital raising and borrowing activities; major dispositions; major new customers, projects or products; significant advances in product development; new technologies; major personnel changes in management or change in control; expansion into new markets; unusual gains or losses in major operations; major litigation or legal proceedings; granting of stock options; and major sales and marketing changes. When doubt exists, the information should be presumed to be material. If you are unsure whether information of which you are aware is inside information, you should consult with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. No individuals other than specifically authorized personnel may release material information to the public or respond to inquiries from the media, analysts or others. If you are contacted by the media or by a research analyst seeking information about the Company and if you have not been expressly authorized by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer to provide information to the media or to analysts, you should refer the call to the Chief Financial Officer. On occasion, it may be necessary for legitimate business reasons to disclose inside information to outside persons. Such persons might include investment bankers, lawyers, auditors or other companies seeking to engage in a potential transaction with the Company. In such circumstances, the information should not be conveyed until an express understanding has been reached that such information is not to be used for trading purposes and may not be further disclosed other than for legitimate business reasons. For example, if an employee, an executive officer or a director of a company knows material non-public financial information, that employee, executive officer or director is prohibited from buying or selling shares in the company until the information has been disclosed to the public. This is because the employee, executive officer or director knows information that will probably cause the share price to change, and it would be unfair for the employee or director to have an advantage (knowledge that the share price will change) that the rest of the investing public does not have. In fact, it is more than unfair; it is considered to be fraudulent and illegal. Civil and criminal penalties for this kind of activity are severe.

The general rule can be stated as follows: It is a violation of federal securities laws for any person to buy or sell securities if he or she is in possession of material inside information. Information is material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making an investment decision. It is inside information if it has not been publicly disclosed in a manner making it available to investors generally on a broad-based non-exclusionary basis. Furthermore, it is illegal for any person in possession of material inside information to provide other people with such information or to recommend that they buy or sell the securities. (This is called “tipping”). In that case, they may both be held liable.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the stock exchanges and plaintiffs’ lawyers focus on uncovering insider trading. A breach of the insider trading laws could expose the insider to criminal fines up to three times the profits earned and imprisonment up to ten years, in addition to civil penalties (up to three times of the profits earned), and injunctive actions. In addition, punitive damages may be imposed under applicable state laws. Securities laws also subject controlling persons to civil penalties for illegal insider trading by employees, including employees located outside the United States. Controlling persons include directors, officers, and supervisors. These persons may be subject to fines up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times profit (or loss avoided) by the insider trader.

Inside information does not belong to the individual directors, officers or other employees who may handle it or otherwise become knowledgeable about it. It is an asset of the Company. For any person to use such information for personal benefit or to disclose it to others outside the Company violates the Company’s interests. More particularly, in connection with trading in the Company’s securities, it is a fraud against members of the investing public and against the Company.

All directors, executive officers and employees of the Company must observe these policies at all times. Your failure to do so will be grounds for internal disciplinary action, up to and including termination of your employment or directorship.

B.	Who Does the Policy Apply To?

The prohibition against trading on inside information applies to directors, officers and all other employees, and to other people who gain access to that information. The prohibition applies to both domestic and international employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Because of their access to confidential information on a regular basis, Company policy subjects its directors and certain employees (the “Window Group”) to additional restrictions on trading in Company securities. The restrictions for the Window Group are discussed in Section F below. In addition, directors and certain employees with inside knowledge of material information may be subject to ad hoc restrictions on trading from time to time.

C.	Other Companies’ Stock.

Employees, executive officers and directors who learn material information about suppliers, customers, or competitors through their work at the Company, should keep it confidential and not buy or sell stock in such companies until the information becomes public. Employees, executive officers and directors should not give tips about such stock.

D.	Hedging and Derivatives.

Employees, executive officers and directors are prohibited from engaging in any hedging transactions (including transactions involving options, puts, calls, prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds or other derivatives) that are designed to hedge or speculate on any change in the market value of the Company’s equity securities.

Trading in options or other derivatives is generally highly speculative and very risky. People who buy options are betting that the stock price will move rapidly. For that reason, when a person trades in options in his or her employer’s stock, it will arouse suspicion in the eyes of the SEC that the person was trading on the basis of inside information, particularly where the trading occurs before a company announcement or major event. It is difficult for an employee, executive officer or director to prove that he or she did not know about the announcement or event.

If the SEC or the NYSE were to notice active options trading by one or more employees, executive officers or directors of the Company prior to an announcement, they would investigate. Such an investigation could be embarrassing to the Company (as well as expensive), and could result in severe penalties and expense for the persons involved. For all of these reasons, the Company prohibits its employees, executive officers and directors from trading in options or other derivatives involving the Company’s stock. This policy does not pertain to employee stock options granted by the Company. Employee stock options cannot be traded.

E.	Pledging of Securities, Margin Accounts.

Pledged securities may be sold by the pledgee without the pledgor’s consent under certain conditions. For example, securities held in a margin account may be sold by a broker without the customer’s consent if the customer fails to meet a margin call. Because such a sale may occur at a time when an employee, executive officer or a director has material inside information or is otherwise not permitted to trade in Company securities, the Company prohibits employees, executive officers and directors from pledging Company securities in any circumstance, including by purchasing Company securities on margin or holding Company securities in a margin account.

F.	General Guidelines.

The following guidelines should be followed in order to ensure compliance with applicable antifraud laws and with the Company’s policies:

Nondisclosure. Material inside information must not be disclosed to anyone, except to persons within the Company whose positions require them to know it. Tipping refers to the transmission of inside information from an insider to another person. Sometimes this involves a deliberate conspiracy in which the tipper passes on information in exchange for a portion of the “tippee’s” illegal trading profits. Even if there is no expectation of profit, however, a tipper can have liability if he or she has reason to know that the information may be misused. Tipping inside information to another person is like putting your life in that person’s hands. So the safest choice is: Don’t tip.
Trading in Company Securities. No employee, executive officer or director should place a purchase or sale order, or recommend that another person place a purchase or sale order in the Company’s securities when he or she has knowledge of material information concerning the Company that has not been disclosed to the public. This includes orders for purchases and sales of stock and convertible securities, including engaging in any “short sales” of the Company’s securities. The exercise of employee stock options is not subject to this policy. However, stock that was acquired upon exercise of a stock option will be treated like any other stock, and may not be sold by an employee who is in possession of material inside information. Any employee, executive officer or director who possesses material inside information should wait until the start of the third business day after the information has been publicly released before trading.
Avoid Speculation. Investing in the Company’s common stock provides an opportunity to share in the future growth of the Company. But investment in the Company and sharing in the growth of the Company does not mean short range speculation based on fluctuations in the market. Such activities put the personal gain of the employee, executive officer or director in conflict with the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. Although this policy does not mean that employees, executive officers or directors may never sell shares, the Company encourages employees, executive officers and directors to avoid frequent trading in Company stock. Speculating in Company stock is not part of the Company culture.
Trading in Other Securities. No employee, executive officer or director should place a purchase or sale order, or recommend that another person place a purchase or sale order, in the securities of another corporation (such as a supplier, an acquisition target or a competitor), if the employee, executive officer or director learns in the course of his or her employment confidential information about the other corporation that is likely to affect the value of those securities. For example, it would be a violation of the securities laws if an employee, executive officer or director learned through Company sources that the Company intended to purchase assets from a company, and then placed an order to buy or sell stock in that other company because of the likely increase or decrease in the value of its securities.

5
Restrictions on the Window Group. The Window Group consists of (i) directors, executive officers and vice presidents of the Company and their assistants and household members, (ii) subset of employees in the financial reporting, business development or legal groups and (iii) such other persons as may be designated from time to time and informed of such status by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and general counsel or an officer with similar duties and responsibilities of the Company (the “General Counsel”). The Window Group is subject to the following restrictions on trading in Company securities:

●	trading is permitted from the start of the third business<br>day following the release of the Company’s quarterly and annual earnings until the 16th calendar day of the last month of the then<br>current fiscal quarter (the “Window”), subject to the restrictions below;
●	all trades are subject to prior review;
---	---
●	The Window Group must submit a request for approval in a<br>form set forth in Annex B hereto from the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel before making any trade in Company<br>Securities; requests for approval of trades by the Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel should be submitted to the Chief Executive<br>Officer;
---	---
●	no trading is permitted outside the Window except for reasons<br>of exceptional personal hardship and subject to prior review by the Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel; provided that, if one<br>of these individuals wishes to trade outside the Window, it shall be subject to prior review by the other; and
---	---
●	individuals in the Window Group are also subject to the general<br>restrictions on all employees.
---	---

Note that at times Chief Financial Officer and the General Counsel may determine that no trades may occur even during the Window when clearance is requested. No reasons may be provided and the closing of the Window itself may constitute material inside information that should not be communicated.

The foregoing Window Group restrictions do not apply to transactions pursuant to written plans for trading securities that comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“10b5-1Plans”) described in Annex A hereto. However, Window Group members may not enter into, amend or terminate a 10b5-1 Plan relating to Company securities without the prior approval of Chief Financial Officer and the General Counsel, which will only be given during a Window period.

The Company from time to time may also impose an ad hoc trading freeze on all officers, directors, and other members of the Window Group due to significant unannounced corporate developments. These trading freezes may vary in length.

Executive officers, directors or any other member of the Window Group must promptly report to the Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel any transaction in any of the Company’s securities by his or her or any of their respective assistants or family members other than transactions made pursuant to an approved 10b5-1 Plan (as defined below).

Insummary, every employee of the Company is subject to trading restrictions when in possession of inside information regarding the Company.In addition, officers, directors, and other members of the Window Group are subject to paragraph 5 above restricting their trading towindow periods and requiring pre-clearance.

Youmust promptly report to the chief financial officer and the general counsel any trading in the company’s securities by anyone ordisclosure of inside information by COMPANY personnel that you have reason to believe may violate this Policy or the securities laws ofthe United States.

G.	Applicability of U.S. Securities Laws to International Transactions.

All employees of the Company’ and its subsidiaries are subject to the restrictions on trading in Company securities and the securities of other companies. The U.S. securities laws may be applicable to the securities of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates, even if they are located outside the United States. Transactions involving securities of Dubai or UAE subsidiaries or affiliates should be carefully reviewed by counsel for compliance not only with applicable Dubai or UAE law but also for possible application of U.S. securities laws.

III.	OTHER LIMITATIONS ON SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
A.	Public Resales – Rule 144.
---	---

The U.S. Securities Act (the “SecuritiesAct”) requires every person who offers or sells a security to register such transaction with the SEC unless an exemption from registration is available. Rule 144 under the Securities Act is the exemption typically relied upon for (i) public resales by any person of “restricted securities” (i.e., unregistered securities acquired in a private offering or sale) and (ii) public resales by directors, officers and other control persons of a company (known as “affiliates”) of any of the Company’s securities, whether restricted or unrestricted.

The exemption in Rule 144 may only be relied upon if certain conditions are met. These conditions vary based upon whether the Company has been subject to the SEC’s reporting requirements for 90 days (and is therefore a “reporting company” for purposes of the rule) and whether the person seeking to sell the securities is an affiliate or not.

Holding Period. Restricted securities issued by a reporting company (i.e., a company that has been subject to the SEC’s reporting requirements for at least 90 days) must be held and fully paid for a period of six months prior to their sale. Restricted securities issued by a non-reporting company are subject to a one-year holding period. The holding period requirement does not apply to securities held by affiliates that were acquired either in the open market or in a public offering of securities registered under the Securities Act. Generally, if the seller acquired the securities from someone other than the Company or an affiliate of the Company, the holding period of the person from whom the seller acquired such securities can be “tacked” to the seller’s holding period in determining if the holding period has been satisfied.
Current Public Information. Current information about the Company must be publicly available before the sale can be made. The Company’s periodic reports filed with the SEC ordinarily satisfy this requirement. If the seller is not an affiliate of the Company issuing the securities (and has not been an affiliate for at least three months) and one year has passed since the securities were acquired from the issuer or an affiliate of the issuer (whichever is later), the seller can sell the securities without regard to the current public information requirement.

Rule 144 also imposes the following additional conditions on sales by persons who are “affiliates.” A person or entity is considered an “affiliate,” and therefore subject to these additional conditions, if it is currently an affiliate or has been an affiliate within the previous three months:

Volume Limitations. The amount of debt securities which can be sold by an affiliate during any three-month period cannot exceed 10% of a tranche (or class when the securities are non-participatory preferred stock), together with all sales of securities of the same tranche sold for the account of the affiliate. The amount of equity securities that can be sold by an affiliate during any three-month period cannot exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the outstanding shares of the class or (ii) the average weekly reported trading volume for shares of the class during the four calendar weeks preceding the time the order to sell is received by the broker or executed directly with a market maker.
Manner of Sale. Equity securities held by affiliates must be sold in unsolicited brokers’ transactions, directly to a market-maker or in riskless principal transactions.
Notice of Sale. An affiliate seller must file a notice of the proposed sale with the SEC at the time the order to sell is placed with the broker, unless the amount to be sold neither exceeds 5,000 shares nor involves sale proceeds greater than $50,000. See “Filing Requirements”.

Bona fide gifts are not deemed to involve sales of shares for purposes of Rule 144, so they can be made at any time without limitation on the amount of the gift. Donees who receive restricted securities from an affiliate generally will be subject to the same restrictions under Rule 144 that would have applied to the donor, depending on the circumstances.

B.	Private Resales.

Directors and officers also may sell securities in a private transaction without registration. Although there is no statutory provision or SEC rule expressly dealing with private sales, the general view is that such sales can safely be made by affiliates if the party acquiring the securities understands he is acquiring restricted securities that must be held for at least six months (if issued by a reporting company that meets the current public information requirements) or one-year (if issued by a non-reporting company) before the securities will be eligible for resale to the public under Rule 144. Private resales raise certain documentation and other issues and must be reviewed in advance by the Company’s General Counsel.

C.	Restrictions on Purchases of Company Securities.

In order to prevent market manipulation, the SEC adopted Regulation M under the U.S. Exchange Act. Regulation M generally restricts the Company or any of its affiliates from buying Company stock, including as part of a share buyback program, in the open market during certain periods while a distribution, such as a public offering, is taking place. You should consult with the Company’s General Counsel, if you desire to make purchases of Company stock during any period that the Company is making conducting an offering or buying shares from the public.

D.	Filing Requirements.

Schedule 13D and 13G. Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act requires the filing of a statement on Schedule 13D (or on Schedule 13G, in certain limited circumstances) by any person or group which acquires beneficial ownership of more than five percent of a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act. The threshold for reporting is met if the stock owned, when coupled with the amount of stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days, exceeds the five percent limit.

A report on Schedule 13D is required to be filed with the SEC and submitted to the Company within ten days after the reporting threshold is reached. If a material change occurs in the facts set forth in the Schedule 13D, such as an increase or decrease of one percent or more in the percentage of stock beneficially owned, an amendment disclosing the change must be filed promptly. A decrease in beneficial ownership to less than five percent is per se material and must be reported.

A limited category of persons (such as banks, broker-dealers and insurance companies) may file on Schedule 13G, which is a much abbreviated version of Schedule 13D, as long as the securities were acquired in the ordinary course of business and not with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer. A report on Schedule 13G is required to be filed with the SEC and submitted to the Company within 45 days after the end of the calendar year in which the reporting threshold is reached.

A person is deemed the beneficial owner of securities for purposes of Section 13(d) if such person has or shares voting power (i.e., the power to vote or direct the voting of the securities) or dispositive power (i.e., the power to sell or direct the sale of the securities). A person filing a Schedule 13D or 13G may disclaim beneficial ownership of any securities attributed to him or her if he or she believes there is a reasonable basis for doing so.

Form 144. As described above under the discussion of Rule 144, an affiliate seller relying on Rule 144 must file a notice of proposed sale with the SEC at the time the order to sell is placed with the broker unless the amount to be sold during any three-month period neither exceeds 5,000 shares nor involves sale proceeds greater than $50,000.

8

Annex A

Overview of 10b5-1 Plans

Under Rule 10b5-1, large stockholders, directors, officers and other insiders who regularly possess material nonpublic information (MNPI) but who nonetheless wish to buy or sell stock may establish an affirmative defense to an illegal insider trading charge by adopting a written plan to buy or sell at a time when they are not in possession of MNPI. A 10b5-1 plan typically takes the form of a contract between the insider and his or her broker.

The plan must be entered into at a time when the insider has no MNPI about the company or its securities (even if no trades will occur until after the release of the MNPI). The plan must:

specify the amount, price (which may include a limit price) and specific dates of purchases or sales; or
include a formula or similar method for determining amount, price and date; or
give the broker the exclusive right to determine whether, how and when to make purchases and sales, as long as the broker does so without being aware of MNPI at the time the trades are made.

Under the first two alternatives, the 10b5-1 plan cannot give the broker any discretion as to trade dates. As a result, a plan that requests the broker to sell 1,000 shares per week would have to meet the requirements under the third alternative. On the other hand, under the second alternative, the date may be specified by indicating that trades should be made on any date on which the limit price is hit. The affirmative defense is only available if the trade is in fact made pursuant to the preset terms of the10b5-1 plan (unless the terms are revised at a time when the insider is not aware of any MNPI and could therefore enter into a new plan). Trades are deemed not to have been made pursuant to the plan if the insider later enters into or alters a corresponding or hedging transaction or position with respect to the securities covered by the plan (although hedging transactions could be part of the plan itself).

Guidelines for 10b5-1 Plans

When can a plan be adopted or amended? Because Rule 10b5-1 prohibits an insider from adopting or amending a plan while in possession of MNPI, allegations of insider trading despite the existence of a 10b5-1 plan are likely to focus on what was known at the time of plan adoption or amendment. It is recommended that companies permit an executive to adopt or amend a 10b5-1 plan only when the executive can otherwise buy or sell securities under the company’s insider trading policy, such as during an open window immediately after the announcement of quarterly earnings.

Should a plan impose a waiting period beforetrading can begin? Because an insider cannot have MNPI when a plan is adopted or amended, Rule 10b5-1 does not require the plan to include a waiting period before trading can begin. And importantly, including a waiting period (even a lengthy delay) will not correct the fatal flaw of adopting or amending a plan while in possession of MNPI. Many companies, however, require 10b5-1 plans to include a waiting period as a matter of risk management, in order to decrease the likelihood of the scrutiny that can occur when an executive’s trading activity suddenly commences before material news is announced. Practice varies as to length (anywhere from 10 days to the next open window), although the rationale for including a waiting period is usually stronger when the period is long enough to be able to say that any information currently in the insider’s possession should either be stale or public by the time trading commences. This has no bearing on the effectiveness of a 10b5-1 plan, but a longer delay can, as a matter of optics, help an insider demonstrate that he or she was not motivated to make trades by nonpublic information available at the time of plan adoption or amendment.

***Should adoption of a plan be announced publicly?***Generally speaking, there is no requirement to publicly disclose the adoption, amendment or termination of a 10b5-1 plan, although in some cases public announcement may be advisable due to the identity of the insider, the magnitude of the plan, or other special factors. That said, announcing the adoption of a 10b5-1 plan may be a useful way to head off future public relations issues, since announcing a plan’s adoption prepares the market and should help investors understand the reasons for insider sales when trades are later reported. If a company decides to announce the adoption of a 10b5-1 plan, we do not generally recommend disclosing plan details, other than, perhaps, the aggregate number of shares involved; this is to diminish the ability of market professionals to front-run the insider’s transactions. It is unusual to announce the suspension or termination of a plan.

What else should we consider when amendingor modifying a plan? As noted above, an insider may only modify or amend a 10b5-1 plan when he or she is not in possession of MNPI. Even if an insider is not in possession of MNPI at the time of amendment, a pattern of amending or modifying one’s plan raises the question of whether the insider is using the plan as a legitimate tool to diversify his or her risk exposure and monetize assets, or as a way to opportunistically step in and out of the market. Because Rule 10b5-1 provides an affirmative defense but not a safe harbor, insiders and their companies should be aware that the effectiveness of the affirmative defense could be diminished by a pattern of plan amendments and modifications.

Can a plan be terminated or suspended? Unlike amending a plan, a 10b5-1 plan may legally be terminated before its predetermined end date even though the insider is in possession of MNPI (although some brokers’ forms prohibit this as a contractual matter). Because plan sales shortly before the announcement of bad news can generate unwanted attention, an insider may decide to terminate a plan in the face of an impending negative announcement, even though as a technical matter the affirmative defense would be expected to cover the sales. On the other hand, terminating a selling plan before an impending positive announcement may raise the suspicion that the insider is using Rule 10b5-1 as a way to opportunistically time the market, thereby risking the likelihood that his or her future use of the affirmative defense will be successful.

It is generally suggested that plan terminations initiated by an insider take place during an open window, absent special circumstances and approval by the general counsel. It may also make sense for the general counsel to have the ability, but not the responsibility, to terminate the plan. Plans should also allow for mandatory suspension if legally required, for example due to Regulation M or tax reasons.

How long should a plan last? In order to minimize the need for early termination, the term of the plan should be carefully weighed at the outset. An optimal plan term will be long enough to distance the insider, and any current knowledge that he or she may have, from a particular trade but short enough that it will not require termination should the insider’s financial planning strategies change. A short “one-off” 10b5-1 plan can appear to be timed to take advantage of MNPI. On the other hand, the longer the plan term, the greater the likelihood that it will need to be modified or terminated. Most plans tend to have a term of six months to two years.

Should the company pre-clear or review anexecutive’s plan? It is generally recommended that the company pre-clear or review a proposed 10b5-1 plan, which may provide assurance that the plan complies with best practices. Certain companies disallow the third type of plan (one that gives the broker the right to determine whether, how and when to make purchases) in order to avoid the evidentiary difficulty associated with proving that the executive did not communicate with the broker with respect to trades under the plan. While this is not required, this is a prudent option to consider.

In addition to requiring a 10b-5 plan to be pre-approved by the Company, other limits that are sometimes considered are whether to set a maximum percentage of holdings that can be subject to a 10b5-1 plan, and rules for setting price floors.

Annex B

Request for Approval to Trade in the Securitiesof SL Science Holding Limited

To:	Chief Executive Officer
From:
Print Name

I hereby request approval for myself (or a member of my immediate family or household or a family member whose transactions regarding securities of SL Science Holding Limited are directed by me or are subject to my influence or control) to execute the following transaction relating to the securities of SL Science Holding Limited.

Type of transaction (check one):

☐	PURCHASE
☐	SALE
---	---
☐	EXERCISE OPTION (AND SELL SHARES)
---	---
☐	OTHER
---	---
Securities involved in transaction:
---
Number of securities:
Other (please explain):
Name of beneficial owner if other than yourself:
Relationship of beneficial owner to yourself:
Signature:	Date:
---	---

This Authorization is valid untilthe earlier of thirty (30) calendar days after the date of this Approval or until the commencement of a “blackout” period.

Approved by:
Name:
Date:	Time:

Exhibit 15.1

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIALINFORMATION

Introduction

SL Science Holding Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “PubCo” or the “Company”) is providing the following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information to aid you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Business Combination between Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp. (“HSPT”) and SL BIO Ltd. (“SL Bio”), which was consummated on June 12, 2026.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are based on the HSPT historical financial statements and SL Bio historical financial statements as adjusted to give pro forma effect to the events that are related and/or directly attributable to the business combination (the “Transactions”), are factually supportable and, with respect to the pro forma statements of operations, are expected to have a continuing impact on the results of the post-combination company. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet gives pro forma effect to the Transactions as if they had been consummated on December 31, 2025. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025, gives effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2025, the beginning of the earliest period presented.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements were prepared in accordance with Article 11 of SEC Regulation S-X, as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786, Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses. Release No. 33-10786 replaced the previous pro forma adjustment criteria with simplified requirements to depict the accounting for the Transactions (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”) and present the reasonably estimable synergies and other transaction effects that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur (“Management’s Adjustments”). Management has elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and will only be presenting Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The adjustments presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an understanding of the combined company reflecting the Transactions.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the Transactions taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the Combined Company.

There is no historical activity with respect to PubCo, CW Mega Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (“Merger Sub I”), and WW Century Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of PubCo (“Merger Sub II”). Accordingly, no adjustments were required with respect to these entities in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2025 has been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:

●	HSPT’s audited balance sheet as of December 31, 2025<br>and the related notes appearing elsewhere in the HSPT’s Annual Report Form 10-K filed on April 8, 2026; and
●	SL Bio’s audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31,<br>2025 and the related notes included elsewhere in this Shell Company Report Form 20-F;
---	---

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 had been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:

●	HSPT’s audited statements of operations for the year ended<br>December 31, 2025 and the related notes appearing elsewhere in the HSPT’s Annual Report Form 10-K filed on April 8, 2026;<br>and
●	SL Bio’s audited consolidated statements of operations<br>for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the related notes included elsewhere in this Shell Company Report Form 20-F.
---	---

Description of the Business Combination

On June 12, 2026 (the “Closing Date”), the Company consummated the previously announced business combination pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, dated May 9, 2025 (as may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among the Company, HSPT, Merger Sub I, Merger Sub II, and SL Bio.

As a result of the Business Combination (as defined below), (i) Merger Sub I merged with and into HSPT, with HSPT as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “First Merger”), and (ii) following the First Merger, Merger Sub II merged with and into SL Bio, with SL Bio as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Second Merger,” and together with the First Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the “Business Combination”). Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, each of HSPT and SL Bio became a subsidiary of the Company, and HSPT’s shareholders and SL Bio’s shareholders received ordinary shares of par value of $0.00001 each of the Company (“PubCo Ordinary Shares” or “Ordinary Shares”).

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, (i) immediately prior to the First Merger Effective Time (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), (a) each Acquiror Unit (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Merger Effective Time was automatically detached and the holder thereof was deemed to hold one Acquiror Ordinary Share (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and one Acquiror Right (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) in accordance with the terms of the applicable Acquiror Unit (the “Unit Separation”); (b) each Acquiror Right issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Merger Effective Time was automatically converted into one-tenth of an Acquiror Ordinary Share (the “Acquiror Right Conversion”); and (c) immediately following the Unit Separation and Acquiror Right Conversion, each Acquiror Ordinary Share (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Acquiror Ordinary Shares held as a result of the Unit Separation and the Acquiror Right Conversion) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Merger Effective Time was automatically cancelled and ceased to exist in exchange for the right to receive one newly issued PubCo Ordinary Share; and (ii) at the Second Merger Effective Time (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), each Company Exchanging Share (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) was automatically cancelled and converted into the right of each holder of the Company Exchanging Shares to receive, such number of newly issued PubCo Ordinary Shares, as determined in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, based on an exchange ratio equal to the quotient of (a) $5.568 billion divided by $10.00 per share, divided by (b) the number of Company Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Second Merger Effective Time.

In connection with the Business Combination, the Company entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements” and the transactions contemplated under the Subscription Agreements, the “PIPE Financing”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors committed to purchase an aggregate of 780,000 units of the Company (the “PubCo Units”), in a private placement for a purchase price of $10.00 per PubCo Unit. Each PubCo Unit consisted of (i) one PubCo Ordinary Share and (ii) one series A preferred share of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share (the “PubCo Preferred Shares”). Each PubCo Preferred Share will be converted into one-third (1/3) of one PubCo Ordinary Share (such converted PubCo Ordinary Shares, the “Conversion Shares”) on the six-month anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination. The PIPE Financing closed in conjunction with the closing of the Business Combination and generated gross proceeds of approximately $7,800,000.

Accounting for the Business Combination

The Business Combination was accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization” in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, HSPT was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination was primarily based on the fact that subsequent to the Business Combination, SL Bio’s shareholders had a majority of the voting power of the combined company, and SL Bio comprised all of the ongoing operations of the combined company. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of SL Bio issuing shares for the net assets of HSPT, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of HSPT were stated at historical costs. No goodwill or other intangible assets were recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination were those of SL Bio.

Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information included in this Exhibit has been prepared using actual redemption of HSPT’s ordinary shares.

The Company is providing this information to aid you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements described above and the assumption and estimates underlying the unaudited pro forma adjustments set forth in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with HSPT’s historical financial statements, SL Bio’s historical financial statements, and the related notes thereto. The pro forma adjustments are preliminary, and the unaudited pro forma information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations that may have actually occurred had the Business Combination taken place on the dates noted, or of the Combined Company’s future financial position or operating results. Further, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements do not purport to project the future operating results or financial position of the Combined Company following the completion of the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma adjustments represent management’s estimates based on information available as of the date of these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and are subject to change as additional information becomes available and analyses are performed.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025

		(1)										(2)									Actual
	HSPT											SL Bio									Redemptions
						Transaction										Transaction						Transaction
						Accounting										Accounting						Accounting				Pro Forma
			(Historical)			Adjustments		Note		(Pro Forma)			(Historical)			Adjustments	Note		(Pro Forma)			Adjustments		Note		Combined
Assets:
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	7,917		$	446,650		(D)	$	454,567		$	1,258,616		$	-		$	1,258,616		$	1,924,175		(E)	$	9,004,706
																						(850,479	)	(G)
																						(592,173	)	(H)
																						(840,000	)	(I)
																						7,800,000		(K)
																						(150,000	)	(I)
Restricted cash			-			-				-			-			-			-			-				-
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			21,614			-				21,614			168,209			-			168,209			-				189,823
Total current assets			29,531			446,650				476,181			1,426,825			-			1,426,825			7,291,523				9,194,529
Operating lease right-of -use assets, net			-			-				-			212,324			-			212,324			-				212,324
Plant and equipment, net			-			-				-			248,894			-			248,894			-				248,894
Deferred offering costs			-			-				-			929,137			-			929,137			(929,137	)	(H)		-
Investments held in Trust Account			72,924,060			821,769		(A)		1,924,175			-			-			-			(1,924,175	)	(E)		-
						200,000		(B)
						(72,021,654	)	(C)
Total Assets		$	72,953,591		$	(70,553,235	)		$	2,400,356			2,817,180		$	-		$	2,817,180		$	4,438,211			$	9,655,747
Liabilities, Temporary Equity, and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Other payable and accrued expenses			4,696			-				4,696			319,872			-			319,872			(4,697	)	(G)		554,871
																						235,000		(H)
Operating lease liabilities, current			-			-				-			148,663						148,663			-				148,663
Promissory notes, related parties			990,000			230,000		(D)		1,270,000			-			-			-			(840,000	)	(I)		-
						50,000		(B)														(430,000	)	(L)
Promissory notes, third party			-			150,000		(B)		150,000			-			-			-			(150,000	)	(I)		-
Amount due to related party			354,484			216,650		(D)		571,134			-			-			-			(571,134	)	(L)		-
Total current liabilities			1,349,180			646,650				1,995,830			468,535			-			468,535			(1,760,831	)			703,534
Operating lease liabilities, non-current						-				-			64,742			-			64,742			-				64,742
Total Liabilities			1,349,180			646,650				1,995,830			533,277			-			533,277			(1,760,831	)			768,276
Commitments and Contingencies
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption			72,924,060			821,769		(A)		1,924,175			-			-			-			(1,924,175	)	(E)		-
						200,000		(B)
						(72,021,654	)	(C)
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit):
Preferred shares																						8		(K)		8
Common shares			-			-				-			367,500						367,500			(367,500	)	(J)		-
Ordinary shares			218			-				218			-			-			-			(189	)	(F)		5,608
																						5,568		(J)
																						2		(E)
																						8		(K)
																						1		(L)
Additional paid-in capital			-			(200,000	)	(B)		(200,000	)		6,931,344			-			6,931,344			(1,319,678	)	(F)		14,068,096
																						(845,782	)	(G)
																						(1,585,010	)	(H)
																						361,932		(J)
																						1,924,173		(E)
																						7,799,984		(K)
																						1,001,133		(L)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)			(1,319,867	)						(1,319,867	)		(5,484,378	)		-			(5,484,378	)		1,319,867		(F)		(5,655,678	)
																						(171,300	)	(H)
Accumulated other comprehensive income													469,437						469,437			-				469,437
Total Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity			(1,319,649	)		(200,000	)			(1,519,649	)		2,283,903			-			2,283,903			8,123,217				8,887,471
Total Liabilities, Temporary Equity, and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity		$	72,953,591		$	(70,553,235	)		$	2,400,356			2,817,180		$	-		$	2,817,180		$	4,438,211			$	9,655,747
(1)	Derived<br>from the audited balance sheet of HSPT as of December 31, 2025. See HSPT’s<br>financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in the HSPT’s Annual Report Form 10-K filed on April 8, 2026.
---	---
(2)	Derived<br>from the audited consolidated balance sheet of SL Bio as of December 31, 2025. See SL Bio’s<br>financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Shell Company Report Form 20-F.
---	---

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025

							Actual
							Redemptions
	(1)			(2)			Transaction
	HSPO			SL Bio			Accounting				Pro Forma
	(Historical)			(Historical)			Adjustments			Note	Combined
Revenues	$	-		$	2,197,249		$	-			$	2,197,249
Cost of goods sold		-			1,422,187			-				1,422,187
Gross profit		-			775,062			-				775,062
Operating expenses:
General and administrative expenses		1,080,524			2,543,528			1,017,082		(CC)		4,641,134
Research and development expenses		-			2,069,022			-				2,069,022
Selling and marketing expenses		-			-			-				-
Total operating expenses		1,080,524			4,612,550			1,017,082				6,710,156
Loss from Operations		(1,080,524	)		(3,837,488	)		(1,017,082	)			(5,935,094	)
Other income
Interest and dividend income on investments held in Trust		2,889,530			-			(2,889,530	)	(AA)		-
Interest income		-			40,302							40,302
Other expense, net		-			(22,636	)		-				(22,636	)
Total other income		2,889,530			17,666			(2,889,530	)			17,666
Income (loss) before income taxes		1,809,006			(3,819,822	)		(3,906,612	)			(5,917,428	)
Income tax credit		-			4			-				4
Net income (loss)	$	1,809,006		$	(3,819,818	)	$	(3,906,612	)		$	(5,917,424	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Change in cumulative foreign currency translation		-			240,971			-				240,971
Comprehensive income (loss)		1,809,006		$	(3,578,847	)	$	(3,906,612	)		$	(5,676,453	)
Basic and diluted weighted average redeemable ordinary shares outstanding		6,900,000						(6,900,000	)	(BB)		-
Basic and diluted net income per redeemable ordinary shares	$	0.32									$	-
Basic and diluted weighted average non-redeemable ordinary shares outstanding		2,180,000						558,579,757		(BB)		560,759,757
Basic and diluted net loss per non-redeemable ordinary share	$	(0.200	)								$	(0.011	)
Basic and diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computation					3,675,000
Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company					(1.039	)
(1)	Derived<br>from the audited statement of operations of HSPT for the year ended December 31, 2025. See HSPT’s financial statements<br>and the related notes appearing elsewhere in the HSPT’s Annual Report Form 10-K filed on April 8, 2026.
---	---
(2)	Derived<br>from the audited consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income of SL Bio for the year ended December 31, 2025. See<br>SL Bio’s financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Shell Company Report Form 20-F.
---	---

Note 1 — Basis of Presentation

As a result of the Business Combination, (i) Merger Sub I merged with and into HSPT, with HSPT as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “First Merger”), and (ii) following the First Merger, Merger Sub II merged with and into SL Bio, with SL Bio as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Second Merger,” and together with the First Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the “Business Combination”). Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, each of HSPT and SL Bio became a subsidiary of the Company.

The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, HSPT was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of SL Bio issuing shares for the net assets of HSPT, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of HSPT were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2025 gave pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had been consummated on December 31, 2025. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 gave pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had been consummated on January 1, 2025, the beginning of the earliest period presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2025 had been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:

●	HSPT’s audited balance sheet as of December 31, 2025<br>and the related notes appearing elsewhere in the HSPT’s Annual Report Form 10-K filed on April 8, 2026; and
●	SL Bio’s audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31,<br>2025 and the related notes included elsewhere in this Shell Company Report Form 20-F, and
---	---

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 had been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:

●	HSPT’s audited statements of operations for the year ended<br>December 31, 2025 and the related notes appearing elsewhere in the HSPT’s Annual Report Form 10-K filed on April 8, 2026;<br>and
●	SL Bio’s audited consolidated statements of operations<br>for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the related notes included elsewhere in this Shell Company Report Form 20-F.
---	---

Note 2 — Accounting Policies

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, management performed a comprehensive review of the two entities’ accounting policies. As a result of the review, management may identify differences between the accounting policies of the two entities which, when conformed, could have a material impact on the financial statements of the post-combination company. Based on its initial analysis, management did not identify any differences that would have a material impact on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. As a result, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not assume any differences in accounting policies.

Note 3 — Adjustments to UnauditedPro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination and has been prepared for informational purposes only.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786, “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” Release No. 33-10786 replaces the existing pro forma adjustment criteria with simplified requirements to depict the accounting for the transaction (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”) and other transaction effects that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur (“Management’s Adjustments”). SL Bio elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and presented only Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

Transaction Accounting Adjustments to UnauditedPro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

The pro forma adjustment to the unaudited combined pro forma balance sheet consists of the following:

(A)	Reflected the additional interest income earned from the Trust<br>Account subsequent to December 31, 2025, which increased the value of shares available to be redeemed upon the consummation of the Business<br>Combination;
(B)	Reflected four monthly extension payments of an aggregate amount<br>of $200,000 deposited into HSPT’s Trust Account subsequent to December 31, 2025 in order to extend the available time to complete the<br>Business Combination, which increased the value of shares available to be redeemed upon the consummation of the Business Combination;
---	---
(C)	Reflected the redemption of 3,219,311 of HSPT’s ordinary shares by<br>HSPT’s shareholders at a redemption price of approximately $10.63 per share, for an aggregate redemption amount of $34,221,276 on February<br>13, 2026. In addition, upon consummation of the Business Combination, 3,502,404 of HSPT’s ordinary shares were redeemed by HSPT’s shareholders<br>at a redemption price of approximately $10.79 per share, for an aggregate redemption amount of $37,800,378;
---	---
(D)	Reflected the issuance of additional promissory notes, related<br>parties, of approximately $0.2 million and additional borrowings recorded as amounts due to related parties of approximately $0.2 million<br>subsequent to December 31, 2025;
---	---
(E)	Reflected the reclassification of cash held in the Trust Account<br>that became available for general use following the Business Combination;
---	---
(F)	Reflected the elimination of the historical accumulated deficit<br>of HSPT, the accounting acquiree, into SL Bio’s additional paid-in capital upon the consummation of the Business Combination; the reclassification<br>of 2,180,000 HSPT ordinary shares into PubCo ordinary shares; and the issuance of 711,350 HSPT ordinary shares from the conversion of<br>7,113,500 public and private rights upon consummation of the Business Combination;
---	---
(G)	Reflected the settlement of approximately $5,000 of HSPT’s total<br>transaction costs accrued as of December 31, 2025, and an additional approximately $0.9 million in transaction costs incurred subsequent<br>to December 31, 2025, through the consummation date of the Business Combination;
---	---
(H)	Reflected the settlement of approximately $0.6 million of SL<br>Bio’s total transaction costs related to the Business Combination, of which (1) approximately $0.2 million of transaction costs were<br>accounted for as expenses subsequent to December 31, 2025 through the date of the consummation of the Business Combination; (2) approximately<br>$0.1 million was a transaction cost balance accrued as of December 31, 2025; and (3) approximately $0.3 million of transaction costs<br>were incurred subsequent to December 31, 2025 and classified as an adjustment to SL Bio’s additional paid-in capital at the time of the<br>consummation of the Business Combination;
---	---

(I)	Reflected the repayments of approximately $0.8 million of HSPT’s promissory<br>notes, related parties, and approximately $0.2 million of HSPT’ promissory notes, third party at the time of the consummation of the Business<br>Combination;
(J)	Reflected the recapitalization of SL Bio through the issuance of 556,800,000 HSPT shares with $0.00001<br>par value to SL Bio’s shareholders;
---	---
(K)	Reflected a private placement (the “PIPE Financing”) entered into on March 24, 2026, providing<br>aggregate gross proceeds of $7.8 million through the issuance of 780,000 units at $10.00 per unit, with each unit consisting of one ordinary<br>share and one preferred share convertible into one-third of one ordinary share six months following the closing of the Business Combination.
---	---
(L)	Reflected the issuance of an aggregate of 110,122 HSPT ordinary shares upon the conversion of promissory<br>notes from related parties of approximately $0.4 million and the settlement of amounts due to related parties of approximately $0.6 million<br>at the time of the consummation of the Business Combination.
---	---

Transaction Accounting Adjustments to UnauditedPro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

The pro forma adjustments to the unaudited combined pro forma statement of operations consist of the following:

(AA)	Reflected an adjustment to eliminate interest income earned<br>from marketable securities held in the Trust Account as if the Business Combination had been consummated on January 1, 2025, the beginning<br>of the period presented;
(BB)	The calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic<br>and diluted net loss per share assumed the Business Combination had been consummated on January 1, 2025. In addition, as the Business<br>Combination was reflected as if it had occurred on this date, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted<br>net loss per share assumed that the shares had been outstanding for the entire period presented; and
---	---
(CC)	Reflected approximately $1.0 million of HSPT and SL Bio’s<br>transaction costs to be incurred subsequent to December 31, 2025. This is a non-recurring item.
---	---

Note 4 — Loss per Share

Represents the loss per share calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the change in number of shares in connection with the Business Combination, assuming the shares were outstanding since the beginning of the period presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations. As the Business Combination and related transactions are being reflected as if they had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted loss per share assumes that the shares issuable relating to the Business Combination have been outstanding for the entire period presented.

Basic and diluted loss per share is computed by dividing pro forma net loss by the weighted average number of the shares of HSPT ordinary shares outstanding during the periods.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations has been prepared using the actual redemptions of HSPT’s ordinary shares for the year ended December 31, 2025:

Pro forma net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders	$	(5,676,453	)
Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted		560,759,757
Pro forma loss per share – basic and diluted	$	(0.01	)
Weighted average shares calculation, basic and diluted
Ordinary Shares
HSPT Public Shares^(1)^		868,285
HSPT Initial Shares^(2)^		1,959,850
Representative Shares		241,500
HSPT shares issued in connection with conversion of promissory notes, related party and settlement of amount due to related party^(3)^		110,122
HSPT shares issued in connection with PIPE Financing^(4)^		780,000
HSPT shares issued in the Business Combination^(5)^		556,800,000
Total weighted average shares outstanding		560,759,757
(1)	Including 178,285 Public Shares and 690,000 shares which were converted from 6,900,000 rights, each to receive one-tenth of one HSPT ordinary share upon consummation of the Business Combination from the public HSPT Units.
---	---
(2)	Including 1,725,000 Founder Shares, and 213,500 shares included in the Private Units (“Private<br>Shares”), and 21,350 shares which were converted from 213,500 rights, each to receive one-tenth of one HSPT ordinary share upon<br>consummation of the Business Combination from the private HSPT Units.
---	---
(3)	Includes 100,111 HSPT ordinary shares and 100,111 rights issued as part of private HSPT Units in connection<br>with the conversion of promissory notes, related party, and the settlement of amounts due to related parties. Upon consummation of the<br>Business Combination, the 100,111 rights converted into 10,011 HSPT ordinary shares at a ratio of one-tenth of one ordinary share per<br>right.
---	---
(4)	In connection with the Business Combination, the Company entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription<br>Agreements” and the transactions contemplated under the Subscription Agreements, the “PIPE Financing”) with certain<br>investors (the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors committed to purchase an aggregate of 780,000 units<br>of the Company (the “PubCo Units”), in a private placement for a purchase price of $10.00 per PubCo Unit. Each PubCo Unit<br>consisted of (i) one PubCo Ordinary Share and (ii) one series A preferred share of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share (the “PubCo<br>Preferred Shares”). Each PubCo Preferred Share will be converted into one-third (1/3) of one PubCo Ordinary Share (such converted<br>PubCo Ordinary Shares, the “Conversion Shares”) on the six-month anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination. The<br>PIPE Financing closed in conjunction with the closing of the Business Combination and generated gross proceeds of approximately $7,800,000.
---	---
(5)	Upon<br> completion of the Business Combination, in aggregate, 556,800,000 PubCo ordinary shares were<br> issued to SL Bio shareholders.
---	---

Exhibit 15.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTINGFIRM

We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ ARK Pro CPA & Co

ARK Pro CPA & Co

Hong Kong, China

June 18, 2026

Exhibit 15.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTINGFIRM

We hereby consent to the inclusion in the Registration Statement of SL Science Holding Limited on Form 20-F of our report dated June 18, 2026, with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements of SL Science Holding Limited and subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and for the period from March 18, 2025 (date of inception) through December 31, 2025, which report expresses an unqualified opinion with an emphasis paragraph on the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, which report included in this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ ARK Pro CPA & Co

ARK Pro CPA & Co

Hong Kong, China

June 18, 2026

Exhibit 15.4

Independent Registered Public AccountingFirm’s Consent

We consent to the use in this Shell Company Report on Form 20-F of SL Science Holding Limited of our report dated April 8, 2026 relating to the financial statements of Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp. appearing in this Shell Company Report. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Statement by Experts” in such Shell Company Report on Form 20-F.

/s/ Marcum Asia CPAs LLP

Marcum Asia CPAs LLP

New York, NY

June 18, 2026

Exhibit 97.1

SL SCIENCE HOLDING LIMITED (the “Company”)

CLAWBACK POLICY

Introduction

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to create and maintain a culture that emphasizes integrity and accountability and that reinforces the Company’s pay-for-performance compensation philosophy. The Board has therefore adopted this policy which provides for the recoupment of certain executive compensation in the event of an accounting restatement resulting from material noncompliance with financial reporting requirements under the federal securities laws (the “Policy”). This Policy is designed to comply with Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).

Administration

This Policy shall be administered by the Board or, if so designated by the Board, the Compensation Committee, in which case references herein to the Board shall be deemed references to the Compensation Committee. Any determinations made by the Board shall be final and binding on all affected individuals.

Covered Executives

This Policy applies to the Company’s current and former executive officers, as determined by the Board in accordance with Section 10D of the Exchange Act and the listing standards of the national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, and such other senior executives/employees who may from time to time be deemed subject to the Policy by the Board (“Covered Executives”).

Recoupment; Accounting Restatement

In the event the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement of its financial statements due to the Company’s material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, the Board will require reimbursement or forfeiture of any excess Incentive Compensation received by any Covered Executive during the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement.

Incentive Compensation

For purposes of this Policy, Incentive Compensation means any of the following; provided that, such compensation is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in part on the attainment of a financial reporting measure:

●	Annual bonuses and other short- and long-term cash incentives.
●	Stock options.
---	---
●	Stock appreciation rights.
---	---
●	Restricted stock.
---	---
●	Restricted stock units.
---	---
●	Performance shares.
---	---
●	Performance units.
---	---

Financial reporting measures include:

●	Company stock price.
●	Total shareholder return.
---	---
●	Revenues.
---	---
●	Net income.
---	---
●	Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA).
---	---
●	Funds from operations.
---	---
●	Liquidity measures such as working capital or operating cash flow.
---	---
●	Return measures such as return on invested capital or return on assets.
---	---
●	Earnings measures such as earnings per share.
---	---

Excess Incentive Compensation: Amount Subject to Recovery

The amount to be recovered will be the excess of the Incentive Compensation paid to the Covered Executive based on the erroneous data over the Incentive Compensation that would have been paid to the Covered Executive had it been based on the restated results, as determined by the Board.

If the Board cannot determine the amount of excess Incentive Compensation received by the Covered Executive directly from the information in the accounting restatement, then it will make its determination based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the accounting restatement.

Method of Recoupment

The Board will determine, in its sole discretion, the method for recouping Incentive Compensation hereunder which may include, without limitation:

(a)	requiring reimbursement of cash Incentive Compensation previously<br>paid;
(b)	seeking recovery of any gain realized on the vesting, exercise,<br>settlement, sale, transfer, or other disposition of any equity-based awards;
---	---
(c)	offsetting the recouped amount from any compensation otherwise<br>owed by the Company to the Covered Executive;
---	---
(d)	cancelling outstanding vested or unvested equity awards;<br>and/or
---	---
(e)	taking any other remedial and recovery action permitted by<br>law, as determined by the Board.
---	---

No Indemnification

The Company shall not indemnify any Covered Executives against the loss of any incorrectly awarded Incentive Compensation.

Interpretation

The Board is authorized to interpret and construe this Policy and to make all determinations necessary, appropriate, or advisable for the administration of this Policy. It is intended that this Policy be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules or standards adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed.

Effective Date

This Policy shall be effective as of the date it is adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date”) and shall apply to Incentive Compensation that is approved, awarded or granted to Covered Executives on or after that date.

Amendment; Termination

The Board may amend this Policy from time to time in its discretion and shall amend this Policy as it deems necessary to reflect final regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 10D of the Exchange Act and to comply with any rules or standards adopted by a national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed. The Board may terminate this Policy at any time.

Other Recoupment Rights

The Board intends that this Policy will be applied to the fullest extent of the law. The Board may require that any employment agreement, equity award agreement, or similar agreement entered into on or after the Effective Date shall, as a condition to the grant of any benefit thereunder, require a Covered Executive to agree to abide by the terms of this Policy. Any right of recoupment under this Policy is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies or rights of recoupment that may be available to the Company pursuant to the terms of any similar policy in any employment agreement, equity award agreement, or similar agreement and any other legal remedies available to the Company.

Impracticability

The Board shall recover any excess Incentive Compensation in accordance with this Policy unless such recovery would be impracticable, as determined by the Board in accordance with Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act and the listing standards of the national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed.

Successors

This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all Covered Executives and their beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives.